LYCOMING COLLEGE
CHOICES
As a small, closely-knit liberal arts
college, Lycoming College is dedicated to
helping each student realize his or her unique
potential.
To this end, Lycoming College offers over
550 different courses in 32 areas of study
leading to three different undergraduate
degrees.
The opportunity to do independent study,
study aboard, or create one's own inter-
disciplinary major significantly increases the
number of choices available to students.
These choices not only apply to the
College's academic program but to its strong
extra-curricular program as well. Opportuni-
ties to develop leadership skills abound in the
43 different campus organizations. Athletic
talent can find an outlet in a strong program
of 17 different varsity sports and 10
intramural programs.
The opportunity to develop all of one's
talents and abilities is an important part of
the undergraduate experience from the
moment a student makes his first choice — to
attend Lycoming.
THE MISSION
1 he mission of Lycoming College is to
provide a distinguished baccalaureate
education in the liberal arts. This is achieved
within a coeducational, supportive, residen-
tial setting through programs that develop
communication and critical thinking skills;
foster self-awareness while increasing
receptivity to new concepts and perspectives;
explore literary and scientific traditions;
cultivate an aesthetic sensibility; elicit social
responsibility; promote racial inclusiveness,
gender equality, and an appreciation of
cultural diversity; and produce leadership for
the institutions of society. Each student is
encouraged to develop and strengthen virtues
and traits of character that enable, ennoble,
and emancipate the human spirit while
deepening commitment to those values that
undergird civilization.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CONTENTS
Contents
Academic Calendar, 1992-1993 2
Welcome to Lycoming 4
The Campus 7
Student Services 10
Admission 13
Financial Matters 17
The Academic Program 27
The Curriculum 56
Directory 164
Administrative Staff/Faculty 166
The Alumni Association 181
Index 183
The general regulations and policies stated in this
catalog are in effect for the 1992-1993 academic year.
Students beginning their first term at Lycoming College
in the fall of 1992 or the spring of 1993 are thereafter
governed by the policies stated in this catalog. Require-
ments governing a student's major are those in effect at
the time a major is formally declared and officially
accepted by the major department.
If changes are made in subsequent editions of the
catalog to either general requirements or major require-
ments, students may be permitted the option of following
their original program or a subsequent catalog version,
but the College always reserves the right to determine
which requirements apply.
If a student interrupts his or her education without a
leave of absence, the catalog requirements in effect at the
time of readmission will apply. Students on an approved
leave of absence retain the same requirements they had
when they entered, if their leaves do not extend beyond
one year.
Lycoming College reserves the right to amend or
change the policies and procedures stated in this catalog
without prior notice to those who may be affected by
them. The provisions of this publication are not to be
regarded as an irrevocable contract between the applicant
and/or the student and Lycoming College.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
1992 - 1993
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Bills are due
August 14
December 18
Orientation of new faculty
August 27
Residence halls open for freshmen
August 28 at 8 a.m.
January 10 at Noon
Residence halls open for upperclassmen
August 30 at 8 a.m.
January 10 at Noon
Faculty available for advising
August 26
Classes begin first period
August 31
January 11
Processing of drop/add begins
August 31
January 11
Re-registration fee of $25 applies
after this date
September 4
January 15
Last day for drop/add
September 4
January 15
Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades
September 4
January 15
Last day for submission of final grades for
courses for which Incomplete grades were
recorded in Spring, May, and Summer terms
October 2
Last day for submission of final grades
for courses for which Incomplete
grades were recorded in fall semester
February 19
Mid-semester deficiency reports due
in Registrar's Office at noon
October 19
March 1
Residence halls close at 9 p.m. for
spring recess
February 26
Residence halls open at 8 a.m.
March 7
Classes resume first period after
spring recess
March 8
Preregistration for students who have
completed at least one semester
November 3,4,5
Preregistration for sophomores and juniors
March 31 - April 1
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC CALENfDAR
Fall Semester
Spring Semester
Preregistration for freshmen
November 11, 12, 13
April 7 - 8
Last day to withdraw from courses
November 20
April 9
Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for
Thanksgiving recess
November 24
Residence halls open at 8 a.m.
November 29
Classes resume first period after
Thanksgiving
November 30
Final examinations begin
December 14
April 26
Semester ends at 5:00 p.m.
December 18
April 30
Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m.
December 18
April 30
SP
May Term
ECIAL SESSIC
Summer
Session #1
)NS
Summer
Session #2
Residence halls open at 8 a.m.
May 9
May 9
June 20
Classes begin
May 10
May 10
June 21
Last day for drop/add
May 11
May 12
June 22
Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades
May 11
May 12
June 22
Last day to withdraw from courses
May 28
June 4
July 16
Term ends
June 4
June 18
July 30
Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m.
June 4
June 18
July 30
Special dates to remember:
Freshman Seminar August 28, 29, 30
Freshman Convocation August 28
Labor Day (classes in session). , . September 7
Long Weekend
(classes suspended) October 2, 3, 4
Homecoming Weekend. . . October 23, 24, 25
Admissions Open House October 17
Parents Weekend November 6, 7, 8
Admissions Open House November 14
Thanksgiving
recess November 24 - November 29
Admissions Open House February 20
Spring recess February 26 - March 7
Admissions Open House March 1 3
Honors Convocation April 18
Good Friday
(afternoon classes suspended) April 9
Accepted Students Day April 4
Baccalaureate May 8
Commencement May 9
Memorial Day (no classes) May 25
Independence Day (no classes) July 5
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
WELCOME TO LYCOMING
WELCOME TO
LYCOMING College
As a small liberal arts college, Lycoming
College is dedicated to providing the type of
learning that can be used for a lifetime in a
supportive, residential environment that
fosters individual growth and close interper-
sonal relationships.
In 1990, U.S. News and World Report
recognized Lycoming as one of the top ten
small, regional colleges in the United States.
It is something that Lycoming alumni have
quietly known for years. The reasons are
simple.
All of Lycoming's resources and faculty
are dedicated to the undergraduate education
of just 1400 students. Classes are small and
all faculty members teach. With a 15 to 1
ratio of students to faculty, classes of five or
ten students are not uncommon, while even
large introductory courses average about 30
students. This means abundant opportunities
for individual attention by a faculty truly
committed to teaching.
Lycoming students are superbly prepared
to meet the challenges of life through an
academic program that includes both breadth
of study in the humanities, social sciences
and natural sciences and depth of study in at
least one area of concentration.
Those areas of concentration include
bachelor of arts programs in 31 major fields,
a Bachelor of Fine Arts degree in sculpture,
and a Bachelor of Science degree in nursing.
Those who intend to continue in medi-
cine, dentistry, law, the ministry or teaching
will find excellent preprofessional prepara-
tion. Through a number of cooperative
programs with otlrer colleges and universi-
ties, Lycoming students can study engineer-
ing, forestry, environment, pediatric medi-
cine, optometry, and medical technology —
while still enjoying the benefits of a small
college experience. They can also study
abroad or spend a semester in Washington,
D.C., or New York City through a number of
other cooperative programs.
One of Lycoming's most popular and
successful ways of blending career planning
with a liberal arts education is through its
internship program. Close to 25% of
Lycoming students gain real job experience
as part of a semester course load. The
Williamsport area is particularly rich in
internship opportunities in business, mass
communication, government, health and
social services. And the close relationship
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
WELCOME TO LYCOMING
between the College and the community has
given Lycoming students a chance to roll up
their sleeves and gain resume-enhancing
experience rather than mere observation.
Most students complete their program of
study in four years, usually by taking four
courses each fall and spring semester.
However, students may take one course
during Lycoming's May Term, and two
courses during the Summer Term, as well.
Perhaps one of the most important
qualities of Lycoming is its feeling of
community. Lycoming is a truly residential
college where all students, with the exception
of close commuters, live on campus in one of
the College's residence halls.
The quality of campus life is enriched by
a variety of extracurricular activities in which
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership
training.
Students produce a weekly newspaf)er, run
the campus radio station, edit a yearbook and
two literary magazines, mount theatre
productions, participate in a nationally-
acclaimed choir and concert band, as well as
organize and manage their own social
fraternities and sororities, special interest
clubs and campus-wide social events.
Student athletes can try out for 17
different varsity sports (9 for men, 8 for
women) or participate in the College's strong
intramural program.
All students are admitted free to the
Lycoming College Artist Series which has
brought The New York City Oj)era National
Company; such Broadway musicals as Annie,
Into the Woods and Big River, and other
artists, ranging from the Tokyo String
Quartet to the Pilobolus Dance Theater.
Student-run programs have brought in REO
Speedwagon, C & C Music Factory, Howie
Mandel and Rythym Syndicate.
Lycoming's campus abuts the historic
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball
and the site of its annual international
championships. The greater metro area has a
population of approximately 75,000.
The rolling hills and forestlands of
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of
the state's best scenery, as well as hiking,
camping, kayaking, hunting and fishing, and
other outdoor recreation. Yet Lycoming is
less than a four-hour drive from such metro-
politan centers as New York City, Philadel-
phia, Washington, D.C., Baltimore and
Pittsburgh.
The College enjoys a relationship with the
United Methodist Church and supports its
tradition of providing an education to persons
of all faiths. The College is firmly commit-
ted to a policy of cultural diversity and
expects its students to work together in an
atmosphere of respect and tolerance.
Fully accredited, Lycoming is a member
of the Middle States Association of Colleges
and Schools, and the University Senate of
The United Methodist Church. It is a
member of the Association of American
Colleges, the Pennsylvania Association of
Colleges and Universities, the Commission
for Independent Colleges and Universities,
the National Commission on Accrediting and
the National Association of Schools and
Colleges of The United Methodist Church.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
WELCOME TO LYCOMING
HISTORY
1 he history of Lycoming College has
been one of continual evolution. The
institution has been, at one time or another,
an elementary and secondary school, a
seminary, a junior college and at present a
four- year liberal arts college — going through
three name changes in the process. Sold by
the Presbyterians to the Methodists (who
bought it as a source of revenue), it is today
an independent non-profit, private college,
affiliated with the United Methodist Church.
Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in
America — when it was founded as the
Williamsport Academy, that city's first
elementary and secondary school. The school
was administered by a Board of Trustees
made up of mostly staunch Presbyterians.
By 1848, Williamsport had its own public
school system well in place, and the private
school was becoming a financial burden. A
visionary circuit preacher. Rev. Benajamin
LYCOMING COLLEGE
H. Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy
the school, which they did, turning it into
Dickinson Seminary, which offered courses
of study for K through 12 plus college
preparatory. Rev. Crever is considered the
school's true founder.
The seminary operated as a private
boarding school until 1929 when a college
curriculum was added and it became the
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the
first junior college in Pennsylvania.
In 1947, the junior college became a four-
year degree-granting college of liberal arts
and sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming,
derived from the Indian word "lacomic,"
meaning "Great Stream" — a name that
enjoys local popularity as the name of the
county, a township and a creek.
In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming
College continues to expand its programs and
improve its academic excellence with each
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin-
guished baccalaureate education to
every student entering its doors.
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE CAMPUS
THE Campus
JNineleen buildings sit on Lycoming's
35-acre campus. Most buildings have been
constructed since 1950, even though Lycom-
ing - one of America's 50 oldest colleges and
universities - dates back to 1812. All
buildings are easy to reach from anywhere on
campus. A 12-acre athletic field and football
stadium lie a few blocks north of the main
campus.
Modem buildings include the eight
residence halls, which contain clean and
comfortable single and double rooms; the
student union; and the physical education/
recreation center. Up-to-date facilities
include the library, theatre, the planetarium,
the computer center, an electronic-music
studio, a photography laboratory, and an art
gallery. The computer center opened in
1969; the art gallery and physical education
center opened in 1980. An arts center was
renovated and opened in 1983. The Heim
Biology and Chemistry Building opened in
1990.
Residence Halls
Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The
United Methodist Church in America, who
made the circuit through the upper
Susquehanna District in 1812, the year
Lycoming (then the Williamsport Academy)
opened its doors.
Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's
founder and first financial agent, the Rev.
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade
the Baltimore Conference to purchase the
school from the Williamsport Town Council
in 1848.
East Hall (1962) — Houses chapters of
Lycoming's national fraternities and local
sororities. The self-contained units
contain sleeping rooms, a lounge, and a
chapter room.
Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs.
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose
generosity established the memorial.
Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family
of Woohich, Pennsylvania. Houses the
health and counseling services, campus
security, coordinator of residence life, and
building and grounds. The Academic
Resource Center is located in the north
lounge on the first floor. It is operated by
peer tutors and professional staff during
specified hours Sunday through Friday.
Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, profes-
sor of psychology and four-time Dean of the
College from 1921 to 1967.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE CAMPUS
Wesley HaU (1956) — Honors John Wesley,
the founder of Methodism. This building
houses a number of Greek organizations, as
well as independent students.
Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A.
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose
bequest established the memorial.
Academic Buildings
Academic Center (1968) — Probably the
most architecturally impressive building on
campus, the Center actually is composed of
four buildings: the John G. Snowden library,
Wendle Hall, the Arena Theatre and labora-
tories, and the faculty office building.
Library (1968) — An active instruction
program acquaints students with academic
library strategies and supports their specific
research in each discipline studied. Students
become familiar with traditional methods of
research as well as new information technolo-
gies utilizing computerized CD-ROM and
online searching. The collection includes
more than 160,000 volumes, approximately
1100 periodical titles, and a strong reference
section suitable to an undergraduate educa-
tion. The library also serves as a partial
depository for U.S. government publications.
Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the
northwest corner of the first floor of the
library, the gallery contains exhibits year-
round, including shows of student work.
College Computer Center (1969) —
Located in the lower level of the library, the
center houses Hewlett-Packard 827 which is
used for administrative computing and a DEC
Micro Vax 3600 and a Prime EXL 316 which
are used for academic computing.
Computer Graphics Center (1986) — The
Computer Graphics Center provides the IBC
Ensign Computer for students majoring in
computer science and for those taking
graphics courses. It has 32 ports for termi-
nals and printers, 2 megabytes of memory,
and two 85 megabyte disk drives.
Nursing Skills Laboratory (1983) —
Located in the lower level of the library, it is
a replica of a modem hospital ward, complete
with 10 simulated work stations, a nurses'
station, and all the medical equipment used
by nurses.
Wendle Hall (1968) — Contains 21 class-
rooms, the psychology laboratories, a
computer terminal laboratory with 20
terminals available for use at present and an
expansion capability of 20 more, and
spacious Pennington Lounge, an informal
meeting place for students and faculty.
Arena Theatre and Laboratories (1968) —
The 204-seat thrust-stage theatre is one of the
finest in the region. It includes projection
facilities, scene and costume shops, a make-
up room, and a multiple-use area known as
the Down Stage, where one-act experimental
plays are performed. The language, business,
mathematics, and physics laboratories are
situated on the upper floors. The Detwiler
Planetarium is located on the ground floor.
Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-
seat lecture hall.
Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) —
Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood-
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture
hall, offices. In addition. Career Manage-
ment Services is located in this building.
Photographic Laboratory (1984) —
Located in the lower level of the Fine Arts
Center, it contains all the materials and
equipment of any commercial laboratory.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE CAMPUS
Mass Communication Center (1987) —
The focal point of the facility is a fully
equipped broadcast quality television studio
and control room. The building also houses
two editing rooms, a classroom, faculty
offices, the FM radio station and the student
newspaper office. The Center is located on
the southeast comer of campus.
Heim Biology Chemistry
Building (1990) — The $8.3 million Heim
Building is one of the finest undergraduate
science facilities in the East. The three-level
building totals more than 63,000 square feet
and contains state-of-the-art biology and
chemistry laboratories, lecture and seminar
rooms, a science reading area and a green-
house, as well as classrooms and faculty
offices.
Clarke Building (1939) — Includes recital
hall, music classrooms, practice studios, an
electronic-music studio, faculty offices, two
chapels, and the United Campus Ministry
Center,
Administration Buildings
Drum House — Built in 1857 as a rental
property, the Admissions House is the oldest
building on the campus. It was first occupied
by a Presbyterian parson.
The Admissions House was bought by the
College in 1931, along with twenty-eight
other dwellings and in 1940 became the
President's home. John W. Long occupied it
for the remainder of his tenure and D.
Frederick Wertz lived in the house from 1955
until 1965 when the President's home was
moved to 325 Grampian Boulevard. The
building was then converted for use by the
Fine Arts Department. In 1983, when a new
Fine Arts facility was completed, the depart-
ment was relocated and the house was vacant
until 1987 when it was restored by college
craftsmen to its original Federalist design
under the supervision of Carol Baker '60, who
kindly volunteered her services during the
year-long reconstruction. The Admissions
House was a gift of the W.F. Rich family.
John W. Long Hall (1951) — Opened
originally as the library, it now houses the
administrative offices, including those for the
President, Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student
Services, Housing, Registrar, Alumni Affairs,
Public Relations, Institutional Advancement,
Publications, and Financial Aid. It includes a
reception area, central communications, and
the printing and bulk mail office.
Recreation Facilities
Physical Education and Recreation Center
(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all-
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight
room; offices; classrooms, and Alumni
Lounge.
Wertz Student Center (1959) — Contains
the main and private dining rooms,
Burchfield Lounge, a recreation area, game
rooms. Jacks' Comer, bookstore, post office,
student activities office, and student organi-
zation offices. Honors Bishop D. Frederick
Wertz, President of Lycoming from 1955 to
1968.
Chapels
Clarke Building (1939) — Lycoming's
landmark, the building contains Clarke
Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel, the
United Campus Ministry Center, and music
department studios and offices.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
STUDENT SERVICES
Student Services
Administration
1 he program of student services at
Lycoming is administered by the Office of
Student Services. It is designed to respond to
diverse student needs. Professional staff
members are assigned the specific responsi-
bilities of:
• career counseling and placement;
• counseling services
• residence life
• student activities
• Greek life
• campus ministry
• health services
• safety and security
• student conduct
• intramural sports
All members of the staff are available to
counsel and advise individual students.
Counseling Service
C'Ounseling Service assists students in
achieving their personal and academic goals.
Professional and confidential services are
provided free of charge to Lycoming stu-
dents. Individual and group therapy, referral
information and psychological assessments
are offered. The counseling service also
provides guidance to students with learning
disabilities and conducts outreach programs
for the college community.
Career Management Services
V_^areer Management is a process guided
by the student which involves gathering
information, making choices and evaluating
those decisions, and taking control of one's
career path. Lycoming offers services and
resources which encourage students to
become more proactive in the career planning
process.
Individual and group counseling focus on
teaching students how they can learn about
different career fields and present themselves
to potential employers in a positive and
effective manner. Helping students make
appropriate and meaningful connections
between college and career is a goal of the
C.M.S.
Additional services include:
• Resources Room, housing books and
periodicals on specific career trends,
employment outlook, directories of
employers
• DISCOVER, a computer-assisted career
guidance system, provides information to
students about themselves and the world of
work
• SHARE (Students Having a Real Experi-
ence), a program in which students observe
and work with professionals in the field
• Placement Services to aid seniors in
implementing their career plans
• Assistance to students in securing intern-
ships, summer employment, and part-time
employment
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
STUDENT SERVICES
• Speaker program, which brings profession-
als from a variety of careers to campus
seminars
• Video cassette programs relating to job
skills and career information
• Graduate school information and applica-
tions for graduate and professional school
examinations
Residence Halls
O ingle students under 23 years of age
who do not live at the home of their parents
or guardians are required to live in residence
halls and eat in the dining room. All new
resident students are forwarded a room-
agreement form to sign after confirmation of
their admission to Lycoming, The agreement
is renewed each spring.
Resident students assume responsibility
for their rooms and furnishings. The College
reserves the right to enter and inspect
any room for reasons of damage, health or
safety, and to search any room when there is
reason to believe a violation of College rules
or the law is occurring.
Whenever possible, damage to residence
hall property will be charged to the person or
persons directly responsible. When damage
occurs to common living areas of the
residence halls (lounges, stairwells, lobbies,
hallways, or bathrooms) and is clearly the
result of negligence, carelessness, malicious
intent to destroy, or theft, residents of the
floor or building may be assessed for their
share of the repair and/or replacement costs.
Damage and breakage occurring in a student
room will be the responsibility of the
students occupying the room.
Residence halls are not available for
occupancy during the vacation periods. Quiet
hours are in place to support the academic
mission of the college and are established by
the Department of Residence Life. They are
published in the Student Handbook and
posted on bulletin boards. Residence Hall
Councils, which share responsibility for
developing and monitoring regulations, may
vote to extend these hours. Room visitation
by members of the opposite sex is permitted
in the halls under conditions established by
the College.
Resident Advisors are available on student
floors to assist with any problems which
might arise and to offer activities for stu-
dents. These are undergraduate students who
are hired by the College to help provide a
good living/learning environment for all
students.
Student Activities
Otudent Activities offers assistance and
advice for all campus programs and student
organizations. Through the efforts of the
Campus Activities Board (C.A.B.), program-
ming is provided for all facets of the student
population. C.A.B. works to create an
atmosphere which best serves the social,
cultural, and recreational needs of the
students. Student Activities is also respon-
sible for leadership training and the Student
Orientation Staff. In addition. Student
Activities provides support and direction for
student government, the Interfratemity and
Panhellenic Councils, the International
Student Organization, and all registered
student organizations.
Religious Life
1 he United Campus Ministry, staffed
by a Protestant minister and a Roman
Catholic lay minister, provides a wide range
of activities in support of the religious lives
of students. Ecumenical and inclusive in
nature, campus ministry at Lycoming
provides worship services, service projects,
social occasions, retreats, study opportunities
and personal counseling. The chaplains are
an integral part of campus life and are
available to students who may need support,
counsel or direction.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
STUDENT SERVICES
Health Services
JN ormal medical treatment by the
health service staff at the College
is provided without cost to the student.
During the fall and spring semesters, the
College maintains an outpatient service in
Rich Hall. It is staffed by a registered nurse
five days a week from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
The College physician is available for one
hour each day, Monday through Friday,
Athletics
Athletics are an important part of the
Lycoming experience. As a member of the
NCAA (Division III), Lycoming sponsors 17
intercollegiate sports for both male and
female student-athletes.
Men can choose from football, soccer,
cross country, wrestling, golf, basketball,
swimming, tennis, and track and field.
Women can compete in field hockey, cross
country, volleyball, basketball, swimming,
Softball, tennis, and track and field.
Lycoming is a member of the Middle
Atlantic conference which is the oldest and
largest (26 schools) Division III athletic
conference in the nation. As a Division III
school, Lycoming does not offer athletic
scholarships which means that student-
athletes are not bound, in any way, to
continue participation in any given sport.
In addition, the College offers a very
active intramural program that is open to
both male and female students. This
program includes competitive basketball,
Softball, water polo, beach volleyball, and
flag football.
Safety and Security
1 he department strives to maintain an
environment that is free of unnecessary
hazards and disruptions. This responsibility
includes the enforcement of Lycoming
College rules, regulations, and j)olicies.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Security personnel are scheduled on an
around-the-clock basis. An emergency
telephone line, extension #4911 is always
monitored to respond to serious events on
campus. Telephone extension #4604 is used
to handle general security
concerns.
The Office of Safety and Security solicits
the cooperation of the entire College commu-
nity in reporting unsafe conditions and
suspicious activity on the Lycoming College
campus.
Other services provided by the department
are: First aid and ambulatory medical
transportation, emergency maintenance
referral, an escort service, guest and parking
registration, and the dissemination of
telephone numbers and general information
to the public when the college switchboard is
closed.
Standards of Conduct
Lycoming College is committed to the
creation and maintenance of a living-learning
environment which fosters the intellectual,
personal, social and ethical development of
its students. Respect for the rights of others
and self-discipline are essential to the
fulfillment of these goals. Students are
expected to adhere to the policies contained
in the Student Handbook. These policies,
rules and regulations are part of the
contractual agreement students enter into
when they register at Lycoming College.
Students who demonstrate an unwilling-
ness to abide by these policies will be subject
to disciplinary action which may include
suspension or expulsion from the College.
Students are encouraged to review the
Student Handbook and Residence Life
Agreement in order to familiarize themselves
with the policies governing student conduct.
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Admission to Lycoming
Lycoming College welcomes applica-
tions from prospective students regardless of
age, sex, race, religion, financial resources,
color, national or ethnic background.
Admission Decision Criteria
Admission to Lycoming College is
competitive. Applicants are evaluated
on the basis of their academic preparation,
talents, and interests, as well as the College's
capacity to help them achieve their educa-
tional objectives and career goals.
Successful candidates for admission have
typically completed a college preparatory
program in high school which includes four
years of English, three years of math, two
years of foreign language, two years of
natural or physical science, three years of
social science, and two years of academic
electives.
In addition, successful admission candi-
dates generally place in the top two-fifths of
their high school graduating class, and have
better than average SAT or ACT scores.
From time to time, supplemental materi-
als, as well as a personal interview may be
required prior to the determination of
admissibility.
Admission Application
Filing Period
Applications for the fall semester will be
accepted from June 1st of the preceding year
through July 31st of the year in which studies
are to begin. Applications for the spring
semester are accepted from the preceding
May 1st through December 15lh. A limited
number of applications may be considered on
a space-available basis up to one month prior
to the beginning of the semester.
Applications, when complete, are re-
viewed and evaluated on a rolling basis.
Generally, applicants are notified in writing
regarding the outcome of their applications
within three weeks following the receipt of
all required materials.
Freshman Applicants
Freshman appUcants must complete the
following steps:
1) Submit the completed Lycoming College
Admission Application
2) Submit the non-refundable $25
application fee
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMISSION TO LYC»MING
3) Provide official transcripts of all high
school and post-secondary school studies
(whether or not completed)
4) Submit official Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT) results, or American College Test
(ACT)
TVansfer Applicants
JLycoming College considers applications
from students who have attended other post-
secondary educational institutions. These
applicants must have earned a cumulative
grade point average of at least 2.0 (on a 4
point scale) in transferable courses at the
post-secondary institution(s) attended.
Transfer applicants must complete each of
the following steps:
1) Complete and return application with the
$25 application fee
2) Provide official transcripts from each
post-secondary school attended. Students
who have accumulated less than 24
semester hours or 36 credit hours
must also submit high school transcripts
3) Submit the Lycoming Transfer Form
(it will be sent to you upon application)
Applicants may transfer up to 64
semester credits of lower-division
coursework, and up to 32 semester credits of
upper-division coursework for a total of 96
credits. Students must complete the final 32
credits of their degree program at Lycoming
College.
Additional information regarding the
transfer of college credit appears on page 45.
International Applicants
X rospective students who are neither
citizens nor permanent residents of the
United States are welcome to apply for
admission.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
International applicants must complete
each of the following steps:
1) Submit the completed Lycoming College
Admission Application
2) Provide certified true copies of all
secondary (and when applicable, post-
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo-
mas and certificates in the original lan-
guages, as well as in English (when the
original 5 are not in English), Transla-
tions of non-English materials must be
certified as true and correct;
3) Submit two letters of recommendation.
4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write
and speak English at the college level as
evidenced by TOEFL score of at least
500, or comparable evidence of English
language fluency
5) International students who are currently
studying in the United States must be
"in-status" with the United States De
partment of Justice, Immigration and
Naturalization Service. They must also
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming
College.
Please note that the minimum amount
required for each academic year of study
(September through April) at Lycoming
College is U.S. $17,000. Summer living
expenses (May through August) average
an additional U.S. $2,000, and are not
included in $17,000 amount.
Note All Students:
1) If there is additional information that
would be helpful to the Admissions
Committee in reviewing your application,
please indicate it on a separate piece of
paper.
2) If you are 24 or older, you need only
complete the unshaded sections of the
application. If you have not taken the
SAT or ACT assessment, that requirement
will be waived.
Confirmation of Intent
to Enroll at Lycoming
Admitted applicants are asked to confirm
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no
later than the preceding May 1st, or by
December 1st for the following spring
semester by submitting the appropriate
deposit. Nonresident, commuting students
are required to submit a $100 Tuition
Deposit. Resident students are required to
submit the $100 Tuition Deposit, as well as a
$100 Room Reservation Deposit. Admitted
international applicants are required to
submit all applicable deposits prior to the
issuance of the 1-20 form.
Deposits are non-refundable after May 1st
for the following fall semester, and Decem-
ber 1st for the following spring semester.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMISSION TO LYCOMING
Student Orientation
Incoming freshmen are required to attend
one of three summer orientation sessions with
at least one parent before they enroll in the
fall. Upperclass transfer students are invited
to a separate session. The purpose of the
program is to more fully acquaint new
students and their parents with the College so
that they can begin their Lycoming experi-
ence under the most favorable circumstances.
Students will take placement tests, meet their
academic advisor and register for fall classes.
Information on orientation is mailed to new
students after they confirm their admission.
Withdrawal of
Admission Offers
Lycoming College reserves the right to
withdraw offers of admission when:
1) information requested as part of the
admission application process is not provided
by applicants
2) misrepresentation of fact to the College
by applicants occurs during the application
process
3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping
with the ethical or moral standards as set
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or the
Lycoming College Student Handbook
Admissions Office
Location and Hours
1 rospective students and their families
are encouraged to visit the campus for a
student-conducted tour and an interview with
an admissions counselor, who will provide
additional information about the College and
answer questions.
The Office of Admissions is located
on Washington Boulevard and College
Place. For an appointment, telephone
1-800-345-3920 or (717)321-4026, or write
Office of Admissions, Lycoming College,
Williamsport, PA 17701.
Office hours are:
Weekdays - September through April:
8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
- May through August:
8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
Saturdays - September through April
9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon
- May through August:
appointments by request.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Fees
Comprehensive
$6,000
Room Rent
$1,075
Board
$975
Total
$8,050
Expenses for the
Academic Year 1992-93
1 he following expenses are effective for
the regular fall and spring semesters. The
College reserves the right to adjust fees at
any time. The fees for each semester are
payable approximately 2 weeks prior to the
start of classes for the semester as indicated
on the semester bill.
Per Semester Per Year
$12,000
$2,150
$1,950
$16,100
One-Time Student Fees
Application Fee $25
Admissions Deposit $100
Contingency Deposit $100
Room Reservation Deposit $100
Part-Time Students Fees
Application Fee $25
Each Unit Course $1,500
Additional Charges
Applied Music Fee (half-hour
per week per semester) $150
Cap and Gown Rental prevailing cost
Laboratory Fee per Unit Course. . $20 to $160
Reregistration Fee $25
Parking Permit (for the
academic year) $20 to $45
Practice Teaching Fee
(payable in junior year) $400
R.O.T.C. Uniform Deposit
(payable at Bucknell University $75
Transcript Fee $3*
Placement Retest Fee $25
Single Room Charge. . . . additional charge of
$430 per semester.
The Comprehensive Fee covers the
regular course load of twelve to sixteen
credits each semester. Resident students
must board at the College unless, for extraor-
dinary reasons, authorization is extended for
other eating arrangements. If a double room
is used as a single room, there is an addi-
tional charge of $430 per semester. The
estimated cost for books and supplies is up to
$450 per year, depending on the course of
study. Special session (May term and
summer term) charges for tuition, room, and
board are established during the fall semester.
*$3 for 1 transcript; $1 for each additional
copy ordered in the same request. Tran-
scripts provided free to currently-enrolled
students
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Entry Fees and Deposits
Application Fee — All students for admis-
sion must submit a $25 application fee. This
charge defrays the cost of processing the
application and is nonrefundable.
Admission Deposit — After students have
been notified of their admission to Lycoming,
they are required to make a $100 Admissions
Deposit to confirm their intention to matricu-
late. Students seeking residence must submit
an additional $100 Room Reservation
Deposit. All deposits are applied to the
general charges for the first semester of
attendance. After May 1 , deposits are
nonrefundable.
Contingency Deposit — A contingency
deposit of $100 is required of all full-time
students as a guarantee for payment of
damage to or loss of College property, for
library and parking fines, or similar penalties
imposed by the College. The deposit is
collected along with other charges for the
initial semester. The balance of this deposit
is refunded after all debts to the College have
been paid, either upon graduation or upon
written request submitted to the Registrar two
weeks prior to voluntary permanent termina-
tion of enrollment at Lycoming College. (See
page 47.)
Partial Payments
Jror the convenience of those who find it
impossible to follow the regular schedule of
payments, arrangements may be made with
the College Treasurer for the monthly
payment of College fees through various
educational plans. Additional information
concerning partial payments may be obtained
from the Treasurer or Director of
Admissions.
Refunds for Students
Who Withdraw
rvoom rent is not refundable after classes
begin. Tuition and board fees are refunded to
students who officially and voluntarily
withdraw from the College according to the
following schedule. (Comparable schedules
apply to May and summer terms.)
Refund Charge
Period of Withdrawal % %
During the first week
of the semester 80 20
During the second
and third week 60 40
During the fourth
and fifth week 40 60
During the sixth
and seventh week 20 80
After seven weeks 100
• Tuition and/or lab fees are not refundable
for individual courses dropped after the
drop/add period ends.
• No refunds are given to students who are
suspended for disciplinary reasons.
The date on which the Dean of the
College approves the student's withdrawal
form is considered the official date of
withdrawal. Charges are levied for services
provided after withdrawal.
Lycoming scholarships and grants are
applied during the fall and spring semesters
on the same basis as the tuition charges. If a
withdrawing student is charged 60% of the
tuition, he/she will receive 60% of the
scholarship or grant. Government financial
aid is adjusted according to federal and state
guidelines.
Room charges, which are established on a
semester basis, and special charges such as
laboratory fees, are not refundable if a
student leaves the College prior to the end of
the semester.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Full-time students who, after reducing
their course loads, continue to be enrolled for
12 or more semester hours are not eligible for
a refund of tuition for an individual course.
Similarly, students who register for extra
hours in excess of 16 hours per semester and
who later reduce their loads are not eligible
after the fifth day of the semester for a refund
of the fee charged for overloads. Charges
will be recalculated for students who enroll
full-time and subsequently assume part-time
status by reducing their loads below 12 hours
during the drop/add period. The assumption
of part-time status normally involves a
substantial reduction of financial aid since
most financial aid programs do not extend
eligibility to part-time students.
Non-Payment of
Fees Penalty
O tudents will not be registered for
courses in a new semester if their accounts
for previous attendance have not been settled.
Diplomas, transcripts, and certifications of
withdrawals in good standing are issued only
when a satisfactory settlement of all financial
obligations has been made in the Business
Office. Final grades may also be held in
some cases.
FINANCIAL AID
Student Financial Assistance
Lycoming College is committed to
helping students and families meet College
costs. While some assistance is available to
students regardless of need (merit scholar-
ships), the primary purpose of the College's
financial aid program is to help qualified
students of limited financial resources attend
Lycoming College. Scholarships may be
awarded on the basis of merit and/or need,
while grants are provided solely on the basis
of financial need. Long-term educational
loans with favorable interest rates and
repayment terms are available, as are part-
time employment opportunities.
Students who wish to be considered for
financial assistance should submit the
following forms as soon after January 1 as
possible and not later than March 15.
(NOTE: Renewal applications are required
annually.)
1) Lycoming Financial Aid Application
(LFAA) - available from the Financial Aid
Office
2) Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College
Scholarship Service (CSS) - available from
your high school/college counselor or the
Financial Aid Office
3) Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance
Agency (PHEAA) grant application if a
PA resident - or the appropriate state grant
application form from the state in which
the student resides. Contact your high
school/college counselor or the Financial
Aid Office for the appropriate application.
4) Students must submit signed copies of
their tax returns as well as those of their
parents, including all schedules. The tax
returns required are those that were filed
the year preceding the year the student
plans to enroll, (e.g. if a student plans to
enroll during the 1992-93 year, 1991 tax
returns are required).
5) Additional forms may be required at the
discretion of the Financial Aid Office.
Financial Aid Satisfactory
Progress Policy
VJne criterion used to determine financial
aid eligibility is academic progress. Students
must meet the minimum standards of
satisfactory academic progress as defined by
the College and as defined by the appropriate
loan- or grant-awarding agency in order to
remain eligible for financial aid.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
To accurately measure a student's
progress, quantitative and qualitative mea-
sures are used.
For financial aid purposes, the standard of
satisfactory academic progress at Lycoming
College will be defined as the successful
completion of 75% of the courses attempted.
(See pg. 50 for requirements regarding
academic standing.) But, as noted above, a
student may not have more than 6 units (24
semester hours) of unsuccessful attempts.
The Financial Aid Office checks for
satisfactory progress by students receiving
financial aid at least once a year.
Students who fail to meet the minimum
number of credits and/or who fail to achieve
the minimum cumulative GPA are placed on
Financial Aid Probation. This allows
students one semester of additional work to
bring their academic records up to minimum
standards. Failure to meet the minimum
standards after the probation semester will
result in a suspension of further assistance
until standards are met.
A more detailed explanation of Lycoming
College Financial Aid Programs and Policies
is contained in a printed student consumer's
guide available through the Financial Aid
Office.
Scholarships & Grants
NOTE: Students will not be awarded more
than one scholarship.
Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are
awarded only to eligible students who are
full-time, are in good academic standing, and
who are degree-seeking.
Lycoming Academic Scholarships of
$1,0(X) to $4,(XX) may be awarded to students
who rank in the top 30% of their graduating
class and have a combined SAT score of
1(XX) or above. Renewal requires
a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.(X).
Valedictorian/Salutatorian Scholarships of
$5,000 may be awarded to students who rank
either first or second in their graduating
class as certified by their high school
guidance counselor. Renewal requires a
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.00.
Founder's Scholarships of $5,000 may be
awarded to students who rank in the top fifth
of their graduating class and have SAT
scores of at least 1200. Renewal requires a
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.(X).
Trustee's Scholarships are full-tuition
scholarships. Students may be awarded this
scholarship if they maintain a minimum high
school GPA of 3.50, were ranked in the top
10% of their graduating class, and had SAT
scores of at least 1300. If the student is
eligible for a Pell Grant and/or a State Grant,
those amounts will be subtracted from the
tuition cost and the difference will be the
amount of the scholarship award.
Art Scholarships of $1,500 may be avail-
able. These scholarships are awarded on the
basis of juried competition. Selection is
determined by the Art Deparunent faculty.
Renewable upon continued recommendation
of departmental faculty. Students must
maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00
and be an art major.
Music Scholarships of up to $2,(XX) may be
available. Selection is determined by
departmental faculty members. Renewable
upon continued recommendation of the
department. Students must maintain a
minimum cumulative GPA of 2.(X).
Theatre Scholarships of $1,500 may be
available upon recommendation of depart-
mental faculty. Students must submit a
Theatre Information Card and a recommen-
dation from a theatre instructor. Renewable
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
upon continued recommendation of the
faculty. Students must maintain a minimum
cumulative GPA of 2.00.
Lycoming Grant-in-Aid Awards of $200 to
full tuition, depending upon financial need,
may be granted to students to help meet their
documented financial need. Renewal
requires continued financial need as deter-
mined by Congressional Methodology and
the Financial Aid Director. Satisfactory
academic progress, as defined by the
College, is also required.
Ministerial Grants are awarded to depen-
dent children of United Methodist Ministers
and ordained ministers of other denomina-
tions. This grant amounts to one-third of
tuition for children of United Methodist
ministers in the Central Pennsylvania
Conference and one-fourth of tuition for all
others.
Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of one-
fourth tuition are awarded to students
preparing for the Christian ministry who have
demonstrated financial need. Students must
complete a pre-ministerial grant application
available through the financial aid office.
Two-in-Family Grants are awarded to each
member of a family attending Lycoming at
the same time. The amount is 10% of tuition,
room and board charged by the College.
Each family member must not be eligible for
any other financial aid program of the
College. If the student is eligible for any
other Lycoming aid, the student will be
awarded whichever is greater.
United Methodist Scholarships may be
available to full-time degree-seeking appli-
cants who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or
better, are active in Christian activities, and
who are active, full members of a United
Methodist church. Demonstrated financial
need is also required. Normally, seven $500
scholarships are awarded each year. Annual
application is required. Recipients are
selected by the Director of Financial Aid and
awards made to the neediest students. The
funds are provided by the United Methodist
Church.
Federal Grants
Pell Grants are awarded by the federal
government based upon a standard federal
formula. Grants range up to $2,400 per year.
These grants are available up to a maximum
of 10 semesters.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grants may be awarded to students with
exceptional financial need. Priority must be
given to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are
provided by the federal government.
State Grants & Scholarships
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for
PA residents meeting domicile and financial
requirements of the program. In 1991-92, the
maximum grant amount was $2,300. These
grants are available for a maximum of 8
semesters.
Non-PA residents should contact the State
Grant Agency in their home state for avail-
ability of funds to students attending out-of-
state colleges.
Paul Douglas Teacher Scholarships may be
available to PA residents who rank in the top
10% of their high school class and plan to
enter the elementary or secondary teaching
field. Scholarships are for up to $5,000 per
year and the students must sign an agreement
to teach. More information is available from
your high school guidance office,
Lycoming's Financial Aid Office, or by
calling PHEAA at 717-975-3320. This
program is administered by PHEAA.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Scholars in Education Awards (SEA) are
offered by PHEAA to PA residents who plan
to teach math or science in a Pennsylvania
secondary school. The award is 50% of
annual tuition. If the student fails to honor
the commitment to teach, the grant becomes
a loan with interest. For eligibility require-
ments, contact your high school guidance
counselor or PHEAA.
Loan Programs
Perkins Loan (formerly the National Direct
Student Loan) may be offered to students
with exceptional need. Borrowers must
repay the loan, plus 5% per annum simple
interest on the unpaid balance, over a period
beginning nine months after the date on
which the borrower ceases to be enrolled at
least half-time.
StafTord Loan (formerly the Guaranteed
Student Loan) allows eligible Freshmen and
Sophomore students to borrow a maximum of
$2,625 annually. Juniors and Seniors may be
eligible to borrow a maximum of $4,000
annually. The federal government pays the
interest while the student is enrolled at least
half-time. The student begins to repay the
loan 6 months after leaving school. The
interest rate is 8% for the first four years of
repayment, increasing to 10% for the
remainder of the repayment period. Students
must have documented financial need.
PHEAA Nonsubsidized Stafford Loan may
be available to students attending a Pennsyl-
vania school. The interest rates are the same
as on the subsidized Stafford; however, the
interest on the nonsubsidized Stafford must
be paid on a quarterly basis while the
student is enrolled in school and during the
six-month grace period following the in-
school period. The maximum loan amount is
up to $2,625 minus subsidized Stafford
eligibility for Freshmen and Sophomores and
$4,000 minus subsidized Stafford eligibility
for Juniors and Seniors per year. Minimum
loan amount is $500. This loan is not based
on need.
PHEAA Alternative Loan of up to $10,000
may be available to students attending a
Pennsylvania school. The loan is made
available through PHEAA. For more
information, contact PHEAA, 660 Boas
Street, Harrisburg, PA 17102. This loan is
not based on documented need.
PLUS/SLS Loans are meant to provide
additional funds for educational expenses.
The interest rate varies but will not exceed
12%. Parents of dependent undergraduate
students or independent undergraduates may
borrow up to $4,000 per year to a total of
$20,000. Applications and information are
available from your bank or other lending
institution. This loan is not based on docu-
mented financial need.
United Methodist Student Loans are
available on a very limited basis to students
who are members of the United Methodist
Church. The maximum amount which may
be borrowed for an academic year is $1,000,
subject to the availability of funds. Contact
The Board of Higher Education and Ministry,
P.O. Box 871, Nashville, Tennessee 37202
for more information.
Employment Opportunities
Federal College Work-Study Program
awards provide work opportunities on
campus for qualified students. Students
receive paychecks for work performed in the
previous pay period. Based on documented
need and awarded by the Financial Aid
Office.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FINANCIAL MATTERS
The Lycoming Campus Employment
Program is similar to Federal Work-Study
except that students are paid with institu-
tional funds only and employment is not
based on financial need. A limited number
of jobs are available.
Presidential Fellowships in Music are
available for selected students. Auditions
and interviews are conducted annually by the
Music department. A tuition stipend of $250
is awarded for each semester the student
serves as a Fellow. Recipients are expected
to fulfill responsibilities assigned each
semester by the Department with the primary
responsibility being musical performance.
Other Job Opportunities are frequently
available with local business firms or
persons. Contact the Career Management
Services Office of the College for informa-
tion on these opportunities.
Other Aid Sources
Veterans and Dependents Benefits are
available for qualified veterans and children
of deceased or disabled veterans. Applica-
tion should be made at your nearest Veterans'
Administration Office.
Reserved Officers Training Corps (ROTC)
Stipends and Scholarships are available for
qualified students. Contact the Financial Aid
Office for more information.
Tuition Exchange Grants may be available.
Lycoming College is a member of both the
Tuition Exchange Program and the CICU
Tuition Exchange Program. These programs
are for dependent students of employees at
participating institutions of higher education.
You should contact the Tuition Exchange
Officer at your sponsoring institution for
information regarding sponsorship.
Non-College Aid Opportunities are often
available through family employers or labor
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious
organizations, and secondary schools. Your
parents should contact their employer or
organizations of which they are members for
information on financial aid resoiu-ces.
Endowed & Restricted
College Funds
1 hese funds are thoughtfully and
generously provided by alumni and friends of
Lycoming College. Most awards are based
on documented financial need, in
combination with other criteria, and are
awarded through the Financial Aid Office.
Franklin L. Artley Scholarship is available
annually to assist a ministerial student(s).
Eph and Bess Baker Scholarship of $6,000
is available at $1,500 per year for four years.
It is awarded annually to a full-time student
who exhibits academic promise and has a
permanent residence in Lycoming County.
Preference is given to students with demon-
strated financial need. A minimum cumula-
tive GPA of 3.00 is needed for renewal.
Case Memorial Scholarship is awarded
annually to a student(s) in good academic
standing with demonstrated financial need.
Mary Strong Clemins Scholarship is
available for a student(s) preparing for
Christian ministry or for deaconess work or
its equivalent in the United Methodist
Church.
C. Luther Culler Memorial Scholarship is
awarded to a student based on scholarship.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^m
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATHERS
Dewitt-Bodine Scholarship is awarded to
the highest-ranked student in the graduating
class each year from the Hughesville High
School who attends Lycoming College. The
recipient is designated by the Hughesville
Guidance Counselor. The scholarship
amount is $2,200 and is credited at $550 per
year for four years attendance at Lycoming.
Clara Kramer Eaton Scholarship is
awarded to the highest-ranked student in the
graduating class from Line Mountain High
School who attends Lycoming College. The
recipient is selected by the high school's
guidance office. The scholarship is $400 per
year for up to four years of attendance at
Lycoming.
Richard W. Gieniec Memorial Scholarship
is available to a full-time student in good
academic standing who has demonstrated
financial need and who has the prospect of
contributing positively to the college commu-
nity. Preference is given to a student who
meets any or all of the following criteria: 1)
resident of Lancaster County, Pa.; 2)leaming-
disabled; 3)soccer player.
Beryl Kline Glenn Scholarship is periodi-
cally awarded to a student majoring in music.
Mr. and Mrs. David Grove Scholarship is
periodically awarded to a needy student
studying faith and ministry.
Robert I. Hamilton Scholarship is awarded
through the generosity of Mr, Hamilton, a
resident of South Williamsport.
Sarah and Elsie Harding Scholarship is
awarded to a student(s) in good academic
standing with demonstrated financial need.
Esther M. Heefner Scholarship is available
to help a needy and deserving student(s).
Edward P. and Jeanette Fuller Heether
Scholarship is available to help needy and
deserving students who are in good academic
standing.
James A. Heether Scholarship is available
based on financial need. Priority will be
given to a chemistry major.
R. Lee Hite Memorial Scholarship is
awarded to a student in economics, engineer-
ing, business or a related field of study and
who is from one of the 29 counties in
Pennsylvania and 2 counties in New York
served by The Hite Company.
George W. Huntley Jr. Scholarship of $900
is available to help defray the tuition and
expenses for the first year only of any
undergraduate of Cameron County High
School, The selection is made by the
Superintendent of Schools, Cameron, Pa, In
case there is no applicant from Cameron
County, the scholarship may be aw^ded
to any student preparing for the Christian
Ministry,
Elizabeth S. Jackson Scholarship may be
available to the student who attains the
required rank highest in deportment and
scholarship in the sophomore class,
Paul and Mildred John Scholarship was
established in 1990 by Mr, and Mrs, John to
recognize the significant contributions their
friend, Robert L, Shangraw '58, has made to
the betterment of Lycoming College. This
endowed scholarship provides annual income
for full-time students who are pursuing a
major in any of Lycoming's business pro-
grams. Preference is given to candidates
who demonstrate financial need, are children
of employees of the Ritz-Craft Corporation of
Pa., Inc. and/or residents of Union
County, Pa.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
HNANCIAL MATTERS
Amos Johnson Scholarship is available for
the education of a ministerial student of
limited means.
Morgan V. Knapp Music Scholarship is
awarded in the ratio of 75% of the fund to
financially needy students, in satisfactory
academic standing, who are majoring in
music or who are pursuing courses in vocal
music, keyboard, strings, and/or other
musical instruments in that priority order.
25% of the fund is awarded as needed, on the
recommendation of the Music Department
faculty, to students, who in their opinion
should be encouraged to study privately in
the areas of voice, keyboard, strings, and/or
other musical instruments in that priority
order.
John R. and Leona Fisher Knaul Scholar-
ship is awarded annually to a student(s) in
good academic standing with demonstrated
financial need.
Charles J. and Jean M. Kocian Scholar-
ship is awarded annually to an upperclass
student(s) in good academic standing with
demonstrated financial need.
LAMCO Scholarship may be available to
students with the following selection priori-
ties: 1) children and grandchildren of
employees of The Grit; 2) graduates of high
schools of the city of Williamsport; 3)
graduates of high schools of Lycoming
County.
James G. and Fern S. Law Scholarship was
established in 1990 by Mrs. Fern S. Law as a
memorial tribute to her husband, James
Graham Law, who served Lycoming College
as a member of the Board of Trustees from
1965 to 1986. Annual income is- to be
awarded to a full-time student from the
Bloomsburg area who shows academic
promise and demonstrates financial- need.
Doris Lennon Scholarship is available to
help dedicated young students, in need of
financial assistance, who are preparing for
church work.
Lenore M. Losch Scholarship is awarded
annually to a student in good academic
standing with demonstrated financial need.
Lycoming County Medical Society Auxil-
iary Scholarship is awarded annually to a
student in good academic standing with
demonstrated financial need, who is majoring
in Nursing or another pre-professional
program in health care. Preference will be
given to non-traditional single parents.
James E. and Bernadine Decker
Nancarrow Scholarship is awarded to
a student(s) in good academic standing with
demonstrated financial need. Preference may
be given to students from Lycoming County.
Earl Nearoof Memorial Scholarship is
available to assist young students entering
Christian work with preference given to
students from the Warrior Mark and Tyrone,
Pa., areas.
Polcyn Loan Fund was established in 1986
by Dr. Kenneth A. Polcyn '58, in honor of his
parents. Loan awards may be made to
student athletes who are in good academic
standing and who have documented
financial need.
Ada Remely Memorial Scholarship is an
award available to a currently-enrolled
female member of the junior class having
completed 80 credit hours with at least a 3.00
cumulative GPA and who demonstrates
financial need of at least half the tuition rate.
Applications are available in the Financial
Aid Office in February and are due in March.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FINANCIAL MATTERS
Mort RaufT Memorial Scholarship is
awarded to a deserving student in good
academic standing. Preference is given to an
individual who demonstrates financial need
and who is an active member of the
swimming team.
Jennie M. Rich Memorial Scholarship is
available for worthy and needy students
preparing for the Christian ministry or
deaconess or missionary work,
Margaret Rich and Elmer B. Staats
Scholarship of up to $1,000 is available to
an academically-talented student who intends
to pursue a career in public service. Prefer-
ence is given to students with documented
financial need.
Leonard H. Rothermel Scolarship is
awarded to financially needy students in
satisfactory academic standing, with primary
preference given to Treverton residents and
secondary preference given to Line
Mountain School District area students.
J. Milton Skeath Memorial Scholarship is
available for a psychology major.
Robert Barry Spieth Memorial Scholar-
ship is awarded to a student who demon-
strates financial need with preference given
to a Business Administration major who is an
active member of Sigma Pi. Minimum
cumulative GPA is 2.00.
Albert R. and Judith L. Strycula Scholar-
ship is awarded to a Dundee, NY Central
High student of scholastic ability enrolling in
one of Lycoming's four-year programs.
Second consideration will be given to
dependents of Foodcraft, Inc. employees
(employed from 1972 through 1988). Third
consideration will be given to any qualified
resident of Snyder or Lycoming County in
PA or Yates County in NY.
Brandy Lee Sudol Memorial Scholarship is
awarded annually to a student in good
academic standing with demonstrated
financial need. Preference will be given to
nursing majors from the Danville,
Pa., area.
Bishop D. Frederick Wertz and Betty
Rowe Wertz Scholarship is awarded
annually to a student(s) in good academic
standing with demonstrated financial need.
Samuel Willard Memorial Scholarship is
awarded to a junior or senior student who is
in need of financial assistance in order to
complete his or her degree.
Hiram and Elizabeth Wise Scholarship is
available for a ministerial or missionary
student who, because of present circum-
stances and promise of future usefulness, is
deemed worthy of the award.
Dr. Paul E. Witmeyer Memorial Scholar-
ship is available for a student interested in
education.
Donald C. Wolfe Memorial Scholarship is
available for a worthy ministerial student.
William Woodcock Scholarship is available
annually to the full-time, degree-seeking
student who attains the required rank second
in scholarship and deportment in the sopho-
more class.
Raymond A. and L. Marie Zimmerman
Scholarship is available for the
benefit of students preparing for the Christian
ministry.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
•raE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
THE
Academic
Program
Lycoming College awards three
different degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B. A.),
Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A) and Bachelor
of Science in Nursing (B.S.N).
THE BACHELOR OF
ARTS DEGREE
Lycoming is committed to the principle
that a liberal arts education is the best hope
for an enlightened citizenry. Consequently,
the Bachelor of Arts degree is conferred upon
the student who has completed an educa-
tional program incorporating the two prin-
ciples of the liberal arts known as distribution
and concentration. The objective of the
distribution principle is to insure that the
student achieves breadth in learning through
the study of the major dimensions of human
inquiry: the humanities, the social sciences,
and the natural sciences. The objective of the
concentration principle is to provide depth of
learning through completion of a program of
study in a given discipline or subject area
known as the major.
Requirements
rivery degree candidate is expected to
meet the following requirements in order to
qualify for graduation:
• Complete the distribution program
• Complete Writing Across the Curriculum
Program requirements
• Complete a major consisting of at least
eight courses with a minimum grade point
average of 2.0
• Earn one year of credit in physical educa-
tion. Athletic training courses may count
towards this requirement
• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade
point average of 2.0. Additional credits
beyond 128 semester hours may be com-
pleted provided the minimum 2.0 cumula-
tive average is maintained
• Complete in residence the final eight
courses offered for the degree at Lycoming
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College
• Complete the above requirements within
seven years of continuous enrollment
following the date of matriculation
All exemptions or waivers of specific
requirements are made by the Committee on
Academic Standards.
THE BACHELOR OF
FINE ARTS DEGREE
1 he Bachelor of Fine Arts degree is
specifically designed to train professional
artists. The B.F.A. in sculpture is a synthesis
of three diverse forms of education: a studio
art program that emphasizes the skills and
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
concepts of the visual language, an appren-
ticeship that takes technical expertise as the
departure point, and the scholastic method
employed in both art history and the general-
education component.
Requirements
C/very B.F.A degree candidate is
expected to meet the following requirements
in order to qualify for graduation:
• Complete the 12-course Art Department
course of study, while achieving a minimum
grade point average of 2.0 in these courses.
• Complete the distribution program
• Complete Writing Across the Curriculum
Program requirements
• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade
point average of 2.0 in these courses
• Complete one of the field specialization
apprenticeships at the Johnson Atelier
Technical Institute of Sculpture
• Earn one year of credit in physical educa-
tion. Athletic training courses may count
towards this requirement
• Complete in residence the final eight
courses offered for the degree at Lycoming.
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College
• Have a public exhibition of original art
work and make an oral defense
THE BACHELOR
OF SCIENCE IN
NURSING DEGREE
1 he program of study leading to the
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree is
designed to prepare men and women as
beginning practitioners of professional
nursing, qualified for first-level positions in a
variety of health settings and for graduate
study in nursing. Upon satisfactory comple-
tion of the program, a graduate is eligible to
write the State Board of Nursing examination
for licensure as a registered nurse. The goal
of the program is to develop a liberally-
educated and self-directed individual who is
prepared to contribute to the welfare of the
nation through the practice of professional
nursing, which supports the promotion and
restoration of the health of individuals and
families in a variety of settings.
Requirements
C/very B.S.N, degree candidate is
expected to meet the following requirements
in order to qualify for graduation:
• Complete the 13-course major with a
minimum cumulative grade point average of
2.0, including the required May term
following the junior year
• Complete the distribution requirements for
the B.S.N, degree
• Complete Writing Across the Curriculum
Program requirements
• Complete a minimum of 32 units (128
semester hours) with a minimum cumulative
average of 2.0
• Earn one year of credit in physical educa-
tion. Athletic training courses may count
towards this requirement
• Complete in residence the final eight
courses offered for the degree at Lycoming
• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at
the College
Complete the degree requirements within
a five-year period after admission to the
nursing major. Candidates who are unable to
meet this requirement must petition for an
extension.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
THE DISTRIBUTION
PROGRAM
The Distribution Program for
the B.A. and B.F.A. Degrees
A course can be used to satisfy only
one distribution requirement Courses for
which a grade of "P" is recorded may not be
used toward the fulfillment of the distribution
requirements. (Refer to page 47 & 48 for an
explanation of the grading system.) A course
in any of the following distribution require-
ments refers to a full-unit (four semester
hours) course taken at Lycoming, any
appropriate combination of fractional unit
courses taken at Lycoming which accumulate
to four semester hours, or any single course
of three or more semester hours transferred
from another institution. For the B.S.N,
degree, see the special modified distribution
requirements on page 30. Special distribu-
tion requirements apply to students in the
Lycoming Scholar Program on page 39.
A. English - Students are required to take
English 105 and 106 as well as one other unit
of English, unless exempted from EngUsh
105 on the basis of the entrance examination
administered before enrollment, CLEP, or the
AP test in English. English 105 also requires
a lab component designed to help the student
succeed in college work. A student must
either pass English 105 or be exempted from
it before taking English 106. Unless the
student does not complete English 105 during
the first semester of college, English 106
must be taken during the freshman year.
English 106 or consent of the instructor is a
requirement of all other English courses.
Students may choose any course except
English 105 and English 106 from the
department's offerings to satisfy the require-
ment for another unit of English.
B. Foreign Language or Mathematical
Sciences — Students are required to meet a
minimum basic requirement in either a
foreign language or the mathematical
sciences.
FOREIGN LANGUAGE — Students may
choose from among French, German, Greek,
Hebrew, and Spanish and are required to pass
two courses on the intermediate or higher
course level. Placement at the appropriate
course level will be determined by the faculty
of the Department of Foreign Languages and
Literatures. Students who have completed
two or more years of a given language in
high school are not admitted for credit to the
elementary course in the same foreign
language except by written permission of the
chairman of the department.
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES — Students
are required to demonstrate competence in
basic algebra and to pass three units in
mathematical sciences other than Mathemat-
ics 100. Comj)etence in basic algebra may be
demonstrated either by passing the basic
algebra section of the Mathematics Place-
ment Examination or by passing Mathematics
100. By demonstrating higher competence
on the Mathematics Placement Examination,
students may reduce the requirement to two
units in mathematical sciences. No more
than one unit may be taken in computer
science.
The Mathematics Placement Examination
may be scheduled a maximum of three times,
only one of which may be after matriculation.
A retest fee of $25 will be charged for each
private test administration.
C. Religion or Philosophy — Students are
required to pass two courses in either religion
or philosophy. Any two religion courses may
be used to fulfill the philosophy/religion
distribution requirement, with this exception:
only one course from the combination
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Religion 120-121 may be selected for
distribution.
D. Fine Arts — Students are required to pass
two courses as indicated in art, literature,
rnusic, or theatre.
ART — Any two courses.
LITERATURE — Any two literature courses
selected from the offerings of the Depart-
ments of English and Foreign Languages and
Literatures (French, German or Spanish).
MUSIC — Any combination of eight (8)
credits, including applied music, ensemble,
and Music Department courses.
THEATRE — Any two of the following
courses: Theatre 100, 110, 140, 148, 332,
333, or other courses with the consent of the
instructor.
E. Natural Sciences — Students are required
to pass any two courses as indicated in one of
the following disciplines: astronomy and
physics, except Astronomy 114 and 115;
biology; or chemistry.
F. History and Social Sciences - Students
are required to pass two courses as indicated
in economics, history, political science,
psychology or sociology/anthropology.
ECONOMICS — Any two courses.
HISTORY — Any two courses, except
History 222.
POUTICAL SCIENCE — Any two courses.
PSYCHOLOGY — Psychology 1 10 and one
other course, except Psychology 101.
SOCIOLOGY/ANTHROPOLOGY — Sociol-
ogy/ AnihTopology 110 plus another course.
The Distribution Program
For The B.S.N. Degree
A. English — Same as for the B.A. degree.
B. Mathematical Sciences — competence in
basic algebra as demonstrated by completion
of, or exemption from. Math 100; Mathemat-
ics 103; and Computer Science 108, 125, or
Mathematics 214.
C. Religion and Philosophy
and Philosophy 219.
Religion 120
D. Fine Arts/Foreign Language — two
courses from one department as follows:
ART — Any two courses.
LITERATURE — Any two literature courses
selected from the departments of English and
Foreign Languages and Literatures.
MUSIC — Any combination of eight (8)
credits, including applied music, ensemble,
and music department courses.
THEATRE — Any two courses from among
Theatre 100, 110, 140,148, 332, 333, or other
courses with the consent of the instructor.
LANGUAGE — Any two courses at the
intermediate or higher level. No student who
has had two or more years of a given foreign
language in high school shall be admitted to
the elementary courses in that same language
for credit, except by written permission of the
chairman of the department.
E. Natural Sciences - Chemistry 108, 115.
F. Social Sciences - Psychology 1 10 and
117; Sociology/Anthropology — one from
among 1 10, 1 14, 220, 222, 224, 227, 228,
229, 331, 334 and 335.
Writing Across The
Curriculum Program
I. Purpose
The Lycoming College Writing Across
the Curriculum Program has been developed
in response to the conviction that writing skill
promotes intellectual growth and is a hall-
mark of the educated person. The program
has therefore been designed to achieve two
major, interrelated objectives:
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
1) to enhance student learning in general
and subject mastery in particular, and
2) to develop students' abilities to commu-
nicate clearly. In this program, students
are given opportunities to write in a variety
of contexts and in a substantial number of
courses, in which they receive faculty
guidance and reinforcement.
n. Program Requirements
In order to graduate from Lycoming, all
students must complete the following writing
requirements:
1) English 105 or exemption from the
course.
2) English 106 (Composition) and one
other English course.
3) A writing component in all distribution
courses completed at Lycoming.
4) Two courses designated as writing-
intensive, or "W" courses.
• Successful completion of English 106
is a prerequisite for enrollment in
writing-intensive courses.
• All courses designated "W" are
numbered 200 or above.
• Each student must complete one "W"
course from among those offered by the
major department, or, with department
approval, from a related department.
The other "W" course completed must
be from a department other than the
major department. In the case of
students with multiple majors, one "W"
course must be completed from one of
those majors. The second course may
be taken in one of the student's other
majors.
• Students should take one "W" course
during the sophomore year and one
during the junior year — although other
sequences are possible and may, in
certain circumstances, be advisable.
• A writing-intensive course may not
duplicate a course taken to satisfy 2)
above
CONCENTRATION
The Major
Otudents are required to complete a
series of courses in one departmental or
interdisciplinary (established or individual)
major. Specific course requirements for each
major offered by the College are listed in the
curriculum section of this catalog. Students
must earn a 2.0 or higher grade point average
in those courses stipulated as comprising the
major. Students must declare a major by the
beginning of their junior year. Departmental
and established interdisciplinary majors are
declared in the Office of the Registrar,
whereas individual interdisciplinary majors
must be approved by the Committee on
Curriculum Development. Students may
complete more than one major, each of which
will be recorded on the transcript. Students
may be removed from major status if they are
not making satisfactory progress in their
major. This action is taken by the Dean of
the College upon the recommendation of the
department, coordinating committee (for
established interdisciplinary majors), or
Curriculum Development Committee (for
individual interdisciplinary majors). The
decision of the Dean of the College may be
appealed to the Academic Standards Com-
mittee by the student involved or by the
recommending department or committee.
Departmental Majors — The following
Deparunental majors are available:
Accounting
Art History
Art Studio
Astronomy
Biology
Business AdminisU"ation
Chemistry
Computer Science
Economics
English
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
"niE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Foreign Languages and Literatures
French, German, Spanish
History
Mass Communication
Mathematics
Music
Nursing
Philosophy
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Sociology/Anthropology
Theatre
Established Interdisciplinary Majors —
The following established interdisciplinary
majors include course work in two or more
departments:
Accounting/Mathematical Sciences
American Studies
Criminal Justice
International Studies
Literature
Near East Culture and Archaeology
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors —
Students may design majors which are unique
to their needs and objectives and which
combine course work in more than one
department. These majors are developed in
consultation with students' faculty advisors
and with a panel of faculty members from
each of the sponsoring departments. The
applications are acted upon by the Curricu-
lum Development Committee. The major
normally consists of 10 courses beyond those
taken to satisfy the distribution requirements.
Students are expected to complete at least six
courses at the junior or senior level. Ex-
amples of individual interdisciplinary majors
are; Racial and Cultural Minorities, Illustra-
tion in the Print Medium, Environmental
Law, Advertising, Art/Business, Human
Behavior, and Images of Man.
Major in Sculpture Leading to
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree — Through a
cooperative program with the Johnson Atelier
Technical Institute of Sculpture in
Mercerville, New Jersey, students may earn a
B.F.A. degree in sculpture. The major
consists of a core academic program, a
course of study in art, elective courses, and
an apprenticeship at the Johnson Atelier.
The Minor
1 he College awards two kinds of minors,
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog-
nition of concentrated course work in an area
other than the student's major. All minors
are subject to the following limitations:
• A minor must include at least two courses
which are not counted in the student's
major.
• A student may receive at most two minors.
• Students with two majors may receive only
one minor; students with three majors may
not receive a minor.
• Students may not receive a minor in their
major discipline unless their major disci-
pline is Art and the minor is Art History. (A
discipUne is any course of study in which a
student can major. Tracks within majors are
not separate disciplines.)
• A student may not receive a minor unless
his/her average in the courses which count
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00.
• Courses taken P/F may not be counted
toward a minor.
Students must declare their intention to
minor by signing a form available in the
Registrar's Office, obtaining required faculty
signatures, and returning the completed form
to the Office of the Registrar.
When students complete a minor, the title
will be indicated on their official transcript.
Students must meet the requirements for the
minor which are in effect at the time they
declare a minor or which are in effect
subsequent to that time before they graduate.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Departmental Minors — Requirements for
a departmental minor vary from department
to department. Students interested in pursu-
ing a departmental minor should consult that
department for its policy regarding minors.
Departmental minors are available in the
following areas:
ACCOUNTING
Financial Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Federal Income Tax
ART
Art History
Commercial Design
Painting
Photography
Sculpture
ASTRONOMY
BIOLOGY
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Marketing
Finance
CHEMISTRY
ECONOMICS
ENGLISH
Literature
Writing
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
AND LITERATURES
French
German
Spanish
HISTORY
American History
European History
History
MASS COMMUNICATION
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
Computer Science
Mathematics
PHILOSOPHY
Philosophy
Philosophy and Law
Philosophy and Science
The History of Philosophy
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHYSICS
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Political Science
Foreign Affairs
Legal Studies
PSYCHOLOGY
RELIGION
SOCIOLOGY/ANTHROPOLOGY
THEATRE
Theatre History & Literature
Performance
Technical Theatre
Interdisciplinary Minors — Interdiscipli-
nary minors include course work in two or
more departments. Students interested in
interdisciplinary minors should consult the
faculty coordinator of that minor. Interdisci-
plinary minors are available in the following
areas: BIBLICAL LANGUAGES, CRIMI-
NAL JUSTICE, MASS COMMUNICA-
TION, and WOMEN'S STUDIES.
ACADEMIC ADVISING
vJne advantage of a small college is the
direct, personal contact between a student
and the College faculty who care about that
student's personal, academic, and profes-
sional aspirations. The student can draw
upon their years of experience to resolve
questions about social adjustment, workload,
study skills, tutoring and more. Perhaps the
member of the faculty with the most impact
on a student is the academic advisor.
The freshman advisor, whom the student
meets at summer orientation, assists with
course selection by providing accurate
information about requirements and programs
and with personal adjustment by helping the
student discover life and career goals. In
addition, the advisor will refer students to
other campus resources whenever the need is
apparent.
During the sophomore year, the student
will choose a major and select an advisor
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
from the major department. The new
advisor, while serving as a resource, can best
advise that student about course selection and
career opportunities.
Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to
contribute to students' development in yet
another way. They insist that students
assume full responsibility for their decisions
and academic progress. By doing so, they
help to prepare them for the harder choices
and responsibilities of the professional world.
Also, Lycoming provides special advising
programs for careers in medicine, law and
religion. Interested students should register
with the appropriate advisory committee
immediately after deciding to enter one of
these professions.
COOPERATIVE
PROGRAMS
Lycoming has developed several
cooperative programs to provide students
with opportunities to extend their knowledge,
abilities, and talents in selected areas through
access to the specialized academic programs
and faciUties of other colleges, universities,
academies and hospitals. Although thorough
advising and curricular planning are provided
for each of the cooperative programs,
admission to Lycoming and registration in
the program of choice do not guarantee
admission to the cooperating institution. The
prerogative of admitting students to the
cooperative aspect of the program rests with
the cooperating institution. Students who are
interested in a cooperative program should
contact the coordinator during the first week
of the first semester of their enrollment at
Lycoming. This is necessary to plan their
course programs in a manner that will ensure
completion of required courses according to
the schedule stipulated for the program. All
cooperative programs require special coor-
dination of course scheduling at Lycoming.
Engineering — Combining the advantages
of a liberal arts education and the technical
training of an engineering curriculum, this
program is offered in conjunction with The
Pennsylvania State University. Students
complete three years of study at Lycoming
and two years at the cooperating university.
Upon satisfactory completion of the first year
of engineering studies, Lycoming awards a
Bachelor of Arts degree. When students
successfully complete the second year of
engineering studies, the cooperating univer-
sity awards a Bachelor of Science degree in
engineering.
At Lycoming, students complete the dis-
tribution program and courses in physics,
mathematics, and chemistry. The Pennsylva-
nia State University offers aerospace,
agricultural, ceramic, chemical, civil,
electrical, engineering science, industrial,
mechanical, mining and nuclear engineering.
Forestry or Environmental Studies —
Lycoming College offers a cooperative
program with Duke University in environ-
mental management and forestry. Qualified
students can earn the baccalaureate and
master degrees in five years, spending three
years at Lycoming and two years at Duke.
All Lycoming distribution and major require-
ments must be completed by the end of the
junior year. At the end of the first year at
Duke, a baccalaureate degree will be awarded
by Lycoming. Duke will award the profes-
sional degree of Master of Forestry or Master
of Environmental Management to qualified
candidates at the end of the second year.
The major program emphases at Duke are
Forest Resource Management, Resource Eco-
nomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology.
The program is flexible enough, however,
to accommodate a variety of individual
designs. An undergraduate major in one of
the natural sciences, social sciences, or
business may provide good preparation for
the programs at Duke, but a student with any
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
undergraduate concentration will be consid-
ered for admission. All students need at least
two courses each in biology, mathematics,
and economics.
Students begin the program at Duke in
July after their junior year at Lycoming with
a one-month session of field work in natural
resource management. They must complete
a total of 48 units which generally takes four
semesters.
Some students prefer to complete the
baccalaureate degree before undertaking
graduate study at Duke. The master degree
requirements for these students are the same
as for those students entering after the junior
year, but the 48-unit requirement may be
reduced for completed relevant undergradu-
ate work of satisfactory quality. All credit
reductions are determined individually and
consider the students' educational background
and objectives.
Medical Technology - Students desiring a
career in medical technology may either
complete a Bachelor of Arts program
followed by a clinical internship at any
American Medical Association-accredited
hospital, or they may complete the coopera-
tive program. Students electing the coopera-
tive program normally study for three years
at Lycoming, during which time they
complete 24 unit courses, including the
College distribution requirements, a major,
and requirements of the National Accrediting
Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences
(NAACLS). The current requirements of the
NAACLS are: four courses in chemistry (one
of which must be either organic or biochem-
istry); four courses in biology (including
courses in microbiology and immunology),
and one course in mathematics.
Students in the cooperative program
usually major in biology, following a
modified major of six unit courses that
exempts them from Ecology (Biology 224)
and Plant Sciences (Biology 225). Students
must take either Microbiology (Biology 221)
or Microbiology for the Health Sciences
(Biology 226), and either Animal Physiology
(Biology 223) or Cell Physiology (Biology
335). The cooperative program requires
successful completion of a one-year intern-
ship at an American Medical Association-
accredited hospital. Lycoming is affiliated
with the following accredited hospitals:
Divine Providence, Rolling Hill, Robert
Packer, Lancaster, and Abington. Students in
the cooperative program receive credit at
Lycoming for each of eight courses in
biology and chemistry successfully com-
pleted during the clinical internship. Suc-
cessful completion of the Registry Examina-
tion is not considered a graduation require-
ment at Lycoming College.
Students entering a clinical internship for
one year after graduation from Lycoming
must complete all of the requirements of the
cooperative program, but are not eligible for
the biology major exemptions indicated
above. Upon graduation, such students may
apply for admission to a clinical program at
any hospital.
Optometry — Through the Accelerated
Optometry Education Curriculum Program,
students interested in a career in optometry
may qualify for admission to the Pennsylva-
nia College of Optometry after only three
years at Lycoming College.
After four years at the Pennsylvania
College of Optometry, a student will earn a
Doctor of Optometry degree. Selection of
candidates for the professional segment of the
program is completed by the admissions
committee of the Pennsylvania College
of Optometry during the student's third year
at Lycoming. (This is one of two routes that
students may choose. Any student, of
course, may follow the regular application
procedures for admission to the Pennsylvania
College of Optometry or another college of
optometry to matriculate following comple-
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
A
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
tion of his or her baccalaureate program.)
During the three years at Lycoming College,
the student will complete 24 unit courses,
including all distribution requirements, and
will prepare for his or her professional
training by obtaining a solid foundation in
biology, chemistry, physics, and mathemat-
ics. During the first year of study at the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry, the
student will take 39 semester hours of basic
science courses in addition to introductions to
optometry and health care. Successful
completion of the first year of professional
training will complete the course require-
ments for the B.A. degree at Lycoming
College.
Most students will find it convenient to
major in biology in order to satisfy the
requirements of Lycoming College and the
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such
students are allowed to complete a modified
biology major which will exempt them from
two biology courses: Ecology (Biology 224)
and Plant Sciences (Biology 225). (This
modified major requires the successful
completion of the initial year at the Pennsyl-
vania College of Optometry.) Students
desiring other majors must coordinate their
plans with the Health Professions Advisory
Committee in order to ensure that they have
satisfied all requirements.
Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry
may either seek admission to a college of
podiatric medicine upon completion of the
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the
Accel-erated Podiatric Medical Education-
Curriculum Program (APMEC). The latter
program provides an opportunity for students
to qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania
College of Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the
Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM)
after three years of study at Lycoming. At
Lycoming, students in the APMEC program
must successfully complete 24 unit courses,
including the distribution requirements and a
basic foundation in biology, chemistry,
physics, and mathematics. During the first
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students
must successfully complete a program of
basic science courses and an introduction to
podiatry. Successful completion of the first
year of professional training will contribute
toward the fulfillment of the course require-
ments for a Bachelor of Arts degree at
Lycoming.
Students in the cooperative program who
major in biology will be allowed to complete
a modified major which will exempt them
from two biology courses: Ecology (Biology
224) and Plant Sciences (Biology 225) (This
modified major requires the successful
completion of the initial year at PCPM or
OCPM.)
Students interested in a career in podiatric
medicine should indicate their intentions to
the Health Professions Advisory Committee.
Sculpture — The Art Department with the
Johnson Atelier Technical Institute of
Sculpture in Mercerville, New Jersey, offers
a B.F.A. degree in sculpture. The Atelier
uses a classical apprenticeship approach as its
teaching method. This ancient method of
teaching is combined at Johnson with the
most modem and technically advanced
foundry and fabricating techniques.
The Art Department offers a synthesis
program that interrelates the student experi-
ence at both institutions. This is achieved by
having the student rotate between Lycoming
and the Atelier so that each form of education
is a preparation for the other. Lycoming
offers a core academic program, a course of
study in the Art Department, and elective
course opportunities. Lycoming gives eight
course units of college credit to the student
for having successfully completed one of the
apprenticeship programs at the Johnson
Atelier.
All work completed by the student at
Lycoming by the end of the sophomore
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
year will be applicable to a Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in art should the student
decide to withdraw from the B.F.A. program.
If the student should withdraw from the
cooperative program prior to completing the
apprenticeship at the Johnson Atelier,
Lycoming will give up to four units of credits
or one semester's work for the internship. If,
however, the student completes more work at
the Atelier than the four units, that extra
work will not be credited to a Bachelor of
Arts degree; it will only be counted toward a
Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, and then only
if the course at the Atelier is completed.
This course of study is very rigorous. It
requires the student to study almost continu-
ously, either at Lycoming or at the Johnson
Atelier, during the four years it takes to
complete the degree. (See Art Department
listing for specific program.)
U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training
Corps Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program
provides an opportunity for Lycoming
students to enroll in R.O.T.C, Lycoming
notes enrollment in and successful comple-
tion of the program on student transcripts.
Military Science is a four- year program
divided into a basic coiu-se given during the
freshman and sophomore years and an
advanced course given during the junior and
senior years. Students who have not com-
pleted the basic course may qualify for the
advanced course by completing summer
camp between the sophomore and junior
years. Students enrolled in the advanced
course receive an annual stipend of $1,000.
One course each in written communication,
human behavior, and military history will
fulfill the professional military education
requirements. R.O.T.C. scholarship cadets
must also complete one semester of a foreign
language.
Students successfully completing the
advanced course and advanced summer
camp between the junior and senior years
will qualify for a commission as a Second
Lieutenant in the United States Army upon
graduation, and will incur a service obliga-
tion in the active Army or Army Reserves.
The only expense to the student for this
program is the $75 uniform deposit, which is
refundable, less costs.
PRE-PROFESSIONAL
PREPARATION
Preparation for Educational
Professions — Lycoming College believes
that the liberal arts provide the best prepara-
tion for future teachers. Thus, all education
students complete a liberal arts major in
addition to the Lycoming College Teacher
Education Certificate requirements. Students
can be certified in elementary education or
one or more of the following secondary
areas: art (K-12), biology, chemistry,
English, French, general science (with
biology or astronomy/physics tracks),
German, mathematics, music (K-12), physics,
social studies, and Spanish. All teacher-
education programs are approved by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.
Pennsylvania certificates are recognized in
most other states either through reciprocal
agreements or by transcript evaluation.
Preparation for Health Professions — The
program of pre-professional education for the
health professions (allopathic, dental,
osteopathic, pediatric and veterinary medi-
cine, optometry, and pharmacy) is organized
around a sound foundation in biology,
chemistry, mathematics, and physics and
a wide range of subject matter from the
humanities, social sciences, and fine arts. At
least three years of undergraduate study is
recommended before entry into a profes-
sional school; the normal procedure is to
complete the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Students interested in one of the health
professions or in an allied health career
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
should make their intentions known to the
Admissions Office when applying and to the
Health Professions Advisory Committee
(HP AC) during their first semester. This
committee advises students concerning
preparation for and application to health-
professions schools. All pre-health profes-
sions students are invited to join the student
Pre-Health Professions Association. (See also
descriptions of the nursing program and of the
cooperative programs in pediatric medicine,
optometry, and medical technology.)
Preparation for Legal Professions —
Lycoming offers a strong preparation for
students interested in law as a profession.
Admission to law school is not predicated
upon a particular major or area of study;
rather, a student is encouraged to design a
course of study (traditional or interdiscipli-
nary major) which is of personal interest and
significance. While no specific major is
recommended, there are certain skills of
particular relevance to the pre-law student:
clear writing, analytical thinking, and reading
comprehension. These skills should be
developed during the undergraduate years.
Pre-law students should register with the
Legal Professions Advisory Committee
(LPAC) upon entering Lycoming and should
join the Pre-Law Society on campus. LPAC
assists the pre-law student through advising,
compilation of recommendations, and
dissemination of information and materials
about law and the legal profession. The Pre-
Law Society sponsors films, speakers, and
field trips, including visits to law school
campuses.
Preparation for Theological Professions —
The Theological Professions Advisory
Committee (TPAC) acts as a "center" for
students, faculty, and clergy to discuss the
needs of students who want to prepare them-
selves for the ministry, religious education,
advanced training in religion, or related
vocations. Also, it may help coordinate
internships for students who desire practical
experience in the parish ministry or related
areas. Upon entering Lycoming, students
should register with TPAC if they plan to
investigate the religious vocations.
In general, students preparing to attend a
theological seminary should examine the
suggestions set down by the Association of
Theological Schools (available from TPAC).
Recommended is a broad program in the
liberal arts, a major in one of the humanities
(English, history, languages, literature,
philosophy, religion) or one of the social
sciences (American studies, criminal justice,
economics, international studies, political
science, psychology, sociology-anthropol-
ogy), and a variety of electives. Students
preparing for a career in religious education
should major in religion and elect five or six
courses in psychology, education and
sociology. This program of study will qualify
students to work as educational assistants or
directors of religious education after graduate
study in a theological seminary,
THE HONORS PROGRAM
The Scholar Program
1 he Lycoming College Scholar Program
is a special program designed to meet the
needs and aspirations of highly motivated
students of superior intellectual ability. The
Lycoming Scholar satisfies the College's
distribution requirements, generally on a
more exacting level and with more challeng-
ing courses than the average student.
Lycoming Scholars also participate in special
interdisciplinary seminars and in serious
independent study culminating in a senior
project. Scholars may audit a fifth course
each semester at no additional cost. In
addition. Scholars may be exempted from the
usual limitations on independent studies by
the Individual Studies Committee.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Students are admitted to the program by
invitation of the Scholar Council, the group
which oversees the program. The council
consists of a director and four other faculty
selected by the Dean of the College, and four
students elected by current scholars. The
guidelines governing selection of new
scholars are flexible; academic excellence,
intellectual curiosity, and creativity are all
taken into account. Students who desire to
participate in the Scholar Program but are not
invited may petition the Scholar Council for
consideration. Petitioning students should
provide the Scholar Council with letters of
recommendation from Lycoming faculty and
a transcript to be sent to the director of the
Scholar Program.
To remain in the program, students must
maintain a cumulative average of 3.0
or better. Students who drop below this
average will be placed on Scholar probation
for one semester. After one semester, they
will be asked to leave the program if their
GPA has not returned to 3.0 or higher. To
graduate as a Scholar, a student must have at
least a 3.0 cumulative average. Scholars
must successfully complete five Lycoming
Scholars Seminars, as well as the non-
credit Senior Scholar Seminar in which they
present the results of their independent
studies. In addition, the following distribu-
tion requirements must be met.
Scholar Distribution Requirements for
Students in B.A. and B.F.A. Programs
A. English — Scholars must complete
English 106 and one literature course
numbered 200 or higher. The Scholar
Council strongly recommends that qualified
scholars enroll in the honors section of
English 106 if scheduling permits. English
106 must be taken during the freshman year.
B. Foreign Language or Mathematical
Sciences — Scholars must satisfy the
requirement in either language or mathemati-
cal sciences.
LANGUAGE — Scholars must complete two
courses numbered 1 11 or higher (excluding
courses taught in English).
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES — The
mathematical placement test determines
whether a Scholar must take two or three
courses for distribution. At least one course
must be selected from Mathematics 116, 128,
130, or 214. Only one computer science
course may be used to fulfill the mathemati-
cal sciences requirements.
C. Philosophy or Religion — Scholars must
satisfy this requirement in either of the two
areas.
PHILOSOPHY — Two courses numbered
221 or higher.
RELIGION — Two courses numbered 222 or
higher.
D. Fine Arts — Scholars must satisfy the
requirement in one of four areas.
ART — Two options are available in art.
Either two courses from Art 222, 223, 331,
332, 333, 334, 335 (Art History), OR two
courses from Art 1 1 1, 1 15, 220 and 225
(Studio Art).
MUSIC — The equivalent of two units of
credit from Music 117, 160-169, 330 or
higher.
THEATRE — Two courses from Theatre 140
or higher, excluding Theatre 148.
LITERATURE — Two literature courses from
English 220 or higher. Foreign Languages
and Literatures 225, or French, German, or
Spanish 323 or higher.
E. Natural Sciences — Scholars must
satisfy the requirements in one of three areas.
ASTRONOMY/PHYSICS — Two courses
numbered HI or higher. Biology: Two
courses numbered 1 10 or higher, excluding
114 and 115.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
CHEMISTRY
or higher.
Two courses numbered 110
F. History and Social Sciences — Scholars
must satisfy the requirements in one of five
areas.
ECONOMICS — Two courses numbered 1 10
or higher.
HISTORY — Two courses, one of which
must be numbered 200 or higher.
POUTICAL SCIENCE — Two courses
numbered 1 16 or higher.
PSYCHOLOGY — 1^0 courses including
Psychology 1 10 and one course numbered
224 or higher (excluding Psychology 338).
SOCIOLOGY/ANTHROPOLOGY —T\^o
courses from Sociology 1 10, 220, 224, 226,
227, 229, 300 or higher.
Scholar Distribution Requirements for
Students in B.S.N. Program
A. English — Same as for B.A. and B.F.A.
degrees.
B. Mathematical Science — Same as for
AB and BFA degrees. (Note that the nursing
major requires Mathematics 103 and one
from Computer Science 108,125 or Mathe-
matics 214).
C. Philosophy or Religion — Met by taking
Philosophy 219 and Religion 120.
D. Fine Arts/Language — Same as for B.A.
and B.F.A. scholars.
E. Natural Sciences — Met by Biology 113,
Biology 114, Biology 226 (required for the
major).
F. History and Social Science — Met by
Psychology 110, Psychology 117, (required
for the major) and one course in Sociology
300 or higher. (This sociology course may
be taken in lieu of the introductory guided
elective in Sociology for the B.S.N.)
All Scholars Must Complete The
Following:
G. Physical Education — Scholars must
satisfy the same physical education require-
ments stipulated by the College for all
students.
H. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team-
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held
every semester under the direction of the
Lycoming Scholar Council. They meet for
one hour each week (Tuesdays at noon) and
carry one hour of credit. Grades are "A/F"
and are based on students' performance.
Lycoming Scholars are required to success-
fully complete five seminars and they are
permitted to register for as many as eight.
Topics for each academic year will be
selected by the Scholar Council and an-
nounced before spring registration of the
previous year. Students must be accepted
into the Scholar Program before they enroll
in a Scholar Seminar. Scholars are strongly
urged to register for a least one seminar
during the freshman year.
L Senior Project — In the senior year,
scholars must successfully complete an
independent studies or departmental honors
project which has been approved in advance
by the Independent Studies Committee and
the Scholar Council. This project must be
presented orally as part of the Senior Scholar
Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar
Council.
J. Major — Scholars must complete a major
and 32 units, exclusive of the Senior Scholar
Seminar.
Note to Transfer Students — In the case of
transfer students and those who seek to enter
the program after their freshman year and in
other cases deemed by the Scholar Council to
involve special or extraordinary circum-
stances, the Council shall make adjustments
to the scholar distribution requirements
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
provided that in all cases such exceptions and
adjustments would still satisfy the regular
College distribution requirements.
Departmental Honors
rlonors projects are normally under-
taken only in a student's major, and are
available only to exceptionally well-qualified
students who have a solid background in the
area of the project and are capable of
considerable self-direction. The prerequisites
for registration in an honors program are as
follows:
• A faculty member from the department(s)
in which the honors project is to be under
taken must agree to be the director and must
secure departmental approval of the project.
• The director, in consultation with the
student, must convene a committee consist-
ing of two faculty members from the
department in which the project is to be
undertaken, one of whom is the director of
the project, and one faculty member from
each of two other departments related to the
subject matter of the study
• The Honors Committee must then certify by
their signatures on the application that the
project in question is academically legiti-
mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors
project, and that the student in question is
qualified to pursue the project
• The project must be approved by the
Committee on Individual Studies
Students successfully complete honors
projects by satisfying the following condi-
tions in accordance with guidelines estab-
lished by the Committee on Individual
Studies:
• The student must produce a substantial
research paper, critical study, or creative
project. If the end product is a creative
project, a critical paper analyzing the
techniques and principles employed and the
nature of the achievement represented in the
project shall be also submitted
• The student must successfully explain and
defend the work in a final oral examination
given by the honors committee
• The Honors Committee must certify that the
student has successfully defended the
project, and that the student's achievement
is clearly superior to that which would
ordinarily be required to earn a grade of "A"
in a regular independent studies course
• The Committee on Individual Studies must
certify that the student has satisfied all of
the conditions mentioned above
Except in unusual circumstances, honors
projects are expected to involve independent
study in two consecutive unit courses.
Successful completion of the honors project
will cause the designation of honors in that
department to be placed upon the permanent
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in
the College library. In the event that the
study is not completed successfully or is not
deemed worthy of honors, the student shall
be re-registered in independent studies and
given a final grade for the course.
FACILITIES AND
PROGRAMS
Academic Resource Center — The Aca-
demic Resource Center, located on the first
floor of Rich Hall, provides a variety of free
services to the campus community.
Writing Center — Working one-on-one.
Writing Tutors use questioning techniques to
help others improve individual papers while
developing confidence and independence as
writers. Other services include the Paper
File, a file of graded essays maintained by
course; the Writing Room, a quiet place for
writers to work; self-paced, computer assisted
typing instruction; and the Documentation
Style Manual for use when citing sources on
research projects.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Tutoring Center — The ARC provides one-
on-one peer tutoring in math, foreign
languages, and sciences on a walk-in basis
and peer tutoring by arrangement in other
subjects. Tutors assist students with home-
work assignments and exam review.
Survival Skills Program — The ARC and
volunteer faculty conduct a group of study
skills workshops on time management, note-
taking from lectures, reading textbooks,
successful study techniques and WordPerfect.
Freshman Seminar/Office of Assistant
Dean for Freshmen — The Freshman
Seminar, Crossing Thresholds, occurs the
weekend before classes begin. Over the
summer readings are sent to the freshmen
who will meet in small discussion groups
with faculty and upperclassmen. A variety of
academic and social activities are integrated
into this weekend, which is designed to
facilitate the student's transition to college.
The Office of Assistant Dean for Fresh-
men develops the Seminar and works with
the freshmen throughout the year on individ-
ual academic needs.
May Term — The May term is a four- week
voluntary session designed to provide
students with courses listed in the catalog and
experimental and special courses that are not
normally available during the fall and spring
semesters and summer term. Some courses
are offered on campus; others involve travel.
A number offer interdisciplinary credit.
Examples of the types of courses offered
during the May term are:
STUDY-TRAVEL: Cultural tours of Ger-
many, Spain, and France; Archaeological
expeditions to study tricultural communities
in New Mexico; Utopian Communities;
Revolutionary and Civil War Sites; Colonial
America on Tour; Art on the East Coast; The
New Kingdom in Ancient Egypt.
ON -CAMPUS: Field Geology, Field Orni-
thology, Energy Economics, Writer's
Seminar, Psychology of Group Processes,
Collective Bargaining, Aquatic Biology,
Medical Genetics, Energy Alternatives,
White Collar Crime, Lasers and their
AppUcations, Selected Short Story Writers
and their Works, Popular Forms of Contem-
porary Fiction, Administrative and Organiza-
tional Behavior of Police, Plant and Green-
house Management and Street Law.
Although participation in the May term is
voluntary, student response has been out-
standing with approximately 20 percent of
the student body enrolling. In addition to
the courses themselves, attractions include
small and informal classes and reduced
tuition rates.
Independent Studies — Independent studies
are available to any qualified student who
wishes to engage in and receive academic
credit for any academically legitimate course
of study for which he or she could not other-
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any
level (introductory, intermediate, or ad-
vanced) and in any department, whether or
not the student is a major in that department.
Studies projects which duplicate catalog
courses are subject to the same provisions
which apply to all studies projects. In order
for a student to be registered in an indepen-
dent study course, the following conditions
must be satisfied:
1) An appropriate member of the faculty must
agree to supervise the project and must
certify by signing the application form that
the project involves an amount of legiti-
mate academic work appropriate for the
amount of academic credit requested and
that the student in question is qualified to
pursue the project.
2) The studies project must be approved by
the chair of the department in which the
studies project is to be undertaken. In the
case of catalog courses, all department
members must approve offering the catalog
course as an independent studies course.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
3) After the project is approved by the
instructor and the chair of the appropriate
department, the studies project must be
approved by the Committee on Individual
Studies.
Participation in independent studies
projects, with the exception of those which
duplicate catalog courses, is subject to the
following:
• Students may not engage in more than one
independent studies project during any
given semester.
• Students may not engage in more than two
independent studies projects during their
academic careers at Lycoming College.
• The Individual Studies Committee may
exempt members of the Lycoming
College Scholar Program from these two
limitations.
As with other academic policies, any
other exceptions to these two rules must be
approved by the Committee on Academic
Standards.
Internship Program — An internship is a
course jointly sponsored by the College and a
public or private agency or subdivision of the
College in which a student is able to earn
college credit by participating in some active
capacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice.
At least one-half of the effort expended by
the intern should consist of academic work
related to agency situations. The objectives
of the internship program are:
1) to further the development of a central
core of values, awarenesses, strategies,
skills, and information through experiences
outside the classroom or other campus
situations, and
2) to facilitate the integration of theory and
practice by encouraging students to relate
their on-campus academic experiences
more directly to society in general and to
possible career and other post-baccalaure-
ate objectives in particular.
Any junior or senior student in good
academic standing may petition the Commit-
tee on Individual Studies for approval to
serve as an intern. A maximum of 16 credits
can be earned through the Internship Pro-
gram. Guidelines for program development,
assignment of tasks and academic require-
ments, such as exams, papers, reports, grades,
etc., are established in consultation with a
faculty director at Lycoming and an agency
supervisor at the place of internship.
Students with diverse majors have
participated in a wide variety of internships,
including ones with NBC Television in New
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County
Historical Society, the American Cancer
Society, business and accounting firms, law
offices, hospitals, social service agencies,
banks and Congressional offices.
Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide
individuals who have completed a baccalau-
reate degree with the opportunity to become
certified teachers through on-the-job training.
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher
Education Certificate and be certified by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elemen-
tary education or one or more of the follow-
ing secondary areas: art, biology chemistry,
English, French, general science (with
biology or astronomy/physics tracks),
German, mathematics, music, physics, social
studies, and Spanish.
Interested individuals should file a formal
application with the Education Department
for admission to the Intern Program. Upon
completion of the application process, interns
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the
Pennsylvania Department of Education which
the candidate then uses to apply for a
teaching position. Necessary professional
coursework can be completed prior to the
teaching experience when individuals obtain
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM
teaching positions. (See Education Depart-
ment on page 92 for course listing.)
The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full
semester liberal arts program for professional
development and field study is now available
to Lycoming students. The program compo-
nents are: field placement; City Seminar;
evening seminars; and living and learning in
the city. The program is open to students
majoring in any discipline or program. The
Philadelphia Urban Semester is sponsored
and administered by the Great Lakes Col-
leges Association (Albion, Antioch, Denison,
De Pauw, Earlham, Hope, Kalamazoo,
Kenyon, Oberlin, Ohio Wesleyan,
Wabash, Wooster).
Normally the above special semester
programs are open only to juniors.
Washington, United Nations and London
Semesters and Capitol Semester Internship
Program — With the consent of the Depart-
ment of Political Science, selected students
are permitted to study in Washington, D.C.,
at The American University for one semester.
They may choose from seven different
programs: Washington Semester, Urban
Semester, Foreign Policy Semester, Interna-
tional Development Semester, Economic
Policy Semester, Science and Technology
Semester, or American Studies Semester.
With the consent of either the Department
of History or Political Science, selected
students may enroll at Drew University in
Madison, New Jersey, in the United Nations
Semester, which is designed to provide a
first-hand acquaintance with the world
organization. Students with special interests
in world history, international relations, law,
and politics are eligible to participate.
The London Semester programs of Drew
and The American University emphasize
European history, politics, and culture.
Interested students may participate with the
consent of either the Departments of History
or Political Science.
The Capitol Semester Internship Program is
available to eligible students on a competi-
tive basis. The program is co-sponsored by
Pennsylvania's Office of Administration and
Departments of Education. Paid Internships
are available to students in most majors.
Interested students should contact the Career
Development Center for additional
information.
Study Abroad — Students have the opportu-
nity to study abroad under the auspices of
approved universities and agencies. While
study abroad is particularly attractive to
students majoring in foreign languages and
literatures, this opportunity is open to all
students in good academic standing. Mastery
of a foreign language is desirable but not
required in all programs. Dr. Barbara F.
Buedel, assistant professor of Spanish, serves
as coordinator for the Study Abroad Program.
Interested students may contact her about
opportunities available and procedural
questions.
Student Teaching Abroad — Lycoming
College has established a cooperative program
with Moorhead State University enabling
teacher education students to do all or part of
their student teaching in a foreign country.
This program offers exceptional students
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any
country in the world. Students are placed in
independent international schools where
English is the instructional language. An
effort is made to assign students to geo-
graphical areas that will enrich their back-
grounds, serve their special interests and
expand their cultural horizons.
NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare
of students engaged in or en route to or from
any off-campus studies or activities which are
not under the exclusive jurisdiction of this
institution.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POUCIES AND REGULATIONS
Academic
POLICIES And
Regulations
THE UNIT
COURSE SYSTEM
Instruction at Lycoming College is
organized, with few exceptions, on a depart-
mental basis. Most courses are unit courses,
meaning that each course taken is considered
to be equivalent to four semester hours of
credit. Exceptions occur in applied music
and theatre practicum courses, which are
offered for either one-half or one semester
hour of credit, and in departments that have
elected to offer certain courses for the
equivalent of one, two or three semester
hours of credit. Furthermore, independent
studies and internships carrying two semester
hours of credit may be designed.
The normal student course load is four
courses during the fall and spring semesters.
Students who elect to attend the special
sessions may enroll in one course during the
May term and one or two courses in the
summer term. A student is considered full
time when enrolled for a minimum of three
courses during the fall or spring semesters,
one course for the May term, and two courses
for the summer term.
Students may enroll in five courses during
the fall and spring semesters if they are
Lycoming scholars or were admitted to the
Dean's List at the end of the previous
semester. Exceptions may be granted by the
Dean of the College. Overloads are not
permitted during the May and summer terms.
ALTERNATIVE CREDIT
SOURCES
Transfer Credit
JVlatriculated students who wish to study
at other campuses must obtain prior written
approval to do so from their advisor and
the Lycoming College Registrar. Course
work counting toward a major or minor must
be approved in advance by the chairperson of
the department in which the major or minor
is offered. Once a course is approved, the
credit and grades for the course will be
transferred to Lycoming and calculated in the
student's grade point average as if the courses
were taken here. This means that "D" and
"F' grades will be transferred as well as all
other grades. In addition, students are
expected to be registered at Lycoming for
their last eight courses. Requests for waivers
of this regulation must be sent to the Commit-
tee on Academic Standards. Final determina-
tion of transfer credit will be made by the
Lycoming College Registrar based on official
transcripts only.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADENDC POUCIES AND REGULATIONS
Credit By Examination
Advanced Placement — Entering freshmen
who have completed an advanced course
while in secondary school and who have
taken the appropriate advanced-placement
examination of the College Entrance Exami-
nation Board (CEEB) are encouraged to
apply for credit and advanced placement at
the time of admission. A grade of three or
above is considered satisfactory. Students
should inform the Registrar's Office and their
academic advisor immediately when ad-
vanced placement examinations have
been taken.
College Level Examination Progam
(CLEP) - Students may earn college credit
for superior achievement through CLEP. By
scoring at the 75th percentile or above on the
General Examinations and in the 65th
percentile or above on approved Subject
Examinations, students may earn up to 50
percent of the course requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree. Although these
examinations may be taken after enrollment,
new students who are competent in a given
area are encouraged to take the examination
of their choice during the second semester of
their senior year so that Lycoming will have
the test scores available for registration
advising for the first semester of enrollment.
Further information about CLEP may be
obtained through the secondary school
guidance office or the Office of Admissions
or the Registrar at Lycoming College.
Students should inform the Registrar's Office
and their academic advisors immediately
when CLEP examinations have been taken.
REGISTRATION
Uuring the registration period, students
select their courses for the next semester and
register their course selections in the Office
of the Registrar. Course selection is made in
consultation with the student's faculty
advisor in order to insure that the course
schedule is consistent with College require-
ments and student goals. After the registra-
tion period, any change in the student's
course schedule must be approved by both
the faculty advisor and Office of the
Registrar. Students may not receive credit
for courses in which they are not formally
registered.
During the first five days of classes,
students may drop any course without any
record of such enrollment appearing on
their permanent record, and they may add
any course that is not closed. The permanent
record will reflect the student's registration
as of the conclusion of the drop/add period.
Students wishing to withdraw from a course
between the fifth day and the 12th week of
classes must secure a withdrawal form from
the Office of the Registrar. Withdrawal
grades are not computed in the grade point
average. Students may not withdraw from
courses after the 12th week of a semester and
the comparable period during the May and
summer terms.
In two-credit (1/2 unit) courses meeting
only during the last half of any semester,
students may drop/add for a period of five
days, effective with the mid-term date shown
on the academic calendar. Withdrawal from
half-semester courses with a withdrawal
grade may occur within six weeks of the
beginning of the course. It is understood that
the period of time at the beginning of the
semester will be identical, for example, a
period of five days as indicated above.
Cross Registration
A special opportunity exists in the
Williamsport area for students to take courses
at Pennsylvania College of Technology.
Students may enroll for less than a full-time
course load at Penn College while remaining
enrolled in courses at Lycoming.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POUaES AND REGULATIONS
NON-DEGREE STUDENTS
Otudents who do not wish to pursue a
degree at Lycoming College may, if space
permits, register for credit or audit courses on
either a part-time or full-time basis. Students
who register for one or two courses are
considered to be enrolled part-time; students
who register for three or four courses are
considered to be enrolled full-time.
Anyone wishing to register as a non-
degree student must fill out an application
form in the Admissions Office, pay a one-
time application fee and pay the tuition rate
in effect at the time of each enrollment.
After a non-degree student has attempted four
courses, the Dean of the College reserves the
right to grant or deny permission to continue
to register in this category.
All non-degree students are subject to the
general laws and regulations of the College
as stated in the College Catalog and the
Student Handbook. The College reserves the
right to deny permission to register individu-
als who do not meet the standards of the
College.
Students who wish to change from a non-
degree to a degree status must reapply (with
no application fee) and satisfy all conditions
for admission and registration in effect at the
time of application for degree status.
AUDITORS
Any person may audit courses at Lycom-
ing at one-fourth tuition per course. Mem-
bers of the Lycoming College Scholar
Program may audit a fifth course per semes-
ter at no additional charge. Laboratory and
other special fees must be paid in full.
Examinations, papers, and other evaluation
devices are not required of auditors, but
individual arrangements may be made to
complete such exercises with consent of the
instructor. The option to audit a course must
be declared during the same period (currently
five days) at the beginning of each semester,
half-semester, or term as drop/add and pass/
fail and must be completed in the Registrar's
Office.
ATTENDANCE
1 he academic program at Lycoming is
based upon the assumption that there is value
in class attendance for all students. Individ-
ual instructors have the prerogative of
establishing reasonable absence regulations
in any course. The student is responsible for
learning and observing these regulations.
WITHDRAWAL FROM
THE COLLEGE
A student who wishes to withdraw
from the College during the semester should
contact the Office of Career Management
Services. College personnel will explain the
procedure to ensure that the student's
financial and academic records are properly
closed.
A student who decides to discontinue
study at the College as of the conclusion of
the current semester must provide the
Registrar with written notification of such
plans in order to receive a refund of the
contingency deposit. See page 18 for details.
The student may also wish to review the
Leave of Absence section of the Student
Handbook.
GRADING SYSTEM
1 he evaluation of student performance in
credit courses is indicated by the use of
traditional letter symbols. These symbols
and their definitions are as follows:
A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior
achievement through mastery of content or
skills and demonstration of creative and
independent thinking.
1992-93 ACADENDC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POUCmS AND REGULATIONS
B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average
achievement wherein the student reveals
insight and understanding.
C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory
achievement wherein the student's work has
been of average quality and quantity. The
student has demonstrated basic competence
in the subject area and may enroll in addi-
tional course work.
D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory
achievement wherein the student met only
the minimum requirements for passing the
course and should not continue in the subject
area without departmental advice.
F FAILING — Signifies that the student has
not met the minimum requirements for
passing the course.
I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in
accordance with the restrictions of estab-
lished academic policy.
R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall
have the option of repeating courses for
which they already have received a passing
grade in addition to those which they have
failed. Credit is received only once for the
course. The most recent course grade will
count toward the GPA
P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE AS-
SIGNED — Converted from traditional grade
of A through D-.
X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which
no credit is earned.
W WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal
from the course from the sixth day through
the twelfth week of the semester.
The cumulative grade point average
(GPA) is calculated by multiplying quality
points by credits and dividing the total
quality points by the total credits. A quality
point is the unit of measurement of the
quality of work done by the student.
Quality Points
rarlp
Earned for each
1 auv
semester hour
A
4.00
A-
3.67
B+
3.33
B
3.00
B-
2.67
C+
2.33
C
2.00
C-
1.67
D+
1.33
D
1.00
D-
0.67
F
0.00
The grade point average for the major is
calculated in the same way as the cumulative
grade point average.
A minimum of 2.00 is required for the
cumulative grade point average in the major
to meet the requirements for graduation.
The cumulative GPA is not determined by
averaging semester GPA's.
Pass/Fail
U se of the pass/fail grading option is
limited as follows (this does not apply to
English 105):
• Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no
more that one course per semester and in no
more than four courses during their under-
graduate careers
• P/F courses completed after declaration of
a major may not be used to satisfy a
requirement of that major, including courses
required by the major department which are
offered by other departments. (Instructor-
designated courses are excepted from this
limitation.)
• Courses for which a grade of P is recorded
may not be used toward fulfillment of any
distribution requirement
• Students may not enroll in English 106 on a
P/F basis
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POUCmS AND REGULATIONS
• A course selected on a P/F basis from which
a student subsequently withdraws will not
count toward the four-course limit
• Instructor-designated courses may be
offered during the May term with the
approval of the Dean of the College. Such
courses are not counted toward the four-
course limit
• P grades are not computed in the grade
point average
• Students electing the P/F option may
designate a minimum acceptance letter
grade from A to B-. If the student earns the
designated grade or better, the grade will be
recorded in the permanent record and comp-
uted in the grade point average. If a student
selects P/F (with no designated minimum
acceptance grade) and earns a grade of A to
D-, a P will be recorded in the permanent
record but not computed in the grade point
average. In all cases, if a student earns a
grade of F this grade will be recorded in the
permanent record and computed in the
student's grade point average
• Students must declare the P/F option before
the drop/add deadlines
• Instructors are not notified which of their
students are enrolled on an P/F basis
• Students electing the P/F option are
expected to perform the same work as those
enrolled on a regular basis
Incomplete Grades
Incomplete grades may be given if, for
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually
medical in nature), the student has not been
able to complete the work required in to the
course. An incomplete grade must be
removed within six weeks of the next regular
semester.
Repetition of Course
Otudents shall have the option of repeat-
ing courses for which they already have
received a passing grade in addition to those
which they have failed. Recording of grades
for all repeated courses shall be governed by
the following conditions:
• A course may be repeated only one time,
both attempts will be recorded on the
student's transcript.
• Credit for the course will be given only
once.
• The most recent grade will count toward the
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade
cannot replace another grade.
• A repeated coiu-se will be counted toward
the total number of unsuccessful attempts.
ACADEMIC LEVELS
1 he following table is used to determine
the academic grade level of degree candi-
dates. See page 19 for related Financial Aid
information.
Year
Semester Number of Semester
Hours Earned
Freshman
1
Less than 12
2
At least 12 but less than 24
Sophomore 1
At least 24 but less than 40
2
At least 40 but less than 56
Junior
1
At least 56 but less than 76
2
At least 76 but less than 96
Senior
1
At least 96 but less than 1 12
2
More than 112
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POUCIES AND REGULATIONS
ACADEMIC STANDING
Otudents will be considered in good
academic standing if they meet the following
standard:
Hours Completed
Cumulative
GPA
less than or equal to 16
1.70
more than 16, less than 32
1.80
more than 32, less than 48
1.90
more than 48
2.00
Students who do not meet this standard will
be placed on academic probation.
Students will be subject to suspension from
the College if they:
• are on probation for two consecutive
semesters
• achieve a grade point average of 1.00 or
below during any one semester
Students will be subject to dismissal
from the College if they:
• cannot reasonably complete all require-
ments for a degree
• exceed 24 semester hours of unsuccessful
course attempts (grades of F, W, and R)
except in the case of withdrawal for medical
or psychological reasons
ACADEMIC HONESTY
1 he integrity of the academic process
of the College requires honesty in all
phases of the instructional program. The
College assumes that students are committed
to the principle of academic honesty. Stu-
dents who fail to honor this commitment are
subject to dismissal. Procedural guidelines
and rules for the adjudication of cases of
academic dishonesty are printed in The
Faculty Handbook and The Pathfinder (the
student academic handbook), copies of which
are available in the library.
ACADEMIC HONORS
Dean's List
otudents are admitted to the Dean's
List at the end of the fall and spring semes-
ters if they have completed at least 15 credits
with other than P or R grades, and have a
minimum grade point average of 3.50 for the
semester.
Graduation Honors
otudents are awarded the Bachelor of
Arts degree, the Bachelor of Fine Arts
degree, or the Bachelor of Science in Nursing
degree with honors when they have earned
the following grade point averages based on
all courses attempted at Lycoming, with a
minimum of 64 credits (16 units) required for
a student to be eligible for honors:
summa cum laude 3.90-4.00
magna cum laude 3.50-3.89
cum laude 3.25-3.49
Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and
Societies - Superior academic achievement is
recognized through the conferring of awards
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation
and Commencement and through election to
membership in honor societies.
SOCIETIES
Biology Beta Beta Beta
Freshmen Men Blue Key
Freshmen Women Gold Key
Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon
English Sigma Tau Delta
Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota
General Academic Phi Kappa Phi
History Phi Alpha Thela
Nursing Sigma Theta Tau
(Lambda Nu)
Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau
Physics Sigma Pi Sigma
Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha
Psychology Psi Chi
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POLIQES AND REGULATIONS
Social Science Pi Gamma Mu
Theatre Alpha Psi Omega
(Omega Chi) ^^^^^^^^^^m^:^r J^
PRIZES AND AWARDS
Endowed Funds
William T. and Ruth S. Askey Music Prize
is given to a graduating senior who is
recognized for his/her proficiency as a music
major.
Jack C. Buckle Award is given annually to a
junior male student with high moral qualities,
who has made an unusual contribution to
campus life through leadership in student
activities.
Byron C. Brunstetter Science Award is
given for outstanding achievement in
chemical and biological sciences.
Class of 1907 Prize is given to the senior
who has been outstanding in the promotion of
College spirit through participation in
athletics and other activities.
Benjamin C. Conner Prize is given to the
graduating student who has done outstanding
work in mathematics.
Criminal Justice Society Prize is given to
the criminal justice major who has demon-
strated outstanding classroom performance, a
promise of leadership and service to college
and community.
W. Arthur Faus Memorial Prize is given in
memory of Dr. W. Arthur Faus, a former
Professor of Philosophy at Lycoming
College, to the graduating senior who has
done outstanding work in philosophy.
Durant L. Furey III Memorial Prize is
given to the senior accounting major who has
shown outstanding achievement in account-
ing.
Gillette Foreign Language Prizes are given
to the French, German, and Spanish majors
who have achieved excellence in these
foreign languages.
Dan Gustafson Award, in memory of a
former member of the English Department, is
given to the senior English major whose
analytical writing demonstrates the highest
standards of literary and critical excellence.
Helen R. Hoover Community Service Prize
is given annually to a graduating senior who
has demonstrated a j)crsonal commitment to
serving the less fortunate.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POUCmS AND REGULATIONS
Elisha Benson Kline Prize is given to the
senior mathematics major with outstanding
achievement in the field.
Charles J. Kocian Awards are given to the
accounting, business administration, and
economics majors who show the greatest
proficiency in statistics; the mathematics
major who shows the greatest proficiency in
applied mathematics; the graduating senior
who shows the greatest proficiency in
computer science; the graduating senior who
shows the greatest proficiency in operations
research; the graduating senior business
administration major with the highest grade
point average; the graduating senior with the
highest average in the class and the graduat-
ing nursing major with the highest grade
point average.
Don Lincoln Larrabee Law Prize is given
to the graduating student who has shown
outstanding scholarship in legal principles.
The John M. Lindemuth Endowed Prize
Fund, established in 1986 by Mr. and Mrs.
John M. Lindemuth of Williamsport, Penn-
sylvania, provides annual cash awards for
varsity football players who earn the highest
cumulative grade point average in their
chosen fields of academic study at Lycoming
College. This prize is managed in compli-
ance with current NCAA regulations con-
cerning scholastic awards for athletes.
C. Daniel and Jeanne Little Award,
presented in memory of two Lycoming
alumni, is given to the outstanding student in
public administration.
Phoebe R. Lyon Prize, is given to the senior
who has achieved outstanding attainments in
the study of English.
The Gertrude B. Madden Mass Communi-
cation Award, established in 1985 by the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Students of the Mass Communication Society,
is presented annually to the senior mass
communication major who, in the judgment
of his or her peers, has best integrated
academic excellence, professional develop-
ment in a mass media field and contribution
to campus media.
The McDowell Prize is given to the senior
ministerial student who excels in scholarship,
deportment, and promise of usefulness, and
who declares his intention to make the
ministry his life work.
The Metzler Prize is given to a junior for
superior work in Junior English.
M. B. Rich Prizes are given to the student in
the freshman class attains a required rank
highest in scholarship and deportment; to
the two students who at a public contest excel
in reading the Scriptures; and to the two
students who excel in writing and delivering
an original oration.
The Professor Logan A. Richmond Ac-
counting Prize is awarded annually to a
graduating senior who has done outstanding
work in accounting and demonstrated
exceptional proficiency in writing.
The Janet A. Rodgers Academic Award,
established in honor of the founding chair of
the Department of Nursing, provides $100 to
a senior nursing student who demonstrates
exceptional academic achievement and has
been an active participant in health-related
programs.
Mary L. Russell Award, named in honor of
a professor emeritus of music, is given for
outstanding musical achievement.
Nathan A. Scheib Memorial Music Fund,
in memory of a friend of the College,
provides financial assistance to qualified
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POUCIES AND REGULATIONS
deserving students for advanced training in
music.
Trask Chemistry Prize is given to the senior
chemistry major who has done outstanding
work in the field.
The James E. Wehr Financial Accounting
Award is presented to a student who has
demonstrated a personal expertise in the
subject of financial accounting.
Williamsport Rotary Club Nursing Prize,
established in 1988, provides an annual cash
award to the registered nurse with the highest
cumulative grade point average. Candidates
should have successfully completed a
minimum of 24 academic credits toward the
B.S.N, degree.
Sol "Woody" Wolf Award is given to the
junior athlete who has shown the most
improvement.
Annual Prizes
American Chemical Society Award,
sponsored by the Susquehanna Valley
Chapter of the society, is given to the
outstanding senior in chemistry who plans to
enter the profession.
Accounting Society Service Award is given
for outstanding service to the Lycoming
College Accounting Society.
American Institute of Chemists Prize,
given by the Philadelphia section of the
Institute, goes to a senior major for excel-
lence in chemistry.
Arena Theatre Awards:
Performance - This award is given to the
senior who has demonstrated outstanding
ability in theatre performance.
Technical Theatre - This award is given to
the senior who has demonstrated outstanding
ability in technical theatre.
CRC Press Chemistry Achievement Award
is given to that freshman who has exhibited
the highest academic achievement in chemis-
try.
Chieftain Award, the College's most
prestigious award, is given to the senior who
has contributed most to Lycoming through
support of school activities; who has exhib-
ited outstanding leadership qualities; who has
worked effectively with other members of the
College community; who has evidenced a
good moral code; and whose academic rank
is above the median for the preceding senior
class. Civic Choir Award is given to the
College choir member who has outstanding
musical ability and who has made significant
leadership contributions to the choir.
Biology Service Award is given to the
student who has shown good academic work
and has fostered the ideals of the department
by willingness to become involved in the
activities of the department.
Freshman Biology Award is given to the
freshman who has obtained the highest
overall average in Biology 110-111 (major
biology lecture and laboratory).
Durkheim Award is given to the senior
sociology/anthropology major who has done
outstanding work in the field.
Bishop William Perry Eveland Prize is
given to the senior who has shown progress
in scholarship, loyalty, school spirit, and
participation in school activities.
Excellence in Two-Dimensional Art Award
is given to the outstanding senior art major in
this field.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACADEMIC POUCIES AND REGULATIONS
Excellence in Three-Dimensional Art
Award is given to the outstanding senior art
major in this field.
Excellence in Political Science Award is
given to the senior political science major
who has performed with excellence.
J.W. Feree Award, given in memory of the
first mathematics professor at Lycoming's
forerunner, the Dickinson Seminary, goes to
the student most active in mathematical
sciences.
Faculty Prize is given to the commuting
student with satisfactory scholarship and who
has been outstanding in promotion of school
spirit through participation in school activi-
ties.
Freshman Academic Award is given to the
freshman student(s) with the highest GPA
after the fall semester.
John P. Graham Award, named in honor of
a professor emeritus, is given to the senior
English major who achieves the highest
average in English.
Edward J. Gray Prizes are given to the
graduating students with the highest and
second highest averages.
IRUSKA Awards denote membership in the
society for juniors who are very active on
campus.
Junior Book Award is given to the outstand-
ing junior political science major.
The Kramer and Hoffman Associates
Award is given for superior achievement in
the study of federal income tax.
The Makisu Award is given for outstanding
service to the college community, for
dedication above and beyond the realm of
one's obligations to the College.
John C. McCune Memorial Prizes are
given to the senior majors in mathematics,
biology, chemistry, physics, philosophy, and
psychology who have attained the highest
averages.
Ethel McDonald Pax Christi Award is
given for outstanding but quiet consistency in
the life of faith and the practice of Christian-
ity, noteworthy personal integrity and humble
loving compassion expressed in daily life.
Walter G. Mclver Award, named after
Lycoming's former choir director, is given to
an outstanding and dedicated choir member
who has made significant campus contribu-
tions outside of choir.
Department of Nursing Award for Clinical
Excellence is given for outstanding achieve-
ment in the clinical setting.
Department of Nursing Faculty Award is
given to the senior nursing major who best
exemplifies the spirit of the profession.
Lycoming College Nursing Honor Society
Research Recognition Award is given to the
nursing student who has demonstrated an in-
depth understanding of the research process,
as evidenced by a completed
research project, with formal dissemination
of the results of the study.
Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Award is given to the senior
accounting major who has demonstrated high
scholastic standing and qualities of leader-
ship.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACADEMIC POUQES AND REGULATIONS
Pocahontas Award is given to Lycoming's
outstanding female athlete.
Psi Chi Service Award is given for contribu-
tions to the Psychology Department.
Research and Writing Prize in History is
given to the student who does the best work
in History 449.
Sadler Prize is given to the student with the
highest achievement in calculus, foundations
of mathematics, algebra, and analysis.
Senior Management Award is given to the
senior business major with the best senior
project in Business Policies 441.
Senior Scholarship Prize in History is given
to the senior major with the highest average.
Service to Lycoming Award, sponsored by
the Office of Student Services, is given to
students who have made outstanding
contributions to Lycoming.
Frances K. Skeath Award is given to the
senior with outstanding achievement in
mathematics.
J. Milton Skeath Award is given for
superior undergraduate achievement and
potential for further work in psychology.
Sophomore Intermediate Accounting
Award is given for the accounting major
with the highest average in Intermediate
Accounting at the end of the spring term.
John A. Streeter Memorial Award in
Economics is given to the College band
member who has outstanding musical ability
and who has made significant leadership
contributions to the band.
Tomahawk Award is given to Lycoming's
outstanding male athlete.
Wall Street Journal Awards: Two awards
are given. One is given to a senior business
major for excellence in the field and service
to the College community. A second award
is given for excellence in
economics.
STUDENT RECORDS
1 he policy regarding student educational
records is designed to protect the privacy of
students against unwarranted intrusions and is
consistent with Section 43B of the General
Education Provision Act (commonly known
as the Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act of 1974, as amended). The details of the
College policy on student records and the
procedures for gaining access to student
records are contained in the current issue of
the Student Handbook, which is available in
the library and the Office of the Dean of
Student Services.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CURRICULUM
Curriculum
Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and
Freshman level courses
Numbers 200-249 Intermediate courses and
Sophomore level courses
Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and
Junior level courses
Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and
Senior level courses
Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses
offered on a limited basis
Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre
Practicums and other fractional credit courses
Numbers 470-479 Internships
Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study
Numbers 490-491 Independent Study for
Departmental Honors
*N = course level 1, 2, 3 or 4 as determined
by department
Courses not in sequence are listed
separately, as:
Drawing Art 111
Color Theory Art 212
Courses which imply a sequence are indi-
cated with a dash between, meaning that
the first semester must be taken prior to the
second, as:
Intermediate French
French 111-112
All students have the right of access to
all courses.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACCOUNTING
ACCOUNTING
Associate Professor: Kuhns
Assistant Professor: Wienecke (Chairperson)
Part-time Instructors: Crossley, Uzupis,
Weiss
1 he purpose of the accounting major is
to help prepare the student for a career within
the accounting profession. The major has
two tracks. Track I is designed for students
whose primary interests lie in the fmancial
area of public accounting and provides
preparation for the Certified Public Accoun-
tant Examination; Track II is designed for
students with an interest in management
accounting and provides preparation for the
Certified Management Accountant
Examination.
Track I — Financial Accounting requires:
Accounting 110, 220-221, 330, 440, 441,
443, 445, Mathematics 103, Computer
Science 108, and one unit to be selected from
Philosophy 216, Accounting 225, 226, 331,
442, 446, 447, and 448 or 449. Business 110
may be substituted for Accounting 110.
Duplicate credit will not be granted.
Students seeking entry into the public
accounting field are advised to investigate the
professional requirements for certification in
the state in which they intend to practice so
that they may meet all educational require-
ments prior to graduation. All Track I majors
are advised to enroll in Accounting 225, 226,
33 1 , 442, 447, and 449, Economics 1 10 and
111, Business 335, 336, and 338, and one of
the following: Business 340, Economics 220,
or 337.
Track II — Management Accounting
requires: Accounting 110,220,330-331,
444, and 449; Mathematics 103; Computer
Science 108; and Business 338, 339,
and 440. All Track II majors are advised to
enroll in Economics 1 10 and 1 1 1 and
Business 335 and 336. Students planning to
sit for the Certified Management Accountant
Examination are advised to enroll in Ac-
counting 440, 44 1 , 442, and 443. Business
110 may be substituted for Accounting 110.
Duplicate credit will not be granted
Minors
Three minors are offered by the Depart-
ment of Accounting. The following courses
are required to complete a minor in Financial
Accounting: Accounting 1 10, 220, 221, 443,
447 and any other accounting course or
independent study. A minor in Managerial
Accounting requires the completion of
Accounting 110, 220, 330-331 and 444. To
obtain a minor in Federal Income Tax, a
student must complete Accounting 1 10, 220-
221, 441, and 442.
110
ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY
An introductory course in recording, classify-
ing, summarizing, and interpreting the basic
business transaction. Problems of classifica-
tion and interpretation of accounts and
preparation of financial statements are
studied. Not open to students who have
received credit for Business 110. Prerequi-
site: Second-semester freshman or consent of
instructor.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACCOUNTING
220-221
INTERMEDIATE
ACCOUNTING THEORY
An intensive study of accounting state-
ments and analytical procedures with an
emphasis upon corporate accounts, various
decision models, price-level models, earnings
per share, pension accounting, accounting for
leases, and financial statement analysis.
Prerequisite: Accounting 110.
225
HNANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS
Deals with the analysis of financial
statements as an aid to decision making. The
theme of the course is understanding the
financial data which are analyzed as well as
the methods by which they are analyzed and
interpreted. This course should prove of
value to all who need a thorough understand-
ing of the uses to which financial statements
are put as well as to those who must know
how to use them intelligently and effectively.
This includes accountants, security analysts,
lending officers, credit analysts, managers,
and all others who make decisions on the
basis of financial data. Prerequisite: Ac-
counting 110 or Business 110.
226
GOVERNMENT AND FUND ACCOUNTING
This course is designed to introduce
accounting for not-for-profit organizations.
Municipal accounting and reporting are
studied. Prerequisite: Accounting 110 or
Business 110. One-half unit of credit.
330-331
COST AND BUDGETARY
ACCOUNTING THEORY
Methods of accounting for material, labor,
and factory overhead expenses consumed in
manufacturing using job order, process, and
standard costing. Application of cost
accounting and budgetary theory to decision
making in the area of make or buy, expansion
of production and sales, and accounting for
control are dealt with. Prerequisite: Ac-
counting 220 and Mathematics 103 or
consent of instructor.
440
AUDITING THEORY
A study of the science or art of verifying,
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and
reports. The goal of the course is to empha-
size concepts which will enable students to
understand the philosophy and environment
of auditing. Special attention is given to the
public accounting profession, studying
auditing standards, professional ethics, the
legal liability inherent in the attest function,
the study and evaluation of internal control,
the nature of evidence, the growing use of
statistical sampling, the impact of electronic
data processing, and the basic approach to
planning an audit. Finally, various audit
reports expressing independent expert
opinions on the fairness of financial state-
ments are studied. Prerequisite: Accounting
221, Mathematics 103, and Computer
Science 108.
441
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
Analysis of the provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code relating to income, deduc-
tions, inventories, and accounting methods.
Practical problems involving determination
of income and deductions, capital gains and
losses, computation and payment of taxes
through withholding at the source and
through declaration are considered. Planning
transactions so that a minimum amount of tax
will result is emphasized. Prerequisite:
Accounting 110 or consent of instructor.
442
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING
An analysis of the provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code relating to partner-
ships, estates, trusts, and corporations. An
extensive series of problems is considered.
LYCONfING COUXGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ACCXJUNTING
and effective tax planning is emphasized.
Prerequisite: Accounting 441.
443
ADVANCED ACCOUNTING I
Certain areas of advanced accounting
theory, including business combinations and
consolidated financial statements. Prerequi-
site: Accounting 221. One-half unit of credit.
444
CONTROLLERSHIP
Control process in the organization.
General systems theory, financial control
systems, centralization-decentralization,
f)erformance measurement and evaluation,
forecasts and budgets, and marketing,
production and finance models for control
purposes. Prerequisite: Accounting 331 or
consent of instructor.
445
AUDITING PRACTICE
An audit project is presented, solved and
the auditor's report written. This course is
limited to students who have either com-
pleted or are enrolled in Accounting 440.
One-half unit of credit. Grade will be
recorded as "P" or "F."
446
SEMINARS ON APB OPINIONS
AND FASB STANDARDS
A seminar course for accounting majors
with library assignments to gain a workable
understanding of the highly technical
opinions of the Accounting Principles Board
and standards of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board. One term paper. Possible
trip to New York City to attend a public
hearing of the Financial Accounting Stan-
dards Board. Prerequisite: Accounting 110.
May term.
447
ADVANCED ACCOUNTING II
An intensive study of partnerships,
installment and consignment sales, branch
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
accounting, bankruptcy and reorganization,
estates and trusts, government entities, and
non-profit organizations. Prerequisite:
Accounting 221. One-half unit of credit.
448
CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS
FOR C.P.A. CANDIDATES
Problems from the Accounting Practice
sections of past C.P.A. examinations, which
require a thorough knowledge of the core
courses in their solution, are assigned. The
course is intended to meet the needs of those
interested in public accounting and prepara-
tion for the Certified Public Accountant's
examination. Prerequisite: Accounting 330
or consent of instructor. One- half unit of
credit. Grade will be recorded as "P"
or "F."
449
PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING
An introduction to the real world of
accounting. Students are placed in Manage-
rial and Public Accounting positions in order
to effect a synthesis of the students' academic
course work and its practical applications.
Specifics of the course work to be worked
out in conjunction with department, student
and sponsor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in accounting typically work off
campus under the supervision of a public or
private accountant.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Typical examples of recent studies in
accounting are: computer program to
generate financial statements, educational
core for public accountants, inventory
control, and church taxation.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • AMERICAN STUDIES
ACCOUNTING -
MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator)
1 he accounting-mathematical sciences
interdisciplinary major is designed to offer,
within a liberal arts framework, courses
which will aid in constructing mathematical
models for business decision-making.
Students obtain the necessary substantial
background in both mathematical sciences
and accounting.
Requiring accounting courses are:
AccounUng 110, 220-221, 330-331, 441, 442.
In mathematical sciences, required courses
are: Computer Science 125 and 321 and
Mathematics 112, 128, 129, 338 and either
103 or 332. Recommended courses include:
Mathematics 130, 238, 333; Business 223,
335, 336, 338, 339; Computer Science 108,
246; Economics 110, 111; Psychology 224,
225; and Sociology-Anthropology 110.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
AMERICAN
STUDIES
Professor: Piper (Coordinator)
1 he American Studies major offers a
comprehensive program in American
civilization which introduces students to the
complexities underlying the development of
America and its contemporary life. Thirteen
courses are included.
Four Course Requirements — The primary
integrating units of the major,
these courses — some team-taught — will
encourage students to consider ideas from
different points of view and help them to
correlate information and methods from
various disciplines:
1. America as a Civilization: American
Studies 200 (First semester of major
study)
2. American Tradition in the Arts and
Literature: American Studies 220
3. Research and Methodology: History 449
or Sociology/Anthro 447 (junior or
senior year)
4. Internship or Independent Study (junior
or senior year)
Concentration Areas — Six courses in one
option and three in the other are needed. Six
primary concentration-option courses in
American Arts or American
Society build around the insights gained in
the core courses. They focus particular
attention on areas most germane to academic
and vocational interests. The three additional
courses from the other option give further
breadth to an understanding of America.
Students also will be encouraged to take
elective courses relating to other cultures.
Students should design their American
Studies major in consultation with the
program coordinator.
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
AMERICAN STUDIES
American Arts
Concentration Option
ART 332 — American Art of the 20th
Century
ENGLISH 222 — American Literature I
ENGLISH 223 — American Literature II
MUSIC 128 — American Music
N 80 — Studies in American Music
THEATRE STUDIES — American Theatre
American Society
Concentration Option
ECONOMICS 224 — Urban Problems
HISTORY 442 — U.S. Social and InteUectual
History to 1877
HISTORY 443 — U.S. Social and InteUectual
History since 1877
POLITICAL SCIENCE 33 1 — CivU Rights and
Liberties
POLITICAL SCIENCE 335 — Law and Society
SOCIOLOGY 334 — Racial and Cultural
Minorities
200
AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION
An analysis of the historical, sociocultural,
economic, and political perspectives of
American civilization with special attention
to the interrelationships between these
various orientations. May be taken for either
one-half unit (Section 200A) or full unit
(Section B); declared majors and prospective
majors should take the full-unit course, 200B.
Alternate years.
220
AMERICAN TRADITION IN
THE ARTS AND LITERATURE
The relationship of the arts and literature
to the various historical periods of American
life.
470-479 INTERNSHIP
N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY
490-491 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
ART
Professors: Bogle, Shipley
Assistant Professor: Golahny (Chairperson)
Visiting Assistant Professor: Monk (Fall)
Adjunct Faculty at Johnson Atelier: Bartons,
Barrie, Lash, Pitynski
1 he Art Department offers two majors in
the B.A. Degree (Studio Art and Art History)
and a second degree program, a B.F.A.
Degree in Sculpture.
THE B.A. DEGREE -
STUDIO ART
1 o complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree
with a major in studio art, the students must
complete the seven-course foundation
LYCOMING COLLEGE
program and the requirements for an area of
specialization, participate in each semester's
colloquium (while a declared major), and
satisfactorily participate in the senior
exhibition. Exception to participation in the
colloquium may be made by the art faculty.
Foundation Program
ART 1 11 — Drawing I
ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design
ART 116 — Figure Modeling
ART 212 — Color Theory
ART 222 — Survey of Art: Pre-History
Through The Middle Ages
ART 223 — Survey of Art: From the Renais-
sance through the Modem Age
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium
Areas of Specialization
I. Painting
ART 220 — Painting 1
ART 221 — Drawing II
ART 330 — Painting II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
II. Printmaking
ART 221— Drawing II
ART 228 — Printmaking I
ART 338 — Printmaking II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
III. Sculpture
ART 225 — Sculpture I
ART 226 — Figure Modeling II
ART 335 — Sculpture II
ART 446 — Studio Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART
rV. Commercial Design
ART 221— Drawing II
ART 311 — Practicum in Layout and Design
ART 312 — Practicum in Typographic
Composition
ART 337 — Photography II
ART 442 — Special Projects with
Commercial Design
ART 443 — Computer Graphics for
Commercial Design
GCO 102 — Electronic Typography
GCO 201 — Mechanical Preparation
A student is encouraged to take the
following courses: Internship (Art 470-479),
Advertising (Business 332), Writing for
Special Audiences (Mass Communication
323), Introduction to Mass Communication
(Mass Communication 1 10), Social Psychol-
ogy (Psychology 224).
V. Generalist Art Major
To be taken by those students who are
seeking teaching certification in Art:
ART 1 19 — Ceramics I
ART 220 — Painting I
ART 225 — Sculpture I
ART 228 — Printmaking I
and two art history courses numbered 300 or
above. In addition to Art Department
courses, under the generalist major, the
student must complete the art certification
program in the Education Department.
VI. Photography
ART 337 — Photography II
ART 340 — Color Photography
ART 34 1 — Large Format View/Camera
Photography
ART 446 — Student Research
and two art history courses numbered
300 or above.
THE B.A. DEGREE -
ART HISTORY
1 o complete a Bachelor of Arts degree
with a major in art history, a student
must take courses in art history, studio art,
and history and/or religion. A student
majoring in art history is advised to take a
foreign language.
Required of all students:
ART 222 — Survey of Art: Pre-History
through the Middle Ages
ART 223 — Survey of Art: From Renaissance
through the Modem Age
ART 447 — Art History Research
Choose four of the following:
ART 331 — 20th Century European Art
ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century
ART 333 — 19th Century European and
American Art
ART 334 — Art of the Renaissance
ART 336 — Art of the Baroque
ART 339 — Women in Art
Choose two of the following:
ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I
ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design
ART 116 — Figure Modeling I
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography
Choose two of the following:
HISTORY 210 — Ancient History
HISTORY 212 — Medieval Europe and
its Neighbors
HISTORY 418 — History of Renaissance
Thought
RELIGION 1 13 — Old Testament Faith
and History
RELIGION 1 14 — New Testament Faith
and History
RELIGION 226 — Biblical Archaeology
It is further suggested that the student
choose electives in other departments that
may complement the study of art history.
Among these recommended electives are:
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
FRENCH 412 — French Literature of the
19th Century
ENGLISH 336 — Shakespeare
MUSIC 1 17 — Survey of Western Music
MUSIC 335 — History of Western Music I
MUSIC 336 — History of Western Music II
THEATRE 332 — History of Theatre I
THEATRE 333 — History of Theatre II
Minors
Five minors are offered by the Art
Department, Requirements for each follow:
Commercial Design: Art 111, 115, 212, 223,
311, 312, and GCO 102, 201; Painting: Art
111, 115, 220, 330 and 221 or 223; Photog-
raphy: Art 1 1 1, 212, 223, 227, 337 and 340
or 341; Sculpture: Art 116, 225, 226, 335,
and 1 1 1, 1 19 or 445; Art History: Art 222,
223 and two advanced art history courses.
Art majors who minor in art history must take
two additional upper level courses beyond
the two required for the minor intended for
students who major in other disciplines (i.e.,
Art 222, 223 and four upper level courses).
THE B.F.A. DEGREE
IN SCULPTURE
1 he student completes a specified course
of study in the Art Department, the Lycom-
ing College distribution requirements, and
one of the field specialization apprenticeship
programs at the Johnson Atelier in Mercer-
ville. New Jersey.
The Art Department course of study
consists of 12 courses in studio and art
history: Figure Modeling I and II (Art 1 16
and 226), Sculpture I and II (Art 225 and
335), Drawing I and II (Art 1 1 1 and 221),
Introduction to Photography (Art 227), 2-D
Design (Art 115), Survey of Art (Art 222 and
223), and two additional courses in Art
History (Art 331, 332. 333, 334, 336 or 339).
Twelve additional course units are
required of the student. The student must
meet the requirements of the distribution
program within these courses.
In order to complete the B.F.A. degree the
student must participate in the art colloquium
every semester while taking course work at
Lycoming (as a declared major) and must
participate in a senior exhibition. Exception
to participation in the colloquium may be
made by the art faculty.
The student must also complete one of the
field specialization apprenticeships at the
Johnson Atelier Technical Institute of
Sculpture in Mercerville, New Jersey. This
requires the student to be at the Johnson
Atelier for a period of between 16 and 23 1/2
months. The student receives eight course
units of credit at Lycoming College for
successfully completing the field specializa-
tion apprenticeship at Johnson Atelier. It is
expected that the work for the apprenticeship
component will be completed during the
summers and the junior year.
Admission to the B.F.A. degree program
is on the basis of meeting the admission
standards of Lycoming College, and passing
a portfolio review and interview by members
of the Lycoming College Art Department.
Ill
DRAWING I
Study of the human figure with gesture
and proportion stressed. Student is made
familiar with different drawing techniques
and media. Some drawings from nature.
Offered with Drawing II and III.
115
TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN
The basic fundamentals found in the two-
dimensional arts: line, shape, form, space,
color, and composition are taught in relation-
ship to the other two-dimensional arts.
Perceptual theories and their relationships to
what and why we see what we see in art are
discussed with each problem.
LYCOMING COIl£GE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART
116
HGURE MODELING I
Understanding the figure will be ap-
proached through learning the basic struc-
tures and proportions of the figure. The
course is conceived as a three-dimensional
drawing class. At least one figure will be
cast by each student.
119
CERAMICS I
Emphasis placed on pottery design as it
relates to function of vessels and the design
parameters imposed by the characteristics of
clay. The techniques of ceramics are taught
to encourage expression rather than to
dispense merely a technical body of
information.
212
COLOR THEORY
A study of the physical and emotional
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for
the artist. The color theories of Johannes
Itten will form the base for this course with
some study of the theories of Albert Munsell,
Faber Birren, and Wilhelm Ostwald.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
220
PAINTING I
An introduction of painting techniques
and materials. Coordination of color, value,
and design within the painting is taught.
Some painting from the figure. No limita-
tions as to painting media, subject matter, or
style. Prerequisite: Art 115 or consent of
instructor.
Ill
DRAWING II
Continued study of the human figure.
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure-
ground coordination with the use of value
and design. Prerequisite: Art 111.
222
SURVEY OF ART: PRE-HISTORY
THROUGH THE MIDDLE AGES
A survey of Western architecture, sculp-
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the
interrelation of form and content and on the
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural
environment: Paleolithic Art, Near East,
Egypt, Greece, Rome, and Medieval Europe.
223
SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE THROUGH
THE MODERN AGE
A survey of Western architecture, sculp-
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the
interrelation of form and content and on the
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural
environment: 14th-20th centuries.
225
SCULPTURE I
An introduction to the techniques,
materials, and ideas of sculpture. Clay,
plaster, wax, wood, and other materials will
be used. The course will be concerned with
ideas about sculpture as expression, and with
giving material form to ideas.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
226
HGURE MODELING II
Will exploit the structures and understand-
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce
larger, more complex figurative works.
There will be a requirement to cast one of the
works in plaster. Prerequisite: Art 116 and
consent of instructor.
227
INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY
Objectives of the course are to develop
technical skills in the use of photographic
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom,
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the
areas of composition, form, light, picture
quality, etc. Each student must own (or have
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full-
manual operation.
228
PRINTMAKING I
Introduction to the techniques of
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithogra-
phy printing. One edition of at least six
prints must be completed in each area.
Prerequisite: Art 111 or 115 or consent of
instructor.
229
CERAMICS II
Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on
use of the wheel and technical aspects such
as glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequi-
site: Art 119.
311
PRACTICUM IN LAYOUT AND DESIGN
Utilization of commercial design tech-
niques and skills in an applied setting
through work experience. Students will
produce images and do layout work primarily
with on-campus departments and offices.
Students must take 311 concurrently with
GCO 201, Mechanical Preparation. One hour
credit. Open only to students enrolled in
GCO 201.
312
PRACTICUM IN TYPOGRAPHIC
COMPOSITION
Utilization of commercial design tech-
niques and skills in an applied setting through
work experience. Students will produce
images and do layout work primarily with
on-campus departments and offices. Students
must take 312 concurrently with GCO 102
Electronic Composition. One hour credit.
Open only to students enrolled in GCO 102.
330
PAINTING II
Emphasis is placed on individual style and
technique. Artists and movements in art are
studied. No limitations as to painting media,
subject matter, or style. Prerequisite:
Art 220.
331
20TH CENTURY EUROPEAN ART
Stylistic developments in Europe from
1880 to the present, including Cubism,
Fauvism, Expressionism, Dada, and Surreal-
ism. Picasso, Matisse, Kandinsky, and
Mondrian are among the major artists
studied.
332
AMERICAN ART OF
THE 20TH CENTURY
The art of the United States from about
1880 to the present, with emphasis on the
innovations of Americans in painting,
sculpture and architecture, and on the
meaning and historical roots of contemporary
art.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ART
333
19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN
ANfD AMERICAN ART
The art of Western Europe and the United
States from 1780-1900, with emphasis on
painting in France. Those artists to be
studied include David, Goya, Delacroix,
Courbet, the Impressionists, Turner, Homer,
Cole and Eakins.
334
ART OF THE RENAISSANCE
The art of Italy and Northern Europe from
1300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters
Giotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci,
Raphael, Titian, Van Eyck, and Diirer, the
sculptors Ghiberti, Donatello and Mich-
elangelo, and the architects Brunelleschi and
Alberti.
335
SCULPTURE II
A continuation of Sculpture I (Art 225).
Emphasis is on advanced technical process.
Casting of bronze and aluminum sculpture
will be done in the school foundry. Prerequi-
site: Art 225.
336
ART OF THE BAROQUE
Seventeenth-century painting and sculp-
ture in Italy and The Netherlands with
emphasis on Bernini, Poussin, Rubens, and
Rembrandt, with special attention given to
the expressive, narrative, and painterly styles
present in their art.
337
PHOTOGRAPHY II
To extend the skills developed in Photog-
raphy I (Art 227) by continued growth in
technical expertise including instruction in
the use and capabilities of large-format view
cameras. Emphasis is placed on conceptual
and aesthetic aspects of photography.
Prerequisite: Art 227.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
338
PRINTMAKING II
Further study of the techniques of
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype, and lithogra-
phy printing with emphasis on multi-plate
and viscosity printing. Two editions of at
least six prints must be completed in each of
two areas. Prerequisite: Art 228.
339
WOMEN IN ART
A survey of women artists from a variety
of viewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social,
political and economic — which seeks to
understand and integrate the contributions of
women artists into the mainstream of the
history of art.
340
COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY
Study of the techniques and aesthetics of
color photography. Work will be directed
towards the use of both color negative and
color slide processes. Students will be
required to learn the special requirements of
photographing in both indoor and outdoor
light conditions. A portfolio of color prints
will be produced. Prerequisite: Art 227
and 337.
341
LARGE FORMAT VIEW
CAMERA PHOTOGRAPHY
Study of the techniques and aesthetics of
the large-format view camera in Fine Art
Photography. Emphasis will be placed on the
experience of using the large-format view
camera. Students will be encouraged to
explore alternative photographic processes
such as platinum printing, the gum bichro-
mate process, etc., using the large negative
produced. Prerequisities: Art 227 and 337.
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ART
440
PAINTING III
Professional quality is stressed. There is
some experimentation with new painting
techniques and styles.
441
DRAWING III
Continued study of human figure, individ-
ual style, and professional control of drawing
techniques and media are now emphasized.
442
SPECIAL PROJECT IN COMMERCIAL
DESIGN
Concentrated research, preparation and
execution of a series of projects in commer-
cial design utilizing the traditional studio
tools including airbrush, water-based medi-
ums, colored pencils, and pen and ink. The
following skills are involved: illustration,
paste-up, typesetting, overlays, lettering and
layout. Prerequisite: GCO 201,102 or
consent of instructor.
443
COMPUTER GRAPHICS FOR
COMMERCIAL DESIGN
Concentrated research, preparation and
execution of a series of projects in commer-
cial design utilizing computer imaging.
Students will learn to generate original
moving and still images in color using
existing graphic-creation software and
peripheral devices, such as digitalizing
cameras, digitalizing drawing devices,
printers, and slide producers. Prerequisitie:
GCO 201,102 or consent of instructor.
445
SCULPTURE III
In Sculpture III the student is expected to
produce a series of sculptures that follow a
conceptual and technical line of develop-
ment. Prerequisite: Art 116, 225, and 335.
446
STUDIO RESEARCH
Independent research in an elective studio
area, conducted under the supervision of the
appropriate faculty member, includes
creation of work which may be incorporated
in the senior group exhibition. Student works
in private studio assigned by the department.
447
ART HISTORY RESEARCH
Independent research, conducted under
the supervision of the appropriate faculty
member, includes the research and writing of
a thesis, to be presented to a committee of
Art Department faculty.
148, 248, 348 and 448
ART COLLOQUIUM
A non-credit seminar in which faculty,
students and invited professionals discuss and
critique specific art projects. Required of all
students majoring in art. Taken each
semester. Meets 2-4 times each semester.
Pass/Fail. Non-credit seminar.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Recent studies in anatomy. Aspects of the
art nouveau, lithography, photography,
pottery, problems in illustration, and water-
color.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
GRAPHIC ARTS • ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
GRAPHIC ARTS
1 hrough special arrangement, the
following courses offered at Pennsylvania
College of Technology are available only to
art majors in Commercial Design. The Penn
College courses are taken as part of the
student's schedule and are listed with
Lycoming's offerings during registration
periods.
201
MECHANICAL PREPARATION
Material, tools and techniques used in
preparation of copy for reproduction. The
student will learn how to use parts-up tools
and develop elementary paste-up skills.
Students will work with overlays and screen
tints for single or multi-color projects.
Graphic communication terminology will
also be covered. 3 cr.
102
ELECTRONIC TYPESETTING
Fundamentals of typesetting. Theory and
practice in the care and use of typesetting
machines. History, type classification, and
printers measurements will be discussed.
3 cr.
1992-93 ACADENDC CATALOG
ASTRONOMY
AND PHYSICS
Associate Professor: Erickson
Assistant Professors: Fisher (Chairperson),
Wolfe
1 he department offers two majors. The
major in astronomy is specifically designed
to train students in the field of planetarium
education; it also may serve as a basis for
earning state certification as a secondary
school teacher of general science. The major
in physics can prepare students for graduate
work in physics, astronomy, and related
physical sciences, for the cooperative
program in engineering, for state certification
as secondary school teachers of physics, or
for technical positions in industry.
ASTRONOMY
1 he major in astronomy requires courses
in astronomy, physics, chemistry and
mathematics. The astronomy courses include
Astronomy 111 and five additional courses
numbered Astronomy 1 12 or higher; at least
four of these five additional courses must be
numbered Astronomy 230 or higher. Other
required courses are Physics 225-226,
Chemistry 110-111 or 330-331, and Mathe-
matics 128-129. Astronomy majors are also
required to register for four semesters of
Astronomy 349 and 449 (non-credit collo-
quia). The following courses are recom-
mended: Philosophy 223 and 333, Physics
333, and Art 227.
Minor
A minor in astronomy consists of a grade
of C or better in both Astronomy 111 and
Physics 225 plus any three additional courses
selected from Physics 226 or astronomy
courses numbered 200 or higher.
®
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
104
FIELD GEOLOGY
A methods course introducing the field
techniques needed to study the geology
of an area. May or summer term only.
107
OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY
A methods course providing the opportunity
to make a variety of astronomical
observations, both visually and photographic-
ally, with and without telescopes.
The planetarium is used to familiarize the
student with the sky at various
times during the year and from different
locations on earth. May or summer term
only.
101
PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY (B)
111
PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY (A)
A summary of current concepts of the
universe from the solar system to distant
galaxies. Describes the techniques and
instruments used in astronomical research.
Presents not only what is reasonably well
known about the universe, but also considers
some of the major unsolved problems.
Astronomy 101 and HI share the same three
hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory
each week. Ill has one additional hour each
week for more advanced mathematical
treatment of the material. Credit may not be
earned for both 101 and 111. Corequisite for
111: Mathematics 127 or consent of
instructor.
102
EARTH SCIENCE (B)
112
EARTH SCIENCE (A)
A study of the physical processes that
continually affect the planet Earth, shaping
our environment. Describes how past events
and Ufeforms can be reconstructed from
preserved evidence to reveal the history of
our planet from its origin to the present.
Emphasizes the ways in which geology,
meteorology, and oceanography interrelate
with man and the environment. Astronomy
102 and 112 share the same three hours of
lecture and two hours of laboratory each
week. 112 has one additional hour each
week for more advanced mathematical
treatment of the material. Credit may not be
earned for both 102 and 112. Corequisite for
112: Mathematics 127 or consent of instruc-
tor. Alternate years.
103
METEOROLOGY (B)
113
METEOROLOGY (A)
The general properties of the atmosphere and
their measurements will be discussed in terms
of basic physical laws. The large-scale
processes that create a suitable climate for
life on Earth are discussed as well as the
smaller-scale processes that must be taken
into account in scientific weather prediction.
Astronomy 103 and 113 share the same three
hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory
each week. 113 has one additional hour each
week for more advanced mathematical
treatment of the material. Credit may not be
earned for both 103 and 113. Corequisite for
113: Mathematics 127. Alternate years.
114
MANNED SPACE FLIGHT I
Traces the beginnings of rocketry and
spaceflight capability from Sputnik (1957)
through the conclusion of the Apollo moon
landings (1972). Extensive use of NASA
video and other audio-visual aids. Examina-
tion of scientific, engineering and political
motivations. When taken in May term, must
be scheduled with Astronomy 115. Not for
distribution. Alternate years. Half unit.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
115
MANNED SPACE FLIGHT II
Examines manned spaceflight from
Skylab missions (1973-74) through ApoUo-
Soyuz Test Project, early Space Shuttle
missions, to current U.S. and Soviet space
efforts. Extensive use of NASA video.
Examination of scientific, engineering, and
political motivations. When taken in May
Term, must be scheduled with Astronomy
114. Not for distribution. Alternate years.
Half unit.
230
PLANETARIUM TECHNIQUES
A methods course covering major aspects
of planetarium programming, operation
and maintenance. Students are required to
prepare and present a planetarium show.
Upon successfully completing the course,
students are eligible to become planetarium
assistants. Three hours of lecture and
demonstration and three hours of practical
training per week. Prerequisite: a grade ofC
or better in Astronomy 101 or HI. Alternate
years.
243
PLANETARY SCIENCE
A comparative survey of the various
classes of natural objects that orbit the sun,
including the major planets, their satellites,
the minor planets, and comets. Topics
include meteorological processes in atmos-
pheres, geological processes that shape
surface features, internal structures, the role
of spacecraft in the exploration of the solar
system, and clues to the origin and dynamic
evolution of the solar system. Four hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: a grade ofC
or better in Astronomy 111 or Astronomy 112
or Physics 225. Alternate years.
344
RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY
A detailed presentation of the special
theory of relativity and an introduction to the
general theory. Topics include: observational
and experimental tests of relativity, four-
vectors, tensors, space-time curvature,
alternative cosmological models, and the
origin and future of the universe. Four hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Astron-
omy 111 and Physics 225. Alternate years.
Cross-listed as Physics 344.
445
STELLAR EVOLUTION
The physical principles governing the
internal structure and external appearance of
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and
transport within stars. The evolution of stars
from initial formation to final stages. The
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn-
thesis. Four hours of lecture per week.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 111 (Principles of
Astronomy A) and Physics 226 (Introductory
Physics with Calculus 11). Alternate years.
446
STELLAR DYNAMICS AND
GALACTIC STRUCTURE
The motion of objects in gravitational
fields. Introduction to the n-body problem.
The relation between stellar motions and the
galactic potential. The large-scale structure
of galaxies in general and of the Milky Way
Galaxy in particular. Four hours of lecture
per week. Prerequisites: Astronomy 111
(Principles of Astronomy A) and Physics 225
(Introductory Physics with Calculus 1).
Alternate years.
349 & 449
ASTRONOMY AND
PHYSICS COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy
and physics offers students a chance to meet
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
and hear active scientists in astronomy,
physics, and related scientific areas talk
about their own research or professional
activities. In addition, majors in astronomy
and physics must present two lectures, one
given during the junior year and one given
during the senior year, on the results of a
literature survey or their individual research.
Students majoring in this department are
required to attend four semesters during the
junior and senior years. A letter grade will
be given when the student gives a lecture.
Otherwise the grade will be P/F. Students in
the Cooperative Program in Liberal Arts and
Engineering are required to attend two
semesters and present one lecture during their
junior year. Non-credit course. One hour
per week. Cross-listed as Physics 349 & 449.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent studies may be undertaken in
most areas of astronomy.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHYSICS
1 he major in physics requires courses in
physics, chemistry and mathematics. The
required physics courses must include
Physics 225, 226, 331, 332 and four addi-
tional courses numbered Physics 333 or
higher. Up to two courses chosen from
Astronomy 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13, 243, 445 and 446
may substitute for two of the four physics
electives. Other required courses are
Chemistry 110-111 or 330-331, and Mathe-
matics 128-129. Physics majors are also
required to register for four semesters of
Physics 349 and 449 (non-credit coUoquia).
The following courses are recommended:
Mathematics 231 and 238, Computer Science
125 (all three required for the cooperative
engineering program and by many graduate
schools), and Philosophy 223 and 333.
Minor
A minor in physics requires completion of
the following courses with a C grade or
better: Physics 225-226, Physics 331, Physics
332, and one additional course selected from
physics courses numbered 300 or higher.
106
ENERGY ALTERNATIVES
A physicist's definition of work, energy,
and power. The various energy sources
available for use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear
fission and fusion, hydro, solar, wind, and
geolhermal. The advantages and disadvan-
tages of each energy-conversion method,
including availability, efficiency, and
environmental effects. Present areas of
energy research and possible future develop-
ments. Projections of possible future energy
demands. Exercises and experiments in
energy collection, conversion, and utilization.
May or summer term only.
225-226
FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I-II
A mathematically rigorous introduction to
physics designed for majors in physics,
astronomy, chemistry and mathematics.
Topics include mechanics, thermodynamics,
electricity and magnetism, waves, optics, and
modem physics. Five hours of lecture and
recitation and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Corequisite: Math 128-129 (Calculus
I and 11). With consent of department, Math
109 may substitute for Math 128-129 as a
prerequisite.
331
CLASSICAL MECHANICS
An analytical approach to classical
mechanics. Topics include: kinematics and
dynamics of single particles and systems of
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
particles, gravitation and other central forces,
moving reference frames, and Lagrangian
and Hamiltonian formulations of mechanics.
Four hours of lecture and three hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Mathe-
matics 129 and a grade ofC or better in
Physics 225.
332
ELECTROMAGNETISM
A theoretical treatment of classical
electromagnetism. Topics include: electro-
statics, magnetostatics, electric and magnetic
potentials, electric and magnetic properties of
matter. Maxwell's equations, the electromag-
netic field, and the propagation of electro-
magnetic radiation. Four hours of lecture
and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: Math 129 and a grade ofC or
better in Physics 226.
333
OPTICS
Geometrical optics, optical systems,
physical optics, interference, Fraunhofer
and Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and
lasers will be covered. Three hours of lecture
and three hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: Physics 226 and Mathematics
128 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
336
MATHEMATICAL
METHODS OF PHYSICS
Solution of ordinary linear differential
equations using power and Laplace trans-
forms, nonlinear differential and coupled
differential equations, Fourier analysis using
both trigonometric and complex exponential
functions, complex variables, eigenvalue
problems, infinite dimensional vector spaces,
partial differential equations, boundary value
problem solutions to the wave equation,
heat flow equation and Laplace's equation.
Prerequisites: Math 231 and 238.
Alternate years.
337
THERMODYNAMICS AND
STATISTICAL MECHANICS
Classical thermodynamics will be pre-
sented, showing that the macroscopic
properties of a system can be specified
without a knowledge of the microscopic
properties of the constituents of the system.
Then statistical mechanics will be developed,
showing that these same macroscopic
properties are determined by the microscopic
properties. Four hours of lecture and
recitation per week. Prerequisites: Physics
226 (Introductory Physics with Calculus II)
and Mathematics 129 (Calculus II).
Alternate years.
338
MODERN PHYSICS
Thorough investigation of changes in the
classical understanding of space and time
together with those of energy and matter that
led to the time development of relativistic
and quantum mechanical theories. Topics
include: introduction to special relativity,
blackbody radiation, the postulation of
the photon and quantization, atomic spectra,
interactions of matter and energy, Bohr
model of the atom, concepts of symmetry,
and development and applications of the
Schrodinger equation. Four hours of lecture
and one-three hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 129 and a grade
ofC or better in Physics 226.
339
SOLID STATE PHYSICS
Topics include crystalline structures,
periodic potentials, band structure, free
electron model, semiconductor physics,
electromagnetic and thermal properties of
solids, superconductivity, and superfluidity.
Four hours of lecture and three hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Physics
332 and Math 129 or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS
344
RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY
A detailed presentation of the special
theory of relativity and an introduction to the
general theory. Topics include: observational
and experimental tests of relativity, four
vectors, tensors, space-time curvature,
alternative cosmological models, and the
origin and future of the universe. Four hours
of lecture per week. Prerequisites: Astron-
omy 111 and Physics 225. Alternate years.
Cross-listed as Astronomy 344.
439
INTRODUCTION TO
QUANTUM MECHANICS
Basic concepts and formulation of
quantum theory. The free particle, the simple
harmonic oscillator, the hydrogen atom, and
central force problems will be discussed.
Both time-independent and time-dependent
perturbation theory will be covered. Four
hours of lecture and recitation. Prerequisite:
Either Physics 226 (Introductory Physics
with Calculus II) or Chemistry 331 (Physical
Chemistry II), and Mathematics 231 (Differ-
ential Equations). Cross-listed as
Chemistry 439.
447
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS
The course will consider properties of
nuclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear
reactions (including fission and fusion), and
properties of elementary particles. The
interactions of nuclear particles with matter
and the detection of nuclear particles will be
covered. It will be shown how observed
phenomena lead to theories on the nature of
fundamental interactions, how these forces
act at the smallest measurable distances, and
what is expected to occur at even smaller
distances. Four hours of lecture and recita-
tion and two hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: Physics 226 (Introductory
Physics with Calculus II), Mathematics 129,
and either Physics 338 (Modern Physics) or
Chemistry 110. Alternate years.
349 & 449
ASTRONOMY AND
PHYSICS COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy
and physics offers students a chance to meet
and hear active scientists in astronomy,
physics and related scientific areas talk about
their own research or professional activities.
In addition, majors in astronomy and
physics must present two lectures, one given
during the junior year and one given during
the senior year, on the results of a literature
survey or their individual research. Students
majoring in this department are required to
attend four semesters during the junior and
senior years. A letter grade will be given
when the student gives a lecture. Otherwise
the grade will be P/F. Students in the
Cooperative Program in Liberal Arts and
Engineering are required to attend two
semesters and present one lecture during their
junior
year. Non-credit course. One hour per week.
Cross-listed as Astronomy 349 & 449.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in physics work off campus under
the supervision of professional physicists
employed by local industries or hospitals.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent studies may be undertaken in
most areas of physics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY
BIOLOGY
Professors: Angstadt, Diehl
Associate Professors: Gabriel,
Zlaccaria (Chairperson), Zimmerman
A major consists of eight biology
courses, including 1 10- 111, 221, 222, 223,
224, and 225. In addition, juniors and seniors
majoring in Biology are required to register
for Biology 349/449 (non-credit colloquium)
during all semesters on campus. With
departmental consent. Biology 226 may be
substituted for Biology 221. Only two courses
numbered below 2(X) may count toward the
major. Departmental internships cannot be
used to fulfill the eighth required course. In
addition, three units of chemistry and two
units of mathematical science are required.
The chemistry requirement must include at
least one unit of organic chemistry chosen
from Chemistry 115, 220, or 221. The math-
ematical sciences courses must be chosen
from Computer Science 108, 125 and/or
Mathematics 103, 109, 127, 128 or above.
Cotain specific exceptions to the core program
will be made for three-year students enrolled
in cooperative programs. Such exceptions
are noted under the particular cooperative
program described in the Academic Program
chapter of the catalog. Students interested in
these programs should contact the program
director before finalizing their individual
programs. Credit may not be earned for both
Biology 101 and 110 or for both Biology 102
and 111. Consent of instructor may replace
Biology 1 10- 1 1 1 as a prerequisite for all
biology courses.
Minor
A minor in Biology requires the comple-
tion of four upper-level (2(X)'s or higher)
courses, with their appropriate prerequisites.
At least two of these must be from the 200's
series of courses. A minor with a special
name (e.g.. Environmental Science) may be
designed by an individual.
101-102
PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
An investigation of biological principles,
including ecological systems, form and
function in selected representative organisms
(especially man), cell theory, molecular
biology, reproduction, inheritance, adaption,
and evolution. The course is designed
primarily for students not planning to major
in the biological sciences. Three hours of
lecture and one two-hour laboratory
per week.
110-111
INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of biology
designed for students planning to major in the
biological sciences. Major topics considered
include the origin of life, cellular respiration
and photosynthesis, genetics, development,
anatomy and physiology, ecology, behavior,
and evolution. Three hours of lecture and
one three-hour laboratory per week.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
113-114
HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Using the organ-systems approach, the
course is an introduction to the human
body — its anatomy, physiology, and normal
development — with particular attention to
structure and function at all levels of its
biological organization (molecular through
organismal). Three hours of lecture, and one
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequi-
site: Chemistry 115 or Chemistry 220 or
consent of instructor.
Ill
MICROBIOLOGY
A study of microorganisms. Emphasis is
given to the identification and physiology of
microorganisms as well as to their role in
disease, their economic importance, and
industrial appUcations. Three hours of
lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite: Biology 110-111.
Not open to students who have received
credit for Biology 226.
222
GENETICS
A general consideration of the principles
governing inheritance, including treatment of
classical, molecular, cytological, physiology,
microbial, human, and population genetics.
Three hours of lecture and two two-hour
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite:
Biology 110-111.
223
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
The mechanisms and functions of animal
systems, including the autonomic, endocrine,
digestive, cardiovascular, respiratory, renal,
nervous, and reproductive systems. Mam-
malian physiology is stressed. Three hours of
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: Biology 110-111.
224
ECOLOGY
The study of the principles of ecology
with emphasis on the role of chemical,
physical, and biological factors affecting the
distribution and succession of plant and
animal populations and communities.
Included will be field studies of local habitats
as well as laboratory experimentation.
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
Biology 110-111.
225
PLANT SCIENCES
A survey of the structure, development,
function, classification, and use of plants and
related organisms. The study will comprise
four general topic areas: form, including
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth
and reproduction; function, concentrating on
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photo-
synthetic organisms; classification systems
and plant identification, and human uses of
plants. Three hours of lecture and one three
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
Biology 110-111.
226
MICROBIOLOGY FOR
THE HEALTH SCIENCES
A study of microorganisms with emphasis
given to their taxonomy and their role in
various aspects of human infectious disease.
Mechanisms for treating and preventing
infectious diseases will be presented. Labo-
ratory to include diagnostic culture proce-
dures, antibiotic sensitivity testing, serology,
anaerobic techniques and a study of hemo-
lytic reactions. Three hours of lecture and
four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequi-
site: One year of introductory level biology,
one year of chemistry or consent of instruc-
tor. Not open to students who have received
credit for Biology 221.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY
328
AQUATIC BIOLOGY
A field-oriented course dealing with fresh-
water ecosystems. Studies will include a
survey of the plankton, benthos, and fish —
as well as the physical and chemical charac-
teristics of water that influence their distribu-
tion. Several local field trips and a one-week
trip to a field station will familiarize students
with the diversity of habitats and the tech-
niques of limnologists. Alternate May terms.
Prerequisites: Biology 110-111.
329
TROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY
A field-oriented course where students
study the creatures of the fringing reefs,
barrier reefs, lagoons, turtlegrass beds and
mangrove swamps at a tropical marine
laboratory. Studies will include survey of
plankton, invertebrates, and fish as well as
the physical and chemical characteristics
that influence their distribution.
Prerequisite: Biology 110-111. Alternate
May terms.
330
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY
OF VERTEBRATES
Detailed examination of the origins,
structure, and functions of the principal
organs of the vertebrates. Special attention is
given to the progressive modification of
organs from lower to higher vertebrates.
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Biology
110-111. Alternate years.
334
INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Comparative study of the invertebrate
phyla with emphasis on phylogeny, physiol-
ogy, morphology, and ecology. Two three-
hour lecture/ laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 110-111. Alternate
years.
335
CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY
Physiochemical background of cellular
function: functions of membrane systems
and organelles; metaboUc pathways; bio-
chemical and cellular bases of growth,
development and responses of organisms.
Three hours of lecture and one three-
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
Biology 110-111 and a year of chemistry.
Alternate years.
336
EVOLUTION
The study of the origin and modification
of life on earth. Topics discussed include
molecular evolution, population genetics,
gene flow, natural selection, sexual selection,
kin selection, neutral theory, extinction, co-
evolution, and the evolution of man. Four
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
Biology 110-111 or consent of the instructor.
Alternate years.
339
MEDICAL GENETICS
This course is concerned with the relation-
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions will
focus on topics such as chromosomal
abnormalities, metabolic variation and
disease, somatic cell genetics, genetic
screening, and immunogenetics. Laboratory
exercises will offer practical experiences in
genetic diagnostic techniques. Prerequisite:
Biology 101-102 or 110-111. May term only.
342
ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A study of causation, function, evolution,
and biological significance of animal
behaviors in their normal environment and
social contexts. Three hours of lecture and
one four-hour laboratory each week. Pre-
requisite: Biology 1 10-111. Alternate years.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BIOLOGY
346
VIROLOGY
An introduction to the study of viruses.
The course will cover virus anatomy and
reproduction, diseases caused by viruses,
modem treatments of viral infections and
viral vaccines produced by recombinant DNA
and other technologies. Course content will
also include a description of how viruses are
used as tools for genetic engineering and for
studying cellular processes like membrane
signal transduction, regulation of genetic
expression and oncogenesis (cancer). Four
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite:
Biology 110-111 or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
347
IMMUNOLOGY
The course introduces concepts concern-
ing how pathogens cause disease and host
defense mechanisms against infectious
diseases. Characterization of and relation-
ships between antigens, haptens, and antibod-
ies are presented. Serological assays will
include: agglutination, precipitations,
immunofluorescence, immunoeletrophoresis,
and complement fixation. Other topics are:
immediate and delayed hypersensitivities (i.e.
allergies such as hay fever and poison ivy),
immunological renal diseases, immunohema-
tology (blood groups, etc), hybridome
technology, the chemistry and function of
complement, autoimmunity, and organ graft
rejection phenomena. Three hours of
lecture, one three-hour laboratory, and one
hour of arranged work per week. Prerequi-
site: Biology 110-111. Alternate years.
403
FIELD BIOLOGY FOR TEACHERS
A methods course for students preparing
to teach biology. Sources and methods
of collecting and preserving various plant and
animal materials. Summer term only.
431
HISTOLOGY
A study of the basic body tissues and the
microscopic anatomy of the organs and
structures of the body which are formed from
them. Focus is on normal human histology.
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Biology
1 1 0-1 1 1 . Alternate years.
433
ECONOMIC AND
SYSTEMATIC BOTANY
Structure and classification of plants with
emphasis on those species, particularly food
and drug plants, having significance for
human affairs. Three hours of lecture and one
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequi-
sites: Biology 110-111, Biology 225.
Alternate years.
440
PARASITOLOGY AND
MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY
The biology of parasites and parasitism.
Studies on the major groups of animal
parasites and anthropod vectors of disease
will involve taxonomy and life cycles.
Emphasis will be made on parasites of
medical and veterinary importance. Three
hours of lecture and one three-hour labora-
tory per week. Prerequisite: Biology 110-
111. Alternate years.
441
VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY
A study of the development of vertebrates
from fertilization to the fully formed fetus.
Particular attention is given to the chick and
human as representative organisms. Two
three-hour lecturel laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite: Biology 110-111.
Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BIOLOGY
444
BIOCHEMISTRY
Emphasis is given to the metabolism of
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins,
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism;
and biochemical control mechanisms,
including allosteric control, induction,
repression, signal transduction as well as the
various types of inhibitive control mecha-
nisms. Three hours of lecture, one three-
hour laboratory and one hour of arranged
work per week. Prerequisite: Chemistry
220-221 or Chemistry 115, or consent of
instructor. Cross-listed as Chemistry 444.
Alternate years.
445
RADIATION BIOLOGY
A study of the effects of ionizing and
nonionizing radiations on cells, tissues and
organisms. Consideration will be given to
repair mechanisms and how repair deficien-
cies elucidate the nature of radiation damage.
Three hours of lecture and one three-hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Biology
110-1 1 1 , one year of chemistry. Alternate
years.
446
PLANT ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A study of plant physiology as a function
of plant anatomy. Metabolic relationships
and environmental factors will be examined
from a background of the structure and
development of cells, tissues, organs, and
whole plants. Three hours of lecture and one
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequi-
sites: Biology 110-111, Biology 225. Alter-
nate years.
448
ENDOCRINOLOGY
This course begins with a survey of the
role of the endocrine hormones in the
integration of body functions. This is
followed by a study of the control of hor-
mone synthesis and release, and a considera-
tion of the mechanisms by which hormones
accomplish their effects on target organs.
Two three-hour lecture/ laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite: Biology 110-111.
Alternate years.
349 & 449
BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM
This course offers the student a chance to
become familiar with research in the biologi-
cal sciences using techniques such as meeting
and talking with active researchers, reading
and critically analyzing the current literature,
and discussing the ideas and methods shaping
biology. Students will be required to read
and analyze specific papers, actively
participate in discussions. Students majoring
in this department are required to enroll
during all semesters spent on campus in the
junior and senior years. The grade will be P/
F. Non-credit course. One hour per week.
Prerequisites: biology majors with junior or
senior class standing.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Recent samples of internships in the
department include ones with the Department
of Environmental Resources, nuclear medi-
cine or rehabilitative therapies at a local
hospital.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Departmental studies are experimentally-
oriented and may entail either lab or
field work.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Examples of recent honors projects have
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth
research, drug synthesis and testing.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
Associate Professor: Weaver (Chairperson)
Assistant Professor: Stemgold
Instructor: Henninger
1 his major is designed to educate
students in the functions of today's profit and
non-profit organizations. The program
provides a well-balanced preparation for a
wide variety of careers, including finnce
management, marketing, sales, commercial
banking, investments and portfolio manage-
ment, advertising and retail merchandising.
Required courses are Business 11 0, 111,
223, 228, 329, 338, 339, 440, 441; Mathe-
matics 103. Business 332 or 443 may be
substituted for Business 329 and Business
340 may be substituted for Business 339.
Accounting 110 may be substituted for
Business 110 if the student is transferring
into the business administration major, but
duplicate credit will not be granted.
Majors are encouraged to take Business
335, 336; Computer Science 108; Economics
110, 111; Mass Communication 211, 323;
Mathematics 109; Philosophy 216; and
Psychology 225. Majors are also encouraged
to take a foreign language. The additional
elective offerings are intended to add depth
in the areas of finance, marketing and
management.
Minors
The Business Administration Department
offers two minors. The following courses are
required to complete a minor in Marketing:
Business 228, 329, 332, 445, and 443 or 448.
A minor in Finance requires the completion
of Business 338, 339, 340, and Economics
220, 441, or Accounting 225.
LYCOMING COULEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
110
HNANCIAL ACCOUNTING
An introduction to the art of measuring,
communicating, and interpreting fmancial
activity. Recording, classifying and summa-
rizing business transactions, the interpretation
of accounts, and the preparation of financial
statements are studied. Not open to students
who have received credit for Accounting 110.
Ill
MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
An introduction to the various compo-
nents of managerial accounting. Emphasis is
placed on managerial problem-solving-
techniques and the analysis of the results.
Accounting systems, costing procedures,
cost- volume profit relationships, managerial
control processes and the use of computers as
aids to decision-making are studied. Students
will gain hands-on experience with various
computer applications of managerial account-
ing. Prerequisite: Business 110 or Account-
ing 110.
223
QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS
Techniques of quantitative analysis useful
in making business decisions. Topics
include: decision theory, inventory models,
network models, forecasting, and other
selected applications. Students will be
introduced to computer applications of the
quantitative models. Prerequisite: Math-
ematics 103 or consent of instructor.
228
MARKETING PRINCIPLES
A study of the methods used by business
and nonprofit organizations to design, price,
promote and distribute their products and
services. Topics include new product
development, advertising, retailing, consumer
behavior, marketing strategy, ethical issues in
marketing and others. Readings, case
studies, library assignments and team
research projects.
329
MARKETING STRATEGY
A study of the methods used by business
and nonprofit organizations to analyze
and select target markets, and then to develop
strategies for gaining and maintaining these
customers. Topics include competitive
strategy, market segmentation, product
positioning, business demographics and
marketing-related financial analysis. Read-
ings, case studies, library assignments and
computer exercises. Prerequisites: Business
228 and Math 103, or consent of instructor.
332
ADVERTISING
Nature, scope, methods, and effects of
promotion. Techniques of analysis and
control in the use of advertising and publicity
as tools in developing business strategy.
Prerequisite: Business 228 or consent of
instructor.
335
LEGAL PRINCIPLES I
Lectures and analysis of cases on the
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law
in general, and particularly as relating to
contracts, agency, and negotiable instru-
ments. Open only to juniors and seniors.
336
LEGAL PRINCIPLES II
Lectures on the fundamentals and history
of the law relating to legal association, real
property, wills, and estates. Open only to
juniors and seniors.
338
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT I
An introduction to working capital
management and financial analysis and
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
planning. Topics are covered through
readings, cases and problem-solving in the
areas of decisions on current asset and
liability structures, cash and marketable
securities, accounts receivables, inventory
management and control, spontaneous
financing, short-term borrowing, ratio and
financial statement analysis, source and use
statements, cash flow forecasting, and
financial statements forecasting. Prerequi-
sites: Mathematics 103, Business 110, 111,
and 223; or consent of instructor.
339
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT II
A study of capital asset structure and
long-term financial decisions. Topics are
covered through readings, cases, and prob-
lem-solving in the areas of capital budgeting,
including risk and required rates of return,
leveraging in the firm, concepts of capital
structures, dividend policy, external financ-
ing, term and lease financing, long-term debt,
equity securities, convertible securities and
warrants. Prerequisite: Business 338 or
consent of instructor.
340
INVESTMENTS
An introduction to the financial sector of
the economy and the structure and functions
of financial markets and the agencies
involved; brokerage houses and stock
exchanges; the various types of investments
available. Techniques used to evaluate
financial securities. Also covered are recent
developments in investment theory. Pre-
requisite: Business 338 or consent of
instructor.
341
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
This course is designed to familiarize
students with the environment and institu-
tional framework in which international firms
operate. Through readings, case studies and
discussions, students will investigate the
primary problems confronting international
businesses, including cross-cultural conflicts,
trade and payment systems, "multination-
aUzation" of business enterprises, the
changing relationship between former
communist East and capitalist West, and the
role of the business manager in that environ-
ment. Prerequisite: Business 228 or consent
of instructor.
439
BUSINESS PRACTICUM
This course provides students with
practical work experience with local compa-
nies and organizations. Students work 10-12
hours j)er week for their sponsor organiza-
tions, in addition to attending a weekly
seminar on management topics relevant to
their work assignments. Since enrollment is
limited by the available number of positions,
students must apply directly to the business
department before preregistration to be
eligible for the course. Majors only
and consent of instructor.
440
MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS
Structural characteristics and functional
relationships of a business organization as
well as the problems encountered in coordi-
nating the internal resources of a firm.
Emphasis on administrative efficiency and
procedures.
441
BUSINESS POLICIES
Planning, organization, and control of
business operations; setting of goals;
coordination of resources, development of
policies. Analysis of strategic decisions
encompassing all areas of a business, and the
use and analysis of control measures.
Emphasis on both the internal relationship of
various elements of production, finance,
marketing, and personnel, and the relation-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
ship of the business entity to external stimuli.
Readings, cases, and games. Prerequisite:
Business 223. 228. 329. 338. 339. and 440. or
consent of instructor. Seniors only.
442
PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
An introduction to the managerial
problems of recruiting, selecting, training,
and retraining the human resources of the
firm. Emphasis is placed on the interrelation-
ship of personnel policies with management
objectives and philosophies in such areas as
fringe benefits, wage and salary policies,
union activities, and health and safety.
443
RETAIL MANAGEMENT I
Planning, organization, and control of the
retaihng firm. Competitive strategy develop-
ment through store location, layout, adminis-
tration organization, buying, and pricing.
Cases, reading, and papers. Prerequisite:
Business 228 or consent of instructor.
445
MARKETING RESEARCH
This is a study of the principles and
practices of marketing research. The focus is
on the development and application of
marketing research studies. Topics covered
include selection of a research design, project
planning and scheduling, data specification
and gathering, quantitative methods to
analyze data, interpretation of data, and
research report writing. Reading, cases, and
research project. Mathematics 103 and
Business 228 or consent of instructor.
446
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
An introduction to the planning, organiza-
tion, and controlling of operations in a
production facility. The course also incorpo-
rates quantitative techniques and computer
applications used in the production and
operations management environment. Topics
include capacity and layout planning, facility
location analysis, job design and work
measurement, production scheduling,
materials requirement planning models, and
quality controls. Students will engage in the
actual design of an inventory status file and
MRP system. Prerequisite: Business 223 or
consent of instructor.
447
CREATIVE ADVERTISING
A workshop concerned with theme, copy
and effective presentation of advertisements
for print media, radio, and direct mail.
Primarily an exploration of creativity through
analysis of works of artists and writers with
application to practical advertising, and
tailored to the interests of individual students.
May term. Prerequisite: Business 332 or
consent of instructor.
448
SALES SEMINAR
The role of selling in the economy. The
art of creative selling; application of theories
from the behavioral sciences to selling
through the analysis of sales situations and
techniques. Prerequisite: Business 228 or
consent of instructor.
449
MANAGING THE SMALL BUSINESS
How the potential businessman proceeds
in establishing, operating, and profiting from
a small business operation. Considered and
analyzed are such aspects as marketing,
managing, financing, promoting, insuring,
establishing, developing, and staffing the
small retail, wholesale service, and manufac-
turing firm. May term. Prerequisite:
Business HI, 228, and 338 or consent of
instructor.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • CHEMISRY
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Typical examples are marketing analysis
for a paper products firm, planning a branch
store, hotel and real estate management,
banking and insurance.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies are: the
economic impact of a college on a commu-
nity and marketing strategy for a local firm
entering the consumer market.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
A recent project was a study of the
evolution of anti-trust legislation in the
United States.
CHEMISTRY
Professor: Franz (Chairperson)
Associate Professor: McDonald
Assistant Professors: Berkheimer, Wolfskill
A major in chemistry consists of Chemis-
try 110-111, 220-221, 330-331, 332 and 333;
Physics 225-226; Mathematics 128, 129 and
one of the following courses: Mathematics
103, 231, 238, 332, or Computer Science
125. Mathematics 231 and 238 and French
or German are strongly recommended for
students planning on graduate study in chem-
istry. To be certified in secondary education,
chemistry majors must also pass two biology
courses numbered 1 10 or higher.
The Department is approved by the
American Chemical Society (ACS) to certify
those students whose programs meet or
exceed requirements established by the ACS.
Students who wish to earn ACS certification
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CHEMISTRY
must complete the major described above, as
well as Chemistry 443 and two courses from
Chemistry 440, 442, 447, and 480 (or 490).
Students who complete the ACS-certified
degree are eligible for admission as members
to the American Chemical Society following
graduation.
Minor
A minor in Chemistry requires completion
of four courses numbered 220 or higher; at
least one must be taken from each of the
following groups: Group A (220-221, 440,
442, 444, 447) and Group B (226 or 332,
330-331, 333, 439, 443). Named minors in
specialized areas may be designed by
students with departmental approval.
108
CHEMICAL PRINCIPLES
An introduction to the principles of
inorganic chemistry. Topics include atomic
and molecular structure, nomenclature, gases,
solutions, acids and bases, kinetics, equilib-
rium, oxidation-reduction, and stoichiometry.
The approach is primarily descriptive with
illustrations drawn mostly from the health
sciences. Along with Chemistry 115, this
course is designed for those students who
require only two semesters of chemistry, and
is not intended for students planning to enroll
in chemistry courses numbered 200 or above.
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discus-
sion, and one three-hour laboratory period
each week. Prerequisite: Math 100 or
consent of the Chemistry Depsrtment. Not
open for credit to students who have received
credit for Chemistry 110.
110
GENERAL CHEMISTRY I
A quantitative introduction to the con-
cepts and models of chemistry. Topics
include stoichiometry, atomic and molecular
structure, nomenclature, bonding, thermo-
chemistry, gases, solutions, and chemical
reactions. The laboratory introduces the
student to methods of separation, purifica-
tion, and identification of compounds
according to their physical properties. This
course is designed for students who plan to
major in one of the sciences. Three hours
lecture, one hour of discussion and one three-
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequi-
site: 110 Prerequisite: Math 100 or consent
of the Chemistry Department. Not open for
credit to students who have received credit
for Chemistry 108. except by permission of
the Chemistry Department.
Ill
GENERAL CHEMISTRY II
A continuation of Chemistry 1 10, with
emphasis placed on the foundations of
analytical, inorganic, and physical chemistry.
Topics include kinetics, general and ionic
equilibria, acid-base theory, electrochemistry,
thermodynamics, nuclear chemistry, coordi-
nation chemistry, and descriptive inorganic
chemistry of selected elements. The labora-
tory treats aspects of quantitative and
qualitative inorganic analysis. Three hours of
lecture, one hour of discussion, and one
three-hour laboratory period each week.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 110 or consent of
the Chemistry Department.
115
BRIEF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A descriptive study of the compounds of
carbon. This course will illustrate the
principles of organic chemistry with material
relevant to students in medical technology,
biology, nursing, forestry, education and the
humanities. Topics include nomenclature,
alkanes, arenes, functional derivatives, amino
acids and proteins, carbohydrates and other
naturally occurring compounds. This course
is designed for students who require only one
semester of organic chemistry. Three hours
of lecture, one hour of discussion, and one
three-hour laboratory period each week.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CHEMISTRY
Prerequisite: Chemistry 108 or 110. Not
open for credit to students who have received
credit for Chemistry 220.
220-221
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A systematic study of the compounds of
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic
series. The laboratory work introduces the
student to simple fundamental methods of
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis.
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour
laboratory period each week. Prerequisite:
Chemistry 111.
226
CLINICAL ANALYSIS
A presentation of selected wet-chemical
and instrumental methods of quantitative
analysis with an orientation toward clinical
applications in medical technology. Topics
include: general methods and calculations;
solutions; titrations; photometric analyses
(colorimetric, atomic absorption, flame
emission); electrochemical methods (ion-
selective electrodes, coulometry); automa-
tion. Lecture, recitation, and laboratory
daily. Prerequisite: Chemistry 110-111 or
consent of instructor. May not be taken for
credit following Chemistry 332. May
term only.
330-331
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of the fundamental principles of
theoretical chemistry and their applications.
The laboratory work includes techniques in
physiochemical measurements. Three hours
of lecture and one four- hour laboratory
period each week. Prerequisite: Chemistry
111, Mathematics 129, and one year of
physics or consent of instructor.
332
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of the fundamental methods of
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary
instrumental analysis together with practice
in laboratory techniques and calculations of
these methods. Two hours of lecture and two
three-hour laboratory periods each week.
Prerequisite: Chemistry HI or consent
of instructor.
333
ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A study of modem theories of atomic and
molecular structure and their relationship to
the chemistry of selected elements and their
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one
four-hour laboratory period each week.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 330, Mathematics
129, and one year of physics or consent of
instructor.
439
INTRODUCTION TO
QUANTUM MECHANICS
After presenting the origin, basic con-
cepts, and formulation of quantum mechanics
with emphasis on its physical meaning, the
course will investigate the free particle,
simple harmonic oscillator, and central-force
problems. Both time-independent and time-
dependent perturbation theory will be
covered. The elegant operator formalism of
quantum mechanics will conclude the course.
Four hours of lecture and recitation. Pre-
requisites: Mathematics 231 , either Chemis-
try 331 or Physics 226, and consent of
instructor. Cross-listed as Physics 439.
440
ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Theory and application of modem
synthetic organic chemistry. Topics may
include oxidation-reduction processes,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CHEMISTRY
carbon-carbon bond forming reactions,
functional group transformations, and multi-
step syntheses of natural products (antibiot-
ics, antitumor agents, and antiviral agents).
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour lab-
oratory period. Prerequisite: Chemistry 221.
442
SPECTROSCOPY AND
MOLECULAR STRUCTURE
Theory and application of the identifica-
tion of organic compounds. Special empha-
sis will be placed on the utilization of
spectroscopic techniques ( H-NMR, C-
NMR, IR, UV-VIS, and MS). Three of hours
lecture and one four-hour laboratory period
each week. Prerequisites: Chemistry 221.
Chemistry 331. or consent of instructor.
443
ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
A study of advanced analytical methods
with emphasis on chromatographic, electro-
chemical, and spectroscopic methods of
instrumental analysis. Three hours lecture
and one four-hour laboratory period each
week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 331 and 332
or consent of instructor.
444
BIOCHEMISTRY
Emphasis is given to the metabolism of
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins,
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism;
and biochemical control mechanisms,
including allosteric control, induction,
repression, signal transduction as well as the
various types of inhibitive control mecha-
nisms. Prerequisite: Chemistry 221 or 115
or consent of instructor. Cross-listed as
Biology 444.
447
POLYMER CHEMISTRY
An introduction to the synthesis, charac-
terization, and applications of high molecular
weight materials, i.e., macro-molecules.
Special emphasis will be given to synthetic
polymer systems. Three hours of lecture, one
four-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: Chem-
istry 221 and 330, or consent of instructor.
348 & 448
CHEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM
A seminar in which faculty, students and
invited professional chemists discuss their
own research activities or those of others
which have appeared in recent chemical
literature. Prerequisite: Three semesters of
non-credit Chemistry Colloquium taken
during the junior and senior years.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
The student will ordinarily work under
supervision in an industrial laboratory and
submit a written report on the project.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
The student will ordinarily work on a
laboratory research project and will write a
thesis on the work.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
The student will ordinarily work on a
laboratory research project with emphasis on
showing initiative and making a scholarly
contribution. A thesis will be written.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
CRIMINAL nJSTICE
CRIMINAL
JUSTICE
Assistant Professor: Strauser (Coordinator)
1 his major is designed to acquaint
students with the American criminal justice
system and to provide an understanding of
the social, psychological, philosophical, and
political contexts within which the system of
criminal justice functions. Its aim is to
develop students' intellectual and scientific
skills in raising and attempting to answer
important questions about the system of
justice and its place in society. The program
offers opportunity for intern experience in the
field, and prepares for careers in the areas of
law enforcement, probation and parole,
prisons, and treatment services.
The major has two tracks. Track I
prepares for careers in law enforcement.
Track II prepares for careers in corrections.
Track I - Law Enforcement.
The major consists of 10 courses, distrib-
uted as follows:
A. Professional courses in criminal justice
(three courses):
Introduction to the Criminal Justice
System (Sociology and Anthropology 1 15);
Introduction to Law Enforcement
(Sociology and Anthropology 223);
The American Prison System (Sociology
and Anthropology 339)
B. Courses in the social, psychological,
philosophical, and political context of the
justice system (seven courses):
Criminology (Sociology and Anthropol-
ogy 300) and either Juvenile Delinquency
(Sociology and Anthropology 221) or
Racial and Cultural Minorities (Sociology
and Anthropology 334) (two courses);
Abnormal Psychology (Psychology 116)
(one course);
America as a Civilization (American
Studies 200), Afro-American History
(History 230) or United States Social and
Intellectual History Since 1877 (History
443) (one course);
Law and Society (Political Science 335)
and Civil Rights and Liberties (Political
Science 331) (two courses); Philosophical
Issues in Criminal Justice (Philosophy
218) (one course)
C. Internship or practicum in law enforce-
ment (recommended but not required
for the major).
Track II - Corrections.
The major consists of 10 courses, distrib-
uted as follows:
A. Professional courses in criminal justice
(three courses):
Introduction to the Criminal Justice
System (Sociology and Anthropology 1 15);
The American Prison System (Sociology
and Anthropology 339);
Introduction to Human Services (Sociol-
ogy and Anthropology 222)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
®
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CRIMINAL JUSTICE .ECONOMICS
B, Courses in the social, psychological,
philosophical, and political context of the
justice system (seven courses):
Criminology (Sociology and Anthropol-
ogy 3(X)) and either Juvenile Delinquency
(Sociology and Anthropology 221) or
Racial and Cultural Minorities (Sociology
and Anthropology 334) (two courses);
Abnormal Psychology (Psychology 1 16)
(one course);
America as a Civilization (American
Studies 200), Afro- American History
(History 230) or United States Social and
Intellectual History Since 1877 (History
443) (one course);
Law and Society (Political Science 335)
and Civil Rights and Liberties (Political
Science 331) (two courses);
Philosophical Issues in Criminal Justice
(Philosophy 218) (One course)
C. Internship or practicum in corrections
(recommended but not required for the
major). Prerequisite: Mathematics 103,
Psychology 431, and Psychology 239.
These prerequisites may be waived in
certain cases by the coordinating
committee.
Majors should seek advice concerning
course selection from members of the
coordinating committee and should note
course prerequisites in planning their
programs.
Minor
A minor in Criminal Justice consists of
five courses. Required courses include: Soc
iology 115 Introduction to Criminal Justice
and any four other courses in the Criminal
Justice major listed above, at least three of
which must be numbered 200 or above. To
receive credit for a minor in Criminal Justice,
a student must maintain a minimum 2.0
cumulative average in courses completed
for the minor.
ECONOMICS
Professor: Opdahl
Assistant Professor: Madresehee
(Chairperson)
1 he major has two tracks. Track I is
designed for the student whose primary
interest lies in business management; Track
II is designed to provide a broad understand-
ing of economic, social, and business
problems. In addition to preparing students
for a career in business or government, this
track provides an excellent background for
graduate or professional studies.
Track I - Managerial Economics requires
Economics 110, 111, 332, and either 330 or
441; Business 1 10 and 1 1 1 or Accounting
1 10 and 220; Business 338 and either 339 or
340, plus two other economics courses.
Track 11 - General Economics requires
Economics 110 and 111, 331,440, 330 or
441, and three other courses in economics.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ECONOMICS
Depending on their academic and career
interests, students are encouraged to select a
minor in another department such as political
science, philosophy, or history.
In addition, the following courses are
recommended: all majors - Math 103 and
Business 223; majors planning graduate
work - Math 112 and 128; Track II majors -
Business 1 10 and 1 1 1 or Accounting 1 10
and 220.
A minor in economics requires the
completion of Economics 110 and 111 and
three other economics courses numbered 200
or above, or any four economics courses
numbered 200 or above.
110
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I
Macroeconomics deals with problems of
the economic system as a whole. What
influences the level of national income and
employment? What is inflation and why do
we have it? What is the role of government
in a modem capitalistic system? How does
business organize to produce the goods and
services we demand? How are the American
financial and banking systems organized?
What is the nature of American unionism?
What are the elements of government finance
and fiscal policy?
Ill
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II
This course focuses upon microeconomics
and selected current economic problems. It
deals with the relatively small units of the
economy such as the firm and the family.
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how
business firms decide what and how much to
produce and how goods and services are
priced in different types of markets. Also
considers such problems as economic growth,
international trade, poverty, discrimination,
ecology, and alternative economic systems.
220
MONEY AND BANKING
Covers business fluctuations and mone-
tary and fiscal policy; the financial organiza-
tion of society; the banking system; credit
institutions; capital markets, and international
financial relations. Prerequisite:
Economics 110.
in
COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the underlying
ideologies, the basic institutions, and the
performance of selected economic systems.
Alternate years.
224
URBAN PROBLEMS
The application of economic theory to the
study of significant social, political, and
economic problems associated with urbaniza-
tion, including poverty, employment,
education, crime, health, housing, land use
and the environment, transportation, and
public finance. Analysis of solutions offered.
Alternate years.
225
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
A study of the relationship between
environmental decay and economic growth,
with particular reference to failures of the
price and property-rights systems; application
of cost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at
the creation of an ecologically-viable
economy.
226
DEVELOPMENT OF LESS
DEVELOPED COUNTRIES
A study of the theories and problems of
capital accumulation, allocation of resources,
technological development, growth, planning
techniques, and institutions and international
relations encountered by the developing
nations. Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^%
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ECONOMICS
229
BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING
An introduction to the nature and history
of business fluctuations, the tools used in
aggregate analysis, theories that seek to
explain the cycle, and techniques used in
forecasting economic activity. Prerequisite:
Economics 110 or permission of the instruc-
tor. Alternate years.
230
ECONOMETRICS
Econometric models provide one of the
most useful and necessary sets of tools for
decision-making. By using a variety of
modem statistical methods, econometrics
helps us to estimate economic relationships,
test different economic behaviors, and
forecast different economic variables.
Prerequisites: Mathematic 103, Economics
110 and 111, or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
330
INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
An advanced analysis of contemporary
theory regarding consumer demand, produc-
tion costs and theory, profit maximization,
market structures, and the determinants of
returns to the factors of production. Pre-
requisites: Economics 110 and 111.
Alternate years.
331
INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
An advanced analysis of contemporary
theory and practice with regard to business
fluctuation, national income accounting, the
determination of income and employment
levels, and the use of monetary and fiscal
policy. Prerequisites: Economics 110 and
111. Alternate years.
332
GOVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY
An analytical survey of government's
efforts to maintain competition through
antitrust legislation to supervise acceptable
cases of private monopoly through public
utility regulation and via means of regulatory
commissions, and to encourage or restrain
various types of private economic activities.
Prerequisites: Economics 110 and 111 or
consent of instructor.
335
LABOR PROBLEMS
The history of organized labor in the
United States, including the structure of
unions, employers' opposition to unions, the
role of government in labor-management
relations and the economic impact of unions.
Alternate years.
337
PUBLIC HNANCE
An analysis of the fiscal economics of the
public sector, including the development,
concepts, and theories of public expenditures,
taxation, and debt at all levels of American
government. Also includes the use of fiscal
policy as an economic control device.
Prerequisite: Economics 110 and 111 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
440
HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT
A discussion of the origins, development,
and significance of the economic ideas
embodied in the works of Smith, Marx,
Schumpeter, Keynes, and others. Prerequi-
sites: Economics 110 and 111 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
441
MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
The application of economic theory and
methodology to the solution of business
problems. Subjects include: optimizing
199Z-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ECONOMICS • EDUCATION
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory,
production theory, cost theory, linear pro-
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc-
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequi-
sites: Economics 110 andlll . Some
understanding of differential calculus is
recommended.
443
INTERNATIONAL TRADE
A study of the principles, theories,
development, and policies concerning
international economic relations, with
particular reference to the United States.
Subjects covered include: U.S. commercial
policy and its development, international
trade theory, tariffs and other protectionist
devices, international monetary system and
its problems, balance of payments issues.
Alternate years. Prerequisites: Economics
110 and 111.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Typically off-campus in business, bank-
ing, or government, supervised by assigned
employee of sponsoring organization.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Superior students may select independent
study in various courses, particularly in
preparation for graduate school.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
EDUCATION
Assistant Professors: Conrad (Chairperson),
Hungerford
Part-time Instructors: Shivetts, Mosser,
Salvatori, Straub, Bossert
1 he Education Department offers
Pennsylvania-approved teacher certification
programs in elementary and secondary
education, as well as a school nurse certifica-
tion program.
Students seeking secondary certification
must complete Education 200 and Psychol-
ogy 338 (1/2 day observations with cooperat-
ing teacher) as prerequisites to the profes-
sional semester (Education 446, 447, 449), as
well as the necessary subject area courses.
Students may earn secondary certification in
one or more of the following areas: art
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
EDUCATION
(K-12). biology, chemistry, English, French
(K-12), general science, German (K-12),
mathematics, music (K-12), physics,
school nurse (K-12), social studies, and
Spanish (K-12).
Students seeking elementary certification
must complete Education 200, Psychology
338, Mathematics 205, Education 000, 341,
342, 343, and 344 (1/2 day observations with
cooperating teacher) as prerequisite to the
professional semester (Education 445, 447
and 448).
Students interested in the teacher-
education program should refer to the
Teacher Education Handbook, which
specifies the current requirements for cert-
ification. Early consultation with a member
of the Education Department is strongly
recommended. Application for the profes-
sional semester must be made during the
spring semester of the junior year. The
Department of Education admits to the
professional semester only those applicants
who are in good academic standing, have
satisfactorily completed the participation
requirements, have paid the student teaching
fee, and have received a positive evaluation
based upon: (a) recommendation from the
student's major department (b) a screening
interview conducted by the Education
Department; and (c) a writing sample from
the student. Major departments have
different criteria for their recommendations.
Therefore, the student should consult with the
chairperson of the major department about
those requirements.
Additional teacher intern program
information can be found on page 43 - 44.
000
SEMINAR IN ART, MUSIC,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Each elementary student teacher attends a
series of 24 seminars conducted prior to
student teaching, during the fall semester of
the senior year. These seminars, conducted
by certified public school personnel, empha-
size activities and knowledge which are
helpful in the self-contained elementary
classroom. Non-credit course.
200
INTRODUCTION TO THE
STUDY OF EDUCATION
A study of teaching as a profession with
emphasis on the economic, social, political,
and religious conditions which influence
American schools and teachers. Considera-
tion is given to the school environment, the
curriculum, and the children with the
intention that students will examine more
rationally their own motives for entering the
profession.
232
INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA
AND COMMUNICATIONS
A study of the value, design, construction,
and application of the visual and auditory
aids to learning. Practical experience in the
handling of audio-visual equipment and
materials is provided. Application of audio-
visual techniques. Application of the visual
and auditory aids to learning. Students will
plan and carry out actual teaching assign-
ments utilizing various A-V devices.
239
PUBLIC SCHOOL CURRICULUM
An examination of the various curricula of
the public schools and their relationship to
current practices. Special attention will be
given to the meaning and nature of the
curriculum, the desirable outcomes of the
curriculum, conflicting and variant concep-
tions of curricula content, modem techniques
of curricular construction, criteria for the
evaluation of curricula, the curriculum as a
teaching instrument. Emphasis will be
placed upon the curriculum work within the
teaching field of each individual.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
EDUCATION
341
TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Studies and experiences to develop a basic
understanding of the structure, concepts, and
processes of anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science, and
sociology as they relate to the elementary
school social-science curriculum. Practical
applications, demonstrations of methods, and
the development of integrated teaching units
using tests, reference books, films, and other
teaching materials. Observation and
participation in Lycoming County elementary
schools. Prerequisites: Education 200 and
Psychology 338 or consent of instructor.
342
TEACHING SCIENCE IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Science methods and materials interpret-
ing children's science experiences and
guiding the development of the scientific
concepts. A study of the science content of
the curriculum, its material, and use. Obser-
vation and participation in Lycoming County
elementary schools. Prerequisite: Education
200 and Psychology 338 or consent of
instructor.
343
TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL.
A course designed to consider the princi-
pal means of communication, oral and
written, including both practical and creative
uses. Attention will be given to listening,
speaking, written expression, linguistics and
grammar, spelling, and handwriting. Stress
will be placed upon the interrelatedness
of the language arts. Children's literature
will be explored as a vehicle for developing
creative characteristics in children and for
ensuring an appreciation of the creative
writing of others. Observation and participa-
tion in Lycoming County elementary schools.
Prerequisite: Education 200 and Psychology
338 or consent of instructor.
344
TEACHING READING IN
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
A basic course in the philosophy and
rationale for the implementation of an
elementary developmental-reading program
from kindergarten through sixth grade.
Emphasis is upon designing a reading
instructional program which reflects the
nature of the learning process and recognizes
principles of child development through
examination of the principles, problems,
methods, and materials used in elementary
reading programs. Prerequisite: Psychology
338, Education 200, or consent of instructor.
The Elementary Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the
Elementary Professional Semester:
EDUCATION 445 — Methods of Teaching
in the Elementary
School
EDUCATION 447 — Problems in
Contemporary
American Education
Student Teaching in the
Elementary School
EDUCATION 448
445
METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
The course emphasizes the relationship
between the theoretical studies of physical,
social and cognitive development and the
elementary classroom environment. Particu-
lar consideration will be given to the appro-
priate age and developmental level of the
students with an emphasis upon selection and
utilization of methods in all the elementary
subject areas, including art and music.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
EDUCATION
Specific attention is given to the development
of strategies for structuring lesson plans, for
maintaining classroom control, and for
overall classroom management. Direct
application is made to the individual student-
teaching experience. Prerequisites: Mathe-
matics 205. Education 000, 341. 342. 343.
and 344, and pre-student teaching
participation.
A4n
PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Seminar on the issues, problems, and
challenges encountered by teachers in the
American public schools, especially those
related to the student teaching experience.
448
STUDENT TEACfflNG IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional experience under the supervi-
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in a
public elementary school in Lycoming
County. Student teachers are required to
follow the calendar of the school district to
which they are assigned. Two units
maximum.
Students are considered full time when
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those
students needing an additional course must
comply with the standards stated in the
College catalog.
The Secondary Professional Semester
The following courses comprise the
Secondary Professional Semester:
EDUCATION 446 — Methods of Teaching
in the Secondary School
EDUCATION 447 — Problems in
Contemporary
American Education
EDUCATION 449 — Student Teaching in
the Secondary School
446
METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
A study of materials, methods, and
techniques with emphasis on the student's
major. Stress is placed on the selection and
utilization of visual and auditory aids to
learning. Students teach demonstration
lessons in the presence of the instructor and
the members of the class and observe
superior teachers in Lycoming County
secondary schools. Prerequisite: Education
200. Psychology 338. and pre-student
teaching participation.
447
PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Seminar on the issues, problems, and
challenges encountered by teachers in the
American public schools, especially those
related to the student teaching experience.
449
STUDENT TEACHING IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER)
Professional laboratory experience under
the supervision of a selected cooperating
teacher in a public secondary school in
Lycoming County. Student teachers are
required to follow the calendar of the school
district to which they are assigned.
Two units maximum.
Students are considered full time when
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those
students needing an additional course must
comply with the standards stated in the
College catalog.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ENGUSH
ENGLISH
Professors: Jensen, Rife
Associate Professor: Moses (Chairperson)
Assistant Professors: Austin, Bidlake,
Hawkes
Visiting Assistant Professor: Hafer
Part-time Instructors: Keller, Logue
1 he department offers two programs
leading to the major in English:
Track I - English Major in Literature
This track is designed for students who
choose English as a liberal arts major that
prepares them for a wide range of career
options; for students who choose English as
their subject area for elementary certification
or who wish to earn secondary certification in
English; for students who wish to improve
their verbal and analytic ability in prepara-
tion for a specific career, such as technical
writing, business, or law; and for students
who intend to pursue graduate study in
British or American literature.
A minimum of ten courses is required for
Track I, Required courses are English 217,
220, 221, 222, and 223; two courses selected
from English 311, 312, 313, 314, and 315;
one from English 335 and 336; and two
electives from among courses numbered 215
and above.
Students who wish to earn secondary
certification must complete a minimum of
twelve courses in English. Required courses
in English are 217, 220, 221, 222, 223, 335,
336, and 338; three courses selected from
311, 312, 313, 314, and 315; and one elective
from among courses numbered 215 and
above. Required courses outside English are
Education 200, 446, 447, and 449; Psychol-
ogy 1 10 and 338; and Theatre 100.
Students who intend to pursue graduate
study in British or American literature should
complete the twelve English courses speci-
fied for secondary certification.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ENGUSH
Track II - English Major
in Creative Writing
This track is designed for students who
aspire to careers as professional writers, as
editors, and as publishers; for students who
plan to continue studies in an M.F.A. or M.A.
program; or for students who would like to
discover their creative potential while
pursuing a fundamental Uberal arts education.
A minimum of eleven courses is required
for Track II. Required courses are English
225 and 240; three courses selected from
English 220, 221, 222, and 223; one from
English 311, 312, 313, 314 and 315; one
from English 331 and 332; one from Enghsh
335 and 336; two from English 341, 342,
441, and 442 (note prerequisites); and one
from English 411 and 412.
The department offers two minors in
English:
Literature: Five courses in literature at the
200 level or above, at least three of which
must be numbered 300 or above.
Writing: Five courses, four of which are
chosen from English 217, 240, 321, 322, and
338; plus one writing-intensive course in
literature at the 300 level.
105
INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE WRITING
A review of grammar and an introduction
to college-level reading and writing. A skills
lab complements classroom instruction.
One unit grade of "P" will be assigned when
the student has successfully completed all of
the work in the course. Required of, and
limited to, those who have not been ex-
empted from English 105.
106
COMPOSITION
Extensive practice in analytical writing.
Special emphasis on developing the compos-
ing skills needed to articulate and defend a
position in various situations requiring the
use of written English.
215
INTRODUCTION TO
LITERARY INTERPRETATION
Practice in the methods of close reading
and formal analysis. Identification of
primary elements and structures of literary
representation. Literature chosen for study
will vary. Prerequisite: English 106 or
consent of instructor.
Ill
CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR
Brief introduction to criticism as a
discipline, followed by workshop training in
writing critical papers on the major literary
genres. Prerequisite: Grade of C ■¥ or better
in English 106 or consent of instructor.
220
BRITISH LITERATURE I
Literary forms, themes, and authors from
the Anglo-Saxon period through the 18th
century. Emphasis on such writers as
Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Milton,
Swift, Pope, and Johnson; representative
works from Beowulf io Burney's Evelina.
Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of
instructor.
Ill
BRITISH LITERATURE II
Literary movements and authors from the
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the
19th century. Particular emphasis on such
writers as Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats,
Tennyson, Browning, Carlyle, Arnold,
Hardy, and Yeats. Prerequisite: English 106
or consent of instructor.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
o
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ENGUSH
222
AMERICAN LITERATURE I
Survey of American literature from the
beginning to the Civil War, with major
Qmphasis on the writers of the Romantic
period: Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne,
Melville, Dickinson, and Whitman. Pre-
requisite: English 106 or consent of
instructor.
AMERICAN LITERATURE II
Survey of American literature from the
Civil War to the present, emphasizing such
authors as Twain, James, Crane, Hemingway,
Faulkner, Frost, Eliot, Stevens, O'Neill, and
Williams. Prerequisite: English 106 or
consent of instructor.
225
CLASSICAL LITERATURE
A study, in translation, of Greek and
Roman works that have influenced Western
writers. Literary forms studied include epic,
drama, satire, and love poetry. Writers
studied include Homer, Aeschylus, So-
phocles, Euripides, Virgil, Juvenal, Horace,
Lucretius, and Ovid. Prerequisite: English
106 or consent of instructor.
240
INTRODUCTION TO
CREATIVE WRITING
Workshop discussions, structured exer-
cises, and readings in contemporary literature
to provide practice and basic instruction in
the writing and evaluation of poetry and
fiction. Prerequisite: English 106 or consent
of instructor.
311
MEDIEVAL LITERATURE
Readings in Old and Middle English
poetry and prose from Bede's Ecclesiastical
History to Malory's Arthurian romance.
Study of lyric, narrative, drama, and romance
with emphasis on the cultural context from
which these forms emerge. Prerequisite:
English 106 or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
312
RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
An examination of themes and literary
forms of the Renaissance. Authors studied
will include Donne, Erasmus, Marlowe,
More, Shakespeare, Skelton, Sidney, Sf)enser,
and Surrey. Prerequisite: English 106 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
313
RESTORATION AND
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE
Consideration of selected themes, writers,
or modes of Restoration and 18th-century
literature (1660-1800) with emphasis on the
social, political, and intellectual life of that
era. Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
314
ROMANTIC LITERATURE
Concentrated study in the writers, texts,
and themes of the Romantic period (1789-
1832) with emphasis on the social, political,
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite:
English 106 or consent of instructor. Alter-
nate years.
315
VICTORIAN LITERATURE
Concentrated study in the writers, texts,
and themes of the Victorian period (1832-
1901) with emphasis on the social, political,
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite:
English 106 or consent of instructor. Alter-
nate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
o
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ENGUSH
321
ADVANCED WRITING:
TECHNICAL AND PROFESSIONAL
A course providing practice in report and
technical writing, proposals, and other areas
where competence will be expected in the
business and scientific worlds. Prerequisite:
English 106 or consent of instructor. Alter-
nate years.
322
ADVANCED WRITING:
THE CREATIVE ESSAY
A course in which students from all
disciplines learn to explore and define
themselves through the essay, a form used to
express the universal through the particular
and the personal. Readings will include
essayists from Montaigne to Gould. Prereq-
uisite: Grade ofC+ or better in English 106
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
331
20TH-CENTURY FICTION
Examination of the novels and short
fiction of such major writers as Conrad,
Woolf, Joyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Na-
bokov, with special emphasis on the relation-
ship of their works to concepts of modernism.
Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of
instructor.
332
20TH-CENTURY POETRY
Studies in the themes and visions of
modem and contemporary poets including
Yeats, Eliot, Stevens, Frost, Moore, Lowell,
Bishop, and Rich. Prerequisite: English 106
or consent of instructor.
333
THE NOVEL
An examination of British and American
works from the 18th century to the present,
focusing on the novel's ability — since its
explosive inception — to redefine its own
boundaries. Prerequisite: English 106 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
334
WOMEN AND LITERATURE
An examination — literary, social, and
historical — of selected British and Ameri-
can literature by women, designed to identify
those elements which distinguish women's
particular contribution to the literary canon.
Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
335
CHAUCER
A study of the major works with emphasis
on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and
Criseyde. Some attention to language study
and to the traditions out of which Chaucer's
works arose. Prerequisite: English 106 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
336
SHAKESPEARE
A study of representative plays in the
context of Shakespeare's life and times.
Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
338
LINGUISTICS AND THE ANALYSIS OF
THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
Introduction to methods of analyzing
spoken and written English. Classroom
work supported by weekly tutorials, in which
the student gains practical experience in
identifying, diagnosing, and correcting basic
communications problems. Prerequisite:
English 106 or consent of instructor. Alter-
nate years.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ENGUSH
341
POETRY WORKSHOP I
An intermediate workshop focusing on the
writing of poetry and methods of analysis.
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in English
240 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
342
nCTION WORKSHOP I
An intermediate course in the writing of
short fiction in a workshop environment,
where the student is trained to hear language
at work. Emphasis on characterization and
story. Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in
English 240 or consent of instructor. Alter-
nate years.
411
FORM AND THEORY: POETRY
Principles of meter, rhyme, formal
structure, and traditional and contemporary
poetic forms will be studied through read-
ings, discussion, and exercises. Designed to
enhance skills in both practical criticism and
in creative writing, this course will pay
particular attention to theories concerned
with the relationship between form and
content in poetry. Prerequisite: English 240
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
412
FORM AND THEORY: FICTION
An exploration of such fictional forms as
drama, short story, novella, tale, yam, novel
and essay. Serious attention will be given to
aesthetics and the role and responsibility of
the writer in society. Prerequisite: English
240 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
420
SELECTED WRITERS
An intensive study of no more than three
writers, selected on the basis of student and
faculty interest. Possible combinations
include: Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner;
LYCOMING COLLEGE
O'Connor, Welty, and Porter; Spenser and
Milton; Hawthorne, Melville, and Dickens;
Woolf, Forster, and Lawrence; Joyce and
Yeats. Prerequisite: English 106 or consent
of instructor. Alternate years.
421
TOPICS IN LITERATURE
Examination of a literary theme, idea, or
movement as it appears in one or more types
of literature and as it cuts across various
epochs. Possible topics include: American
Novelists and Poets of the Jazz Age and
Depression; The Bible and Literature; Gothic
Tradition in American Literature; Mystery
and Detective Fiction; The Hero in Litera-
ture. Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years.
441
POETRY WORKSHOP II
An advanced workshop in the writing of
poetry. Students will receive intensive anal-
ysis of their own work and acquire experi-
ence in evaluating the work of their peers.
Prerequisite: English 241. Alternate years.
442
nCTION WORKSHOP II
An advanced course in the writing of short
fiction. Emphasis on the complexities of
voice and tone. The student will be encour-
aged to develop and control his or her
individual style and produce publishable
fiction. Prerequisite: English 342.
Alternate years.
449
ADVANCED CRITICISM
Reading and discussion in the theory and
history of criticism. Examination of both
traditional and contemporary ideas about the
value and nature of literary expression and its
place in human culture generally. Work in
the course includes practical as well as
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ENGUSH • FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
theoretical use of the ideas and methods of
critical inquiry. Prerequisite: English 106 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
The department provides internships in
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical
writing.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent studies include the role of Penn-
sylvania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the
changing image of women in American art
and literature (1890-1945); the hard-boiled
detective novel; contemporary women
writers; and Milton's use of the Bible in
Paradise Lost.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Recent projects include "The Function of
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner"
and "Illusion, Order, and Art in the Novels of
Virginia Woolf."
FOREIGN
LANGUAGES AND
LITERATURES
Associate Professors: Maples, MacKenzie
(Chairperson)
Assistant Professor: Buedel
Visiting Instructor: Vergara
Part-time Instructor: A. Falk
Otudy of foreign languages and litera-
tures offers opportunity to explore broadly
the varieties of human experience and
thought It contributes both to personal and
to international understanding by providing
competence in a foreign language and a
critical acquaintance with the literature and
culture of foreign peoples. A major can serve
as entree to careers in business, industry,
government, publishing, education, journal-
ism, social agencies, translating, and writing.
It prepares for graduate work in literature or
linguistics and the international fields of
politics, commerce, law, health, and area
studies.
French, German, and Spanish are offered
as major fields of study. The major consists
of at least eight courses numbered 111
or above. Majors seeking teacher certifica-
tion and students planning to enter graduate
school are advised to begin study of a second
foreign language. The department encour-
ages the development in breadth of programs,
including allied courses from related fields or
a second major, and also individual or
established interdisciplinary majors combin-
ing interest in several literatures or area or
cross-cultural studies; for example. Interna-
tional Studies, 20th Century Studies, the
Major in Literature. Majors, teacher certifi-
cation candidates, and all students are
encouraged to spend at least a semester of
study abroad by applying to one of the many
programs available. The department main-
tains a file of such programs.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANAGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Courses taught in English: Foreign
Languages and Literatures 225 and 338.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
AND LITERATURES
225
CONTINENTAL LITERATURE
A study of such major continental authors
as Cervantes, Dostoevsky, Chekhov, Dante,
Ibsen, Proust, Gide, Kafka, Hesse, Goethe,
Sartre, Camus, Brecht, and lonesco. Works
read in English translation will vary and be
organized around a different theme or topic;
recent topics have been existentialism,
modernism, drama, the Weimar era, and 20th
century Scandinavian and German prose
writers. Prerequisite: None. May be
repeated for credit with consent of instructor.
May be accepted toward the English major
with consent of the Department of English.
338
FOREIGN LANGUAGE:
SYSTEMS AND PROCESS
Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool
for language learning and teaching. Discus-
sion and application of language teaching
techniques, including work in the language
laboratory. Designed for future teachers of
one or more languages and normally taken in
the junior year. Students should arrange
through the Department of Education to
fulfill in the same semester the requirements
of a participation experience in area schools.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
FRENCH
A major consists of a minimum of eight
courses numbered 111 or above, including at
least two from 402, 412, 423, and 427. In
addition, all majors who wish lo be certified
for teaching must pass courses 221-222, and
Foreign Languages and Literatures 338 (the
latter course with a C or better).
LYCOMING COLLEGE ■
Minor
A minor in French consists of at least four
courses numbered 221 and above. Courses
1 1 1 and 112 may be counted toward the
minor, but then the minor must consist of at
least five courses, three of which must be
numbered 200 and above.
101-102
ELEMENTARY FRENCH
The aim of the course is to acquire the
fundamentals of the language with a view to
using them. Regular practice in speaking,
understanding, and reading.
111-112
INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Review and development of the funda-
mentals of the language for immediate use in
speaking, understanding, and reading, with a
view to building confidence in self-expres-
sion. Prerequisite: French 102 or equiva-
lent.
221-222
FRENCH LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Further training in speaking, listening
comprehension, reading, and writing.
Includes extensive work in grammar.
Prerequisite: French 112 or equivalent.
228
MODERN FRANCE
A course designed to familiarize students
with political and social structures and
cultural attitudes in contemporary French
society. Material studied may include such
documents as newspaper articles, interviews
and sociological surveys, and readings in
history, religion, anthropology, and the arts.
Some attention to the changing education
system and the family and to events and ideas
which have shaped French society. May
include some comparative study of France
and the United States. Prerequisite: French
221 or consent of instructor.
I 1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANAGUAGES AND LITERATURES
402
FRENCH LITERATURE TO 1800
Major authors and movements from the
Medieval, Renaissance, Classical and
Enlightenment periods. Includes the chanson
de geste, Villon, Montaigne, Comeille,
Racine, Moliere, Voltaire, and Rousseau.
Prerequisite: French 222 or 228 or consent
of instructor. Alternate years.
412
FRENCH LITERATURE
OF THE 19TH CENTURY
The dimensions of the Romantic sensibil-
ity: Musset, Hugo, Vigny, Balzac, Stendhal.
Realism and Naturalism in the novels of
Flaubert and Zola. Reaction in the poetry of
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and
Mallarme. Prerequisite: French 222 or 228
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
423
MODERN FRENCH THEATRE
Major trends in French drama from the
turn of the century to Existentialism and the
Theatre of the Absurd, Giraudoux, Anouilh,
Sartre, Camus, Beckett, lonesco. Genet,
Adamov, and others. Prerequisite: French
222 or 228 or consent of instructor.
All
FRENCH LITERATURE OF
THE 20TH CENTURY
Representative poets and novelists of
modem France. Readings selected from the
works of authors such as Proust, Gide,
Aragon, Giono, Mauriac, Celine, Malraux,
Saint-Exupe'ry, Camus, the "new novelists"
(Robbe-Grillet, Butor, Sarraute, Le Clezio),
and the poetry of Apollinaire, Valery, the
Surrealists (Breton, Reverdy, Eluard, Char),
Saint- John Perse, Supervielle, Prevert, and
others. Some attention to works of French-
speaking African writers. Prerequisite:
French 222 or 228 or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■
441
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students
who wish to improve further their spoken and
written French. Includes work in oral
comprehension, phonetics, pronunciation,
oral and written composition, and translation.
Prerequisite: One course from French 402,
412, 423, 427 or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies in French
include translation. Existentialism, the
classical period, enlightenment literature, and
Saint-Exupery.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GERMAN
A major consists of a minimum of eight
courses numbered 1 1 1 or above. One unit of
Foreign Languages and Literatures 225 may
be included in the major with permission.
German 431 or German 441 is required of all
majors.
All majors who wish to be certified for
teaching must pass German 323 and 325. In
addition to the eight courses for the major
they must also pass Foreign Languages and
Literatures 338 with a grade of C or better.
All majors are urged to enroll in History 416,
Music 336, Political Science 220 and
Theatre 335.
Minor
A minor in German consists of at least
four courses numbered 200 and above.
Courses 111 and 1 12 may be counted toward
the minor, but then the minor must consist of
I LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANAGUAGES AND LITERATURES
at least five courses, three of which must be
numbered 200 and above.
101-102
ELEMENTARY GERMAN
Aim of course is to acquire the fundamen-
tals of the language with a view to using
them. Regular practice in speaking, under-
standing, and reading.
111-112
INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
Review and development of fundamentals
of the language for immediate use in speak-
ing, understanding, and reading with a view
to building confidence in self-expression.
Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent.
221-222
COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE
A two-semester course designed to review
and develop skills in speaking, listening,
writing and reading. Grammar and vocabu-
lary building are stressed with intensive
review, writing practice and some reading on
contemporary issues in German- speaking
countries. As the course progresses, greater
emphasis is placed on speaking, listening
comprehension, and translation.
Some attention is given to the development
of the language and its relationship to
English. Prerequisite: German 112 or
equivalent.
323
SURVEY OF GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of German literature,
representative authors, and major cultural
developments in Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland. The course deals with literature
and culture from the Early Middle Ages
through the 18th century. Prerequisite:
German 222 or consent of instructor.
325
SURVEY OF GERMAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of German literature,
representative authors, and major cultural
developments in Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland. The course deals with literature
and culture from the 19th century to the
present. Prerequisite: German 222 or
consent of instructor.
411
THE NOVELLE
The German Novelle as a genre relating to
various literary periods. Prerequisite:
German 323 or 325 or consent of instructor.
421
GERMAN POETRY
A study of selected poets or the poetry of
various literary periods. Possible topics
include: Romantic poetry, Heine, Rilke, and
Benn. Prerequisite: German 323 or 325 or
consent of instructor.
431
GOETHE
A study of the life and works of Goethe.
Goethe's significance in the Classical period
and later. Readings in the major works.
Prerequisite: German 323 or 325 or consent
of instructor.
433
CLASSICAL GERMAN DRAMA
The development of das klassische Drama
with emphasis on works of Lessing, Goethe,
Kleist, and Schiller. Prerequisite: German
323 or 325 or consent of instructor.
441
CONTEMPORARY
GERMAN LITERATURE
Representative poets, novelists and
dramatists of contemporary Germany,
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^ffi>
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANAGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Switzerland and Austria covering the period
from 1945 to the present Readings selected
from writers such as: Borchert, Boll, Brecht,
Benn, Frisch, Diirrenmatt, Bichsel, Handke,
Walser, Grass and others. Prerequisite:
German 323 or 325 or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Examples of recent studies in German
include Classicism, Germanic Mythology,
Hermann Hesse, the dramas of Frisch and
Durrenmatt.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
GREEK
vJreek is not offered as a major. An
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages
requires the completion of Greek 221, 222
and Hebrew 221 and 222.
101-102
NEW TESTAMENT
GRAMMAR AND READINGS
Fundamentals of New Testament Greek
grammar and readings of selected passages of
the Greek text. Alternate years.
221
READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS
A comparative study of the synoptic
tradition in Greek. Prerequisite: Greek 102
or equivalent. Alternate years.
Ill
READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES
Selected readings from the letters of Paul
in Greek. Prerequisite: Greek221 or
equivalent. Alternate years.
HEBREW
llebrew is not offered as a major. An
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages
requires the completion of Greek 221, 222
and Hebrew 221 and 222.
101-102
OLD TESTAMENT
GRAMMAR AND READINGS
Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew
grammar and readings of selected passages of
the Hebrew text. Alternate years.
Ill
READINGS IN OLD
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE
A critical reading of the Hebrew text of
selected narrative portions of the Old
Testament with special attention being given
to exegetical questions. The text read varies
from year to year. Prerequisite: Hebrew 102
or equivalent. Alternate years.
Ill
READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS
AND WISDOM LITERATURE
A critical reading of the Hebrew text of
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy
and wisdom literature with special attention
being given to exegetical questions. The text
read varies from year to year. Prerequisite:
Hebrew 221 or equivalent. Alternate years.
SPANISH
A major consists of eight courses
numbered 1 1 1 or above. Foreign Languages
and Literatures 338 does not count toward the
major.
All majors who wish to be certified for
teaching in secondary school must pass
Foreign Languages and Literatures 338
(grade of C or better) and Spanish 418.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FOREIGN LANAGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Minor
A minor in Spanish consists of at least
four courses numbered 200 and above.
Courses 111 and 112 may be counted toward
the minor, but then the minor must consist of
at least five courses, three of which must be
numbered 200 and above.
101-102
ELEMENTARY SPANISH
Aim of course is to acquire the fundamen-
tals of the language with a view to using
them. Regular practice in speaking, under-
standing, and reading.
111-112
INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
Review and development of fundamentals
of the language for immediate use in speak-
ing, understanding, reading and writing with
a view to building confidence in self-
expression. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or
equivalent.
221-222
COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW AND
LANGUAGE PRACTICE
This course consists of a thorough review
of grammar, drills for oral comprehension
and expression, discussion of readings and
the writing of comjxDsitions. It is designed to
develop the student's ability to read, write
and converse in Spanish with confidence.
Prerequisite: Spanish 112 or equivalent.
311
HISPANIC CULTURE
To introduce students to the Spanish-
speaking people — their values, customs and
institutions, with reference to the geographic
and historical forces governing present-day
Spain and Spanish America. Prerequisite:
Spanish 222 or consent of instructor. Alter-
nate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
323
SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
AND CIVILIZATION
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of Spanish literature,
representative authors, and major socio-
economic developments. The course deals
with the literature from the Middle Ages to
the present. Prerequisite: Spanish 222 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
325
SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION
Designed to acquaint the student with
important periods of Spanish-American
literature, representative authors, and major
socio-economic developments. The course
deals with the literature, especially the essay
and poetry, from the 16th century to the
present. Prerequisite: Spanish 222 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
418
ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE
Intensive practice for advanced students
who wish to improve further their spoken and
written Spanish. Includes work in oral
comprehension, pronunciation, oral and
written composition, and translation. Pre-
requisite: One Spanish course at the 300' s
level or consent of instructor. Alternate
years.
424
SPANISH LITERATURE
OF THE GOLDEN AGE
A study of representative works and
principal literary figures in the poetry, prose,
and drama of the 16th and 17th centuries.
Prerequisite: Spanish 323. 325, or consent of
instructor.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FOREIGN LANAGUAGES AND LITERATURES • HISTORY
426
MODERN HISPANIC LITERATURE
Readings of important works of drama,
poetry, and prose from the major periods of
the 19th and 20th century Spanish and Latin-
American literature. Prerequisite: Spanish
323, 325, or consent of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent studies include literary, linguistic,
and cultural topics and themes such as urban
problems as reflected in the modem novel.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
HISTORY
Professors: Larson (Chairperson), Piper
Associate Professor: Morris
A major consists of 10 courses, includ-
ing 1 10, 111, and 449. At least seven courses
must be taken in the department . The
following courses may be counted toward
fulfilling the major requirements: American
Studies 200, Political Science 439, Religion
226 and 228. Other appropriate courses
outside the department may be counted upon
departmental approval. For history majors
who student teach in history, the major
consists of nine courses. In addition to the
courses listed below, special courses,
independent study, and honors are available.
Special courses recently taught and antici-
pated include a biographical study of Euro-
pean Monarchs, the European Left, the
Industrialization and Urbanization of Modem
1992-93 ACADENDC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY
Europe, Utopian Movements in America , the
Peace Movement in America, The Vietnam
War, and American Legal History. History
majors are encouraged to participate in the
internship program.
Minor
Three minors are offered by the Depart-
ment of History. The following courses are
required to complete a minor in American
History: History 125, 126, and three courses
in American history numbered 200 and
above. A minor in European History requires
the completion of History 110,111 and three
courses in European history numbered 200
and above. To obtain a minor in History
(without national or geographical designa-
tion), a student must complete six courses in
history, of which three must be chosen from
history 1 10, 1 1 1, 125, and 126 and three must
be history courses numbered 200 and above.
105
SELECTED THEMES IN
WESTERN CIVILIZATION
A survey of the political, economic,
social, and cultural values and institutions in
Western Civilization from the time of
classical Greece to the present. One-half unit
of credit. (Not open to students who have
had History 110 and 111).
110
EUROPE 1500-1815
An examination of the political, social,
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe
and its relations with other areas of the world
from 1500 to 1815.
Ill
EUROPE 1815-PRESENT
An examination of the political, social,
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe
and its relations with other areas of the world
from 1815 to the present.
120
LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of the native civilization,
the age of discovery and conquest, Spanish
colonial policy, the independence move-
ments, and the development of modem
institutions and governments in Latin
America. Alternate years.
125
UNITED STATES HISTORY 1601-1877
A study of the men, measures, and
movements which have been significant
in the development of the United States
between 1607 and 1877. Attention is paid
to the problems of minority groups as well as
to majority and national influences.
126
UNITED STATES
HISTORY 1877-PRESENT
A study of men, measures, and move-
ments which have been significant in the
development of the United States since 1877.
Attention is paid to the problems of minority
groups as well as to majority and national
influences.
210
ANCIENT HISTORY
A study of the ancient western world,
including the foundations of the western
tradition in Greece, the emergence and
expansion of the Roman state, its experience
as a republic, and its transformation into the
Empire. The course will focus on the social
and intellectual life of Greece and Rome as
well as political and economic changes.
Alternate years.
212
MEDIEVAL EUROPE
AND ITS NEIGHBORS
The history of Europe from the dissolution
of the Roman Empire to the mid- 15th
century. The course will deal with the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
HISTORY
growing estrangement of western Catholic
Europe from Byzantium and Islam, culminat-
ing in the Crusades; the rise of the Islamic
Empire and its later fragmentation; the
development and growth of feudalism; the
conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise of
the towns. Alternate years.
216
FRENCH REVOLUTION
AND NAPOLEON
An analysis of the political, social, and
intellectual background of the French
Revolution, a survey of the course of revolu-
tionary development, and an estimate of the
results of the Napoleonic conquests and
admimstiation. Prerequisite: History 110 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
218
EUROPE IN THE ERA OF
THE WORLD WARS
An intensive study of the political,
economic, social, and cultural history of
Europe from 1900-1945. Topics include the
rise of irrational ism, the origins of the First
World War, the Communist and Fascist
Revolutions, and the attempts to preserve
peace before 1939. Prerequisite: History 111
or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
219
CONTEMPORARY EUROPE
An intensive study of the political,
economic, social, and cultural history of
Europe since 1945. Topics include the post-
war economic recovery of Europe, the
Sovietization of Eastern Europe, the origins
of the Cold War, decolonization, and the
flowering of the welfare state. Prerequisite:
History 111 or consent of instructor.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
222
HISTORY OF WORLD WAR II
A comprehensive examination of World
War II, emphasizing the effects of ideologi-
cal, economic, and political forces on the
formulation of military strategy and the
conduct of operation; the nature and extent of
the expansion of government powers; and the
experience of war from the perspective of
ordinary civilians and military alike. Does
not count toward distribution.
226
COLONIAL AMERICA AND
THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA
The establishment of British settlements
on the American continent, their history as
colonies, the causes and events of the
American Revolution, the critical period
following independence, and proposal and
adoption of the United States Constitution.
Alternate years.
230
AFRO- AMERICAN HISTORY
A study of the experiences and participa-
tion of Afro- Americans in the United States.
The course includes historical experiences
such as slavery, abolition, reconstruction, and
urbanization. It also raises the issue of the
development and growth of white racism, and
the effect of this racism on contemporary
Afro- American social, intellectual, and
political life. Alternate years.
244
20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES
This course begins with the Progressive
Era and includes the political, economic, and
social developments in the 20th century.
Emphasis will be placed on the domestic and
international demands which have faced the
United States in the period following World
War II.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
HISTORY
310
WOMEN IN fflSTORY
An examination of the social, political ,
economic and intellectual experience of
women in the Western World from ancient
times to the present. May be taken for either
one-half unit (section 310A) or full unit (sec-
(tion 310B); declared majors and prospective
majors should take the full-unit course, 31 OB.
316
CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION
An in-depth study of the changing nature
of war and its relationship to the development
of Western Civilization since the end of the
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be
placed on the role of war in the development
of the modem nation state and the origins and
nature of total war. Alternate years.
320
DIPLOMATIC HISTORY
OF EUROPE SINCE 1789
A siu-vey of the development of the
European-states system and the relations
between the European states since the
beginning of the French Revolution. Pre-
requisite: History 111 or consent of instruc-
tor. Alternate years.
322
THE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND
NATIONALISM., EUROPE 1848-1870
An in-depth investigation of the crucial
"Middle Years" of 19th century Europe from
the revolutions of 1848 through the unifica-
tion of Germany. The course centers on the
struggles for power within the major slates of
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of
nationalism was used to bring about one type
of solution. Alternate years.
328
AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON
The theme of the course is the emergence
of the political and social characteristics that
shaped modern America. The personalities
of Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John I
Randolph, Aaron Burr, and Andrew Jackson
receive special attention. Special considera-
tion is given to the first and second party \
systems, the decline in community cohesive-
ness, the westward movement, and the
growing importance of the family as a unit of
social organization. Alternate years.
332
CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION ,
The problems and events leading to war, I
the political and military history of the war,
and the bitter aftermath to the Compromise
of 1877.
340
20TH CENTURY UNITED
STATES RELIGION
The study of historical and cultural
developments in American society which
relate to religion or what is commonly called
religion. This involves consideration of the
institutional and intellectual development of
several faith groups as well as discussion of
certain problems, such as the persistence of
religious bigotry and the changing modes of
church-state relationships. Alternate years.
416
HISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT
A study of the ideas and systems of ideas
propounded prior to the Reformation, but
which are historically related to its inception,
and of the ideas and systems of ideas in-
volved in the formulation of the major
Reformation Protestant traditions, and in the
Catholic Reformation. Included are the ideas
of the humanists of the Reformation Era.
Alternate years.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^h
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
HISTORY
418
HISTORY OF RENAISSANCE THOUGHT
A study of the classical, humanist, and
scholastic elements involved in the develop-
ment of the Renaissance outlook on views
and values, both in Italy and in Northern
Europe. The various combinations of social
and political circumstances which constitute
the historical context of these intellectual
developments will be noted. Alternate years.
442
UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY TO 1877
A study of the social and intellectual
experience of the United States from its
colonial antecedents through reconstruction.
Among the topics considered are Puritanism,
Transcendentalism, community life and
organization, education, and social-reform
movements. Prerequisites: Two courses
from History 125. 126, 230, or consent of
instructor.
The course is open to other students who
have two courses in history or consent
of instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Typically, history interns work for local
government agencies engaged in historical
projects or for the Lycoming County Histori-
cal Museum.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent topics include studies of the
immigration of American blacks,
political dissension in the Weimer republic,
Indian relations before the American Revolu-
tion, and the history of Lycoming County.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
443
UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY SINCE 1877
A study of the social and intellectual
experience of the United States from recon-
struction to the present day. Among the
topics considered are social Darwinism,
pragmatism, community life and organiza-
tion, education and social reform movements.
Prerequisite: Two courses from History 125,
126, 230 or consent of instructor.
449
HISTORICAL METHODS
This course focuses on the nature and
meaning of history. It will open to the
student different historical approaches and
will provide the opportunity to explore these
approaches in terms of particular topics and
periods. Majors are required to enroll in this
course in either their junior or senior year.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
INTERNATIONAL
STUDIES
Professor: Larson (Coordinator)
1 he major is designed to integrate an
understanding of the changing social,
political, and historical environment of
Europe today with study of Europe in its
relations to the rest of the world, particularly
the United States. It stresses the international
relations of the North Atlantic community
and offers the student opportunity to empha-
size either European studies or international
relations. The program provides multiple
perspectives on the cultural traits that shape
popular attitudes and institutions. Study of a
single country is included as a data-base for
comparisons, and study of its language, as a
basis for direct communication with its
people.
The program is intended to prepare a
student either for graduate study or for
careers which have an international compo-
nent. International obligations are increas-
ingly assumed by government agencies and a
wide range of business, social, religious, and
educational organizations. Opportunities are
found in the fields of journalism, publishing,
communications, trade, banking, advertising,
management, and tourism. The program also
offers flexible career preparation in a variety
of essential skills, such as research, data
analysis, report writing, language skills and
the awareness necessary for dealing with
people and institutions of another culture.
Preparation for related careers can be
obtained through the guided selection of
courses outside the major in the areas of
business, economics, foreign languages and
literatures, government, history, and interna-
tional relations or through a second major.
Students should design their programs in
consultation with members of the Committee
on International Studies.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^h
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
By completing six to eight additional
courses in the social sciences (which include
those courses needed to complete a major in
economics, history, political science, or
sociology/anthropology) and the required
program in education, student can be certi-
fied for the teacher education program in
social studies. By completing a major in the
foreign language (five or more courses) and
the education program, students can be
certified to teach that language. The Interna-
tional Studies program also encourages
participation in study-abroad programs, as
well as the Washington and United Nations
semesters.
The major includes 1 1 courses selected as
follows:
International Relations Courses - Four or
two courses (if two, then four must be taken
from Area Courses). Courses within this
group are designed to provide a basic
understanding of the international system and
of Europe's relations with the rest of the
world. Political Science 225 is required.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 225: World Politics
ECONOMICS 443: International Trade
fflSTORY 320: European Diplomatic History
POLITICAL SCIENCE 439: American
Foreign Policy
Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two
then four must be taken from International
Relations Courses). Courses within this
group are designed to provide a basic
understanding of the European political,
social, and economic environment History
111 and Economics 221 are required.
HISTORY 111: Europe 181 5-Present
ECONOMICS 221: Comparative Economic
Systems
POLITICAL SCIENCE 220: European Politics
HISTORY 218: Europe in the Era of the
World Wars
HISTORY 219: Contemporary Europe
National Courses
Language - Two courses in one language.
FRENCH 221, plus one course numbered 222
or above (except 228)
GERMAN 221, plus one course numbered
222 or above
SPANISH 221, plus one course numbered
222 or above (except 311)
Country - One course. The student must
select, according to his or her language
preparation, one European country which will
serve as a social interest area throughout the
program. The country selected will serve as
the base for individual projects in the major
courses wherever possible.
France - French 228: Modem France
Germany - History N80: Topics in
German History
Spain - Spanish 311: Hispanic Culture
Elective Course - One course which should
involve further study of some aspect of the
program. Appropriate courses are any area or
international relations courses not yet taken.
History 110, 316; Economic 226; Political
Science 326, 327, 438; related foreign-
literature courses counting toward the fine
arts requirement and internships.
Senior Seminar
449
SENIOR SEMINAR
A one-semester seminar, taken in the
senior year, in which students and several
faculty members will pursue an integrative
topic in the field of international studies.
Students will work to some extent independ-
ently. Guest speakers will be invited. The
seminar will be open to qualified persons
from outside the major and the College.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^N
LYCOMING COLLEGE
LITERATURE • MASS COMMUNICATION
LITERATURE
Associate Professor: Maples (Coordinator)
1 his major recognizes literature as a
distinct discipline beyond national boundaries
and combines the study of any two literatures
in the areas of English, French, German, and
Spanish. Students can thus explore two
literatures widely and intensively at the upper
levels of course offerings within each of the
respective departments while developing and
applying skills in foreign languages. The
major prepares students for graduate study in
either of the two literatures studied or in
comparative literature.
TTie major requires at least six literature
courses, equally divided between the two
literatures concerned. The six must be at the
advanced level as determined in consultation
with advisors (normally courses numbered
2(X) and above in English and 400 and above
in foreign languages). In general, two of
the advanced courses in each literature
should be period courses. The third course,
taken either as a regular course or an inde-
pendent study, may have as its subject
another period, a particular author, genre, or
literary theme, or some other unifying
approach or idea. Beyond these six, the
major must include at least two additional
courses from among those counting toward a
major in the departments involved. Any
prerequisite courses in the respective depart-
ments (for example: English 106, French
221-222 or 228, German 221-222, Spanish
221-222) should be taken during the fresh-
man year. Students should design their
programs in consultation with a faculty
member from each of the literatures con-
cerned. Programs for the major must be
approved by the departments involved.
MASS
COMMUNICATION
Assistant Professors: Nason (Chairperson),
Smith, Wild
1 he major in mass communication
recognizes the need for a liberal arts founda-
tion and includes selected courses from the
Departments of Art, Business Administration,
Economics, History, Philosophy, Political
Science, Psychology and Sociology/Anihro-
pology. The major combines a core of mass
communication courses with one of two
tracks. Emphasis is placed on developing an
understanding of the cultural and historical
roles of the mass media and on developing
the communicative skills necessary for
careers in the media.
Students majoring in mass communication
must complete the Core Curriculum
and one track. Each track requires a combi-
nation of theory, production, and writing
courses.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
®
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MASS COMMUNICATION
Both tracks enable qualified students
to pursue graduate studies in fields such
as mass communication, journalism,
professional writing, market research, and
media research and administration.
Majors in both tracks are encouraged
to take a foreign language and to consider
these additional liberal arts electives: Art
222, Art 223, Theatre 1 10, Psychology 1 10,
History 1 10, History 1 1 1 , Philosophy 335,
and Uterature courses from the Departments
of English and Foreign Languages and
Literatures.
Minor
A minor in Mass Communication consists
of Mass Communication 110, 211, 215 and
three of the following courses: Mass Com-
munication 224, 329, 330, 331, 470 and
PoUtical Science 436.
CORE CURRICULUM
REQUIRED OF ALL STUDENTS
COMM 110 — Inu-oduction to Mass Media
COMM 115 — Basic Media Production
COMM 21 1 — Principles of Oral
Communication
COMM 215 — Introduction to Media
Writing
COMM 226 — Literature, Film and
Television
COMM 330 — Theories and Research in
Mass Communication
PSCI 436 — Mass Media Law and
Regulation
STUDENTS MUST COMPLETE
THE REQUIREMENTS OF
ONE OF THE FOLLOWING TRACKS:
I. Track I is designed to develop skills in
research, newsgathering, and reporting for
work in fields such as print journalism,
broadcast journalism, communications
research, public affairs, teaching, and
writing and editing for private and public
agencies.
n.
One course from each of the
following groups:
Cultural Issues
AMST 200B — America as a Civilization
ECON 224 — Urban Problems
SOC 227 — Social Problems
HIST 230 — Afro-American History
HIST 3 1 — Women in History
U.S. Government and History
PSCI 1 10 — Government and Politics
PSCI 111 — State and Local Government
PHIL 1 15 — Philosophy and Public
Policy
HIST 126 — U.S. History, 1877-Present
HIST 244 — 20th Century United States
Two writing courses:
COMM 329 — Broadcast Journalism or
COMM 327 — Print Journalism and
COMM 434 — Advanced RepKDrting
One* of the following advanced
production courses:
COMM 218 — Radio Programming and
Production
COMM 224 — Television Programming
and Production: EFP
♦Students may substitute Art 115 and
Art 227 for one of the advanced produc-
tion courses.
Track II is designed to develop
skills necessary to identify and
communicate with defined audiences. It
prepares students for work in fields such
as public relations, corporate communica-
tions, advertising, marketing, and creative
media production.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ro>
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MASS COMMUNICATION
Bus 228, Marketing Principles, and
one of the following methods courses:
BUS 329 — Marketing Strategy
BUS 332 — Advertising
BUS 445 — Marketing Research
ECON 229 — Business Cycles and
Forecasting
PSCI 448 — Public Opinion and
Polling
PS Y 224 — Social Psychology
SOC 224 — Rural and Urban
Communities
Two writing courses:
COMM 323 — Writing for Special
Audiences
COMM 325 — Writing for Business
and Public Relations
ENGL 321 — Advanced Writing:
Technical and Professional
One"' of the following advanced
production courses:
COMM 218 — Radio Programming and
Production
COMM 224 — Television
Programming and
Production: Studio
♦Students may substitute Art 115 and Art
227 for one of the advanced production
courses.
110
INTRODUCTION TO MASS MEDIA
A survey course that emphasizes the
organizational structure and historical
development of the mass media. Analysis
of the mass media's impact on society;
emphasis will be placed on the social,
psychological, and political implications
of the media's shaping influence on
individuals and institutions.
115
BASIC MEDIA PRODUCTION
An introduction to the fundamentals
of production for electronic and print
media. Emphasis on understanding the
techniques used in creating messages for a
variety of forms for both news and persuasive ,
communication. Application of techniques I
through campus media.
211
PRINCIPLES OF ORAL
COMMUNICATION
Study of rhetorical theory and the
relationship between speaker, message, and
audience. Practice in applying this theory in
a variety of oral communication activities
including interviewing, public speaking, and
interpersonal and multicultural communica-
tion. Prerequisite: English 106.
215
INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA WRITING
Analysis of and practice in the basic
forms of media writing: the elements of
lead, style and structure as applied to print
and broadcast news and advertising and J
public relations. Frequent workshop '
sessions for detailed critiques and discussion
of student writing. Prerequisite: English 106.
218
RADIO PROGRAMMING
AND PRODUCTION
Study of contemporary radio program-
ming formats. Consideration given to
program development and station manage-
ment. Emphasis on producing various
programming forms including news, public
service announcements, the interview, radio
drama, and the live show. Students serve on
the staff of WRLC. Prerequisites: Mass
Communication 115 and 215.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^M
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MASS COMMUNICATION
224
TELEVISION PROGRAMMING
AND PRODUCTION: STUDIO/EFP
Training in the process of designing,
producing, and evaluating programs for
television. Readings, lectures, demonstra-
tions, and hands-on assignments.
Studio: Study of dramatic and
informational programming formats
requiring multi-camera production and the
use of studio equipment. Emphasis on
producing forms such as the commercial, the
music video, and television drama as well as
the studio interview and the instructional
program.
Electronic Field Production (EFP):
The elements of non-dramatic story construc-
tion, scripting, and single-camera shooting as
applied to feature stories about people,
places, and events on campus and in the
Williamsport community. Prerequisites:
Mass Communication 115 and 215 or consent
of the instructor. Taught alternately as
Studio or EFP; may be repeated once as an
elective.
226
LITERATURE, FILM AND TELEVISION
Comparative study of the ways in which
the media portray individuals, social con-
flicts, and human aspirations. Content
analysis and examination of the formats and
conventions associated with each medium to
reveal the problems of adaptation. Particular
emphasis on multicultural film and televi-
sion. Prerequisite: English 106.
323
WRITING FOR SPECIAL AUDIENCES
Feature writing and persuasive
writing to targeted audiences on topics
related to the writer's interests and
goals. Stories on special interest topics
and writing for advertising and promotion
will be covered. Fundamental methods of
analyzing the needs and interests of publica-
tions and readers will be considered. Read-
ings, p)eer review, and training in how to
develop ideas using primary and secondary
research. Prerequisite: Mass Communica-
tion 215 or another writing course numbered
200 or above.
325
WRITING FOR BUSINESS AND
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Using writing to handle communication
and public relations problems that commonly
occur in business. Emphasis on internal and
external communications, including interna-
tional relations. Readings, case studies,
library research, oral reports, and group
projects. Prerequisite: Mass Communication
215 or senior standing.
327
PRINT JOURNALISM
Study of, and practical experience in, the
newsgathering process for print media.
Emphasis on beat reporting, copy editing,
interviewing, and reporting and writing
conventional news stories. Students will
submit work to The Lycourier. The course
also considers ethical issues of news report-
ing. Prerequisite: Mass Communication 215.
329
BROADCAST JOURNALISM
Study of, and practical experience in, the
newsgathering process for electronic media.
Emphasis on covering the local story from
the small- station perspective. Students in the
course are responsible for writing, producing,
editing and broadcasting newscasts for
WRLC-FM. The course also looks at the
special ethical problems of electronic news
coverage. Prerequisites: Mass
Communication 115 and Mass Communica-
tion 215.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
®
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MASS COMMUNICATION
330
THEORIES AND RESEARCH
IN MASS COMMUNICATION
An analysis of current theories dealing
with mass communication systems and the
behavior and attitudes of, and effects on,
their audiences. Special emphasis on the
interdisciplinary roots of the field and on an
examination of the current research methods.
Students conduct original research. Prereq-
uisite: Mass Communication 110 and Mass
Communication 226.
434
ADVANCED REPORTING:
ELECTRONIC/PRINT
A workshop course with an emphasis on
public affairs reporting at the local level.
The course will investigate the process of
reporting on institutions. Emphasis on the
use of documents and records in news-
gathering and on in-depth reporting. Taught
alternately with an electronic or print focus.
Prerequisites: Mass Communication 327 or
Mass Communication 329.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns usually work off-campus in a field
related to their mass communication track.
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Studies involve research related to the
mass communication track of the student.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS
(See index)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
MATHEMATICAL
SCIENCES
Associate Professors: Haley, Sprechini
Assistant Professors: DeSilva (Chairperson),
Golshan, Weida, Yan
Pan-time Instructors: Davis, Bierly,
Abercrombie, Collins, Loyer
1 he Department of Mathematical
Sciences offers major and minor programs in
computer science and mathematics.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
A major in computer science consists of
11 courses: Mathematics 116, 128, and 129,
Computer Science 125, 246, 247, 321, 344,
445, and two other computer science courses
numbered 320 or above. Recommended
extradepartmental courses: Philosophy 225,
and Psychology 337. In addition to the
regular courses listed below, special courses
are occasionally available.
The recommended schedule to enable a
student to complete the computer science
major in four years is as follows:
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall
CPTR125
MATH 127, 128, or 129
ENGL 106 *
Spring
CPTR 246*
MATH127, 128,or 129
* CPTR 246 is often offered as a writing
intensive course, and ENGL 106 is a prereq-
uisite to all writing intensive courses.
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Fall
CPTR 247
MATH 116
MATH 128 or 129
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Spring
CPTR elective
MATH 129
JUNIOR YEAR
Fall
CPTR 344 or CPTR elective
(MATH 130 recommended)
Spring
CPTR 445 or CPTR elective
CPTR 321 or CPTR elective
SENIOR YEAR
Fall
CPTR 344 or CPTR elective
(MATH 130 recommended)
Spring
CPTR 445 or CPTR elective
CPTR 321 or CPTR elective
Minor
A minor in computer science consists of
Math 116, Computer Science 125, 246, 247,
and two other computer science courses
numbered 220 or above.
101
MICROCOMPUTER HLE MANAGEMENT
An introduction to a file-management
system, i.e. a database system that uses a
single file, in the MS-DOS environment.
^h
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATIC7U. SCIENCES
One-half unit. This course may not be used
to meet distribution requirements.
108
MATHEMATICAL PROBLEM-SOLVING
WITH MICROCOMPUTERS
An introduction to the use of microcom-
puter-based, integrated software in solving
problems from mathematics and related
areas. Included are uses of spreadsheet, data-
base and graphics functions to analyze, solve,
and display solutions to problems from the
areas of number theory, algebra, geometry,
statistics, and the mathematics of business
and finance. Emphasis is given to the
processes involved in mathematical model-
ing. Laboratory experience is included using
current software. Prerequisite: Credit for or
exemption from Mathematics 100.
125
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Introduction to programming. Topics
include algorithms, program structure, and
computer configuration. Laboratory experi-
ence is included, most recently using Pascal.
Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption from
Mathematics 100.
246
PRINCIPLES OF
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING
Principles of effective programming,
including structured programming, stepwise
refinement, assertion proving, style, debug-
ging, control structure, decision tables, finite
state machines, recursion, and encoding.
Utilities most recently used include S VS
Pascal, the UNIX operating system, C, and
Shell programming. Prerequisite: A grade
ofC or better in Computer Science 125 or
consent of instructor.
LYCOMING COIXEGE
247
DATA STRUCTURES
Representation of data and algorithms
associated with data structures. Topics
include representation of lists, trees, graphs
and strings, algorithms for searching and
sorting. Prerequisite: A grade of C or better
in Computer Science 246 or consent of
instructor. Corequisite: Mathematics 116.
321
INTRODUCTION TO
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
Topics from the theory of interpolation;
numerical approaches to approximation roots
and functions, integration, systems of
differential equations, linear systems, matrix
inversion, and the eigenvalue problem.
Prerequisite: Computer Science 125 and
Mathematics 129; Mathematics 130 strongly
recommended. Cross-listed as Mathematics
321
344
MACHINE LANGUAGE
Principles of machine language program-
ming; computer organization and representa-
tion of numbers, strings, arrays, and list
structures at the machine level; interrupt
programming, relocatable code, linking
loaders; interfacing with operating systems.
Prerequisite: A grade ofC or better in
Computer Science 246 or consent of
instructor.
345
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
An introduction to graphics hardware and
software with emphasis on the mathematics
necessary to represent, tfansform, and display
images of two and three dimensional objects.
Laboratory exercises will be designed to
explore the capabilities of the graphics
system and to test the students' understanding
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
of the principles discussed in class. Pre-
requisite: Computer Science 246 and either
Computer Science 247 or permission of the
instructor; Mathematics 130 recommended.
Alternate years.
349
DATABASE SYSTEMS
External storage structures, hashed files,
indexed files; relational, network, and
hierarchical data models; relational algebra
and the relational calculus; design theory for
relational databases; query optimization;
concurrent operations; database protection.
Prerequisite; Computer Science 247.
Alternate years.
445
SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING
The emphasis in this course is on the
algorithms used in programming the various
parts of a computer system. These parts
include assemblers, loaders, editors, interrupt
processors, input/output schedulers, processor
and job schedulers, and memory managers.
Prerequisite: Computer Science 247 and 344.
446
COMPILER CONSTRUCTION
The emphasis in this course is on the
construction of translators for programming
languages. Topics include lexical analysis,
block structure, grammars, parsing, program
representation, and run-time organization.
Prerequisite: Computer Science 247.
Alternate years.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (SEE INDEX)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
MATHEMATICS
A major in mathematics consists of 10
unit courses in the mathematical sciences and
four semesters of non-credit colloquia:
Computer Science 125, Mathematics 128,
129, 130, 234, 238, 432, 434, and two other
mathematics courses numbered 220 or above,
one of which may be replaced by mathemat-
ics courses numbered 220 or above, one of
which may be replaced by Mathematics 1 12,
1 16, or 214; four semesters of Mathematics
339 or 449 taken during the junior and senior
years.
The recommended schedule to enable
a student to complete the mathematics major
in four years is as follows:
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall
MATH 127, 128, or 129
(possibly CPTR 125)
Spring
MATH 128 or 129
CPTR 125
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Fall
MATH 129 or 238
MATH 130
Spring
MATH 234
MATH 238
JUNIOR YEAR
Fall
MATH 432 or 434
(possibly MATH elective *)
MATH 339
Spring
MATH elective *
ifneeded, CPTR 125
MATH 339
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^h
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
SENIOR YEAR
Fall
MATH 432 or 434
(possibly MATH elective *)
MATH 339
Spring
if needed, MATH elective *
if needed, CPTR 125
MATH 339
* Candidates for secondary certification in
Mathematics must complete MATH 330 and
MATH 336 as MATH electives.
Majors are required to attend the colloquia
during their junior and senior years (339 and
449 respectively). See the course description
of Mathematics 339-449 for further informa-
tion regarding the colloquium requirement.
Students seeking secondary certification
in mathematics are required to complete
Mathematics 330, 336, and either 103 or 332,
and are advised to enroll in Philosophy 217.
Also, all majors are advised to elect Philoso-
phy 225 and 333, Physics 225 and 226.
In addition to the regular courses listed
below, special courses are occasionally
available.
Minor
A minor in Mathematics consists of
Mathematics 128, 129, 234, 238, and two
additional courses numbered 130 or above.
100
INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY
INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA
A self-paced study of arithmetic and
decimals, fractions, the real number line,
factoring, solutions to linear and quadratic
equations, graphs of linear and quadratic
functions, expressions with rational expo-
nents, algebraic functions, exponential
functions, and inequalities. THIS COURSE
IS LIMITED TO STUDENTS PLACED
THEREIN BY THE MATHEMATICS
DEPARTMENT. One-half unit of credit.
103
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
Topics include tabular and graphical descrip-
tive statistics, discrete and continuous
probability distributions. Central Limit
Theorem, one and two sample hypotheses
tests, analysis of variance, chisquared tests,
nonparametric tests, linear regression and
correlation. Other topics may include index
numbers, time series, sampling design, and
experimental design. Course also includes
some use of a microcomputer. Prerequisite:
Credit for or exemption from
Mathematics 100.
106
COMBINATORICS
An introduction to the analysis of count-
ing problems. Topics include permutations,
combinations, binomial coefficients, inclu-
sion/exclusion principle, and partitions. The
nature of the subject allows questions to be
posed in everyday language while still
developing sophisticated mathematical
concepts. Prerequisite: Credit for or
exemption from Mathematics 100.
109
APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS
An intuitive approach to the calculus
concepts with applications to business,
biology, and social-science problems. Not
open to students who have completed
Mathematics 128. Prerequisite: Credit for
or exemption from Mathematics 100.
112
HNITE MATHEMATICS
FOR DECISION-MAKING
An introduction to some of the principal
mathematical models, not involving calculus,
which are used in business administration,
social sciences, and operations research. The
course will include both deterministic models
such as graphs, networks, linear program-
ming and voting models, and probabilistic
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
models such as Markov chains and games.
Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption from
Mathematics 100.
116
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
An introduction to discrete structures.
Topics include equivalence relations,
partitions and quotient sets, mathematical
induction, recursive functions, elementary
logic, discrete number systems, elementary
combinatorial theory, and general algebraic
structures emphasizing semi-groups, groups,
lattices. Boolean algebras, graphs and trees.
Prerequisite: Computer Science 125 or
consent of instructor.
127
PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS
The study of polynomial, rational,
exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric
functions, their graphs and elementary
proj)erties. This course is an intensive
preparation for students planning to take
Calculus (Math 128- 129), those in the
Scholars Program, or those whose major
specifically requires Precalculus. Prerequi-
site: Credit for or exemption from Mathe-
matics 100.
128-129
CALCULUS WITH
ANALYTIC GEOMETRY I & II
Differentiation and integration of alge-
braic and trigonometric functions, conic
sections and their applications, graphing
plane curves, applications to related rate and
external problems, areas of plane regions,
volumes of solids of revolution, and other
applications; differentiation and integration
of transcendental functions, parametric
equations, polar coordinates, infinite se-
quences and series, and series expansions of
functions. Prerequisite for 128: Exemption
from or a grade ofC or better in Mathemat-
ics 127. Prerequisite for 129: exemption
from or a grade ofC or better in Mathemat-
ics 128 or consent of instructor.
130
INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA
Systems of linear equations and matrix
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes infinite
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear
independence. Matrix representations of
linear mappings. The fixed point problem.
Special classes of matrices. Prerequisite:
Mathematics 127 or its equivalent.
205
MATHEMATICS IN
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
This course is intended for prospective
elementary school teachers and is required of
all those seeking elementary certification.
Topics include systems of numbers and
numeration, computational algorithms,
environmental and transformation geometry,
measurement, and mathematical concept
formation. Observation and participation in
Greater Williamsport elementary schools.
Prerequisite: Psychology 338 and credit for
or exemption from Mathematics 100. Core-
quisite: Any education course numbered 341
or above which is specifically required for
elementary certification.
214
MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS
The study of statistical techniques
involving several variables. Topics include
multiple regression and correlation, one-and
two-way analysis of variance, analysis of
covariance, analysis of two- and three-way
contingency tables, and discriminant analy-
sis. Other topics may include cluster analy-
sis, factor analysis and canonical correlations,
repeated measure designs, time series
analysis, and nonparametric methods.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
Course also includes extensive use of a
statistical package (currently BMDP).
Prerequisite: A grade ofC or better in
Mathematics 103 or its equivalent.
231
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
A study of ordinary differential equations
and linear systems. Solution techniques
include: reduction of order, undetermined
coefficients, variation of parameters, Laplace
transforms, power series, and eigenvalues and
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numeri-
cal methods may also be included. Prerequi-
site: A grade ofC or better in Mathematics
129; Mathematics 130 recommended.
233
COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, analytic functions,
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and
their applications, Corequisite: Mathematics
238. Alternate years.
234
FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Topics regularly included are the nature of
mathematical systems, essentials of logical
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set
theory. Other topics frequently included are
approaches to the concepts of infinity and
continuity, and the construction of the real
number system. The course serves as a
bridge form elementary calculus to advanced
courses in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite:
Mathematics 129 or consent of instructor.
238
MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS
Algebra, geometry, and calculus in
multidimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples,
matrices; lines, planes, curves surfaces;
vector functions of a single variable, accel-
eration, curvature; functions for several
variables, gradient; line integrals, vector
fields, multiple integrals, change of variable,
areas, volumes; Green's theorem. Prerequi-
sites: A grade ofC or better in Mathematics
129, Mathematics 130 or consent of
instructor.
321
INTRODUCTION TO
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
Topics from the theory of interpolation;
numerical approaches to approximating roots
and functions, integration, systems of
differential equations, linear systems, matrix
inversion, and the eigenvalue problem.
Prerequisite: Computer Science 125 and
Mathematics 129; Mathematics 130 strongly
recommended. Cross-listed as Computer
Science 321.
330
TOPICS IN GEOMETRY
An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean
geometry, and an introduction to other
geometries. Prerequisite: Mathematics 234.
Alternate years.
332-333
MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-II
A study of probability, discrete and
continuous random variables, expected
values and moments, sampling, point
estimation, sampling distributions, interval
estimation, test of hypotheses, regression and
linear hypotheses, experimental design
models. Corequisite: Mathematics 238.
Alternate years.
336
CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
A course designed for mathematics majors
who are planning to teach at the secondary
level. Emphasis will be placed on the
mathematics that form the foundation of
secondary mathematics. Ideas will be
presented to familiarize the student with the
various curriculum proposals, to provide for
innovation within the existing curriculum.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^h
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
and to expand the boundaries of the existing
curriculum. Open only to junior and senior
mathematics majors enrolled in the secon-
dary-education program. Alternate years.
338
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Queuing theory, including simulations
techniques, optimization theory, including
linear programming, integer programming,
and dynamic programming; game theory,
including two-person zero-sum games,
cooperative games, and mulliperson games.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 1 12 or Mathe-
matics 130. Alternate years.
432
REAL ANALYSIS
An introduction to the rigorous analysis of
the concepts of real variable calculus in the
setting of normed spaces. Topics from:
topology of the Euclidean plane, complete-
ness, compactness, the Heine-Borel theorem;
functions on Euclidean space, continuity,
uniform continuity, differentiability; series
and convergence; Riemann integral. Pre-
requisite: Mathematics 234 and 238.
434
MODERN ALGEBRA
An integrated approach to groups, rings,
fields, and vector spaces and functions which
preserve their structure. Prerequisite:
Mathematics 130 and 234.
438
SEMINAR
Topics in modem mathematics of current
interest to the instructor. A different topic is
selected each semester. This semester is
designed to provide junior and senior
mathematics majors and other qualified
students with more than the usual opportunity
for concentrated and cooperative inquiry.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. One-
half unit of credit. This course may be
repeated for credit.
339 & 449
MATHEMATICS COLLOQUIA
This non-credit but required course for
junior and senior mathematics majors offers
students a chance to hear presentations on
topics related to, but not directly covered in
formal mathematics courses. Students are
required to attend colloquia each semester of
their junior (339) and senior (449) years.
Mathematics majors must present two
lectures, one during the junior year and one
during the senior year. A letter grade will be
given in semesters in which the student gives
a presentation, otherwise the grade will
be P/F. Seniors are strongly encouraged to
give their presentations during the fall
semester. Students applying for the profes-
sional semester in education are required to
give the first presentation before the eighth
week of the fall semester of their junior year,
and the second presentation before the eighth
week of the fall semester of their senior year.
With Departmental approval, students will be
required to take three semesters of 339 or
449; such approval is granted only in extraor-
dinary circumstances and will require the
student to give one presentation in each of
the three semesters. Noncredit course. One
hour per week.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^ff
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MILITARY SCIENCE
MILITARY
SCIENCE
1 he U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training
Corps (R.O.T.C.) program is offered to
Lycoming College students in cooperation
with Bucknell University. The introductory
courses are taught on Lycoming's campus and
the program provides transportation to
Bucknell University for the advanced
courses. Details of the R.O.T.C. program can
be found on page 37.
on
INTRODUCTION TO R.O.T.C.
The course is designed to acquaint the
student with the R.O.T.C. program and with
the Army as a potential employer after
graduation. Students will learn about the
Army's history, organization, equipment, and
role in the nation. Students will also learn
some fundamental military skills, customs
and traditions. No credit.
012
INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS
The course expands upon the skills
learned in the previous semester. Several
classes will be held at the rifle range to
develop marksmanship skills. There will also
be training in radio communication and first
aid skills. No credit.
021
LAND NAVIGATION
Students will learn how to use military
topographic maps and reference systems.
The course includes theory and practical
exercises in navigating using compass, map
terrain association. There will also be some
instruction and practice in military writing
and briefing skills. No credit.
022
LEADERSHIP THEORY
The focus is on leading a small group of
individuals. The course examines the role of
the leader, military leadership concept,
j)ersonal character, decision-making, imple-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MttJTARY SCIENCE • MUSIC
menting decisions, motivation and supervi-
sion. The course also includes instruction
and practice on conducting performance-
oriented training. No credit.
031
APPLIED LEADERSHIP
The student serves as a small unit leader
in the ROTC organization. Student leader-
ship is evaluated and developed. The student
has some responsibilities to care for and train
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan-
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide
students a variety of leadership challenges.
No credit.
032
SMALL UNIT TACTICS
The course requires planning and practic-
ing tactical operations at small unit level.
Students continue to apply/develop leader-
ship skills in increasingly complex situations.
Topics include preparation of orders, offense,
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire
support, and airmobile operations. No credit.
041
MENTORING AND MANAGING
The student serves as a cadet officer in
the ROTC organization and plans and
organizes several major training activities.
Course work includes delegating and con-
trolling, setting objectives, making leadership
assessments, counsehng, supervising, and
evaluating. No credit.
042
PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS
The student serves in a different leader-
ship position and continues to develop and
apply the skills learned in the previous
semester. The course also examines military
officership as a profession and the ethical be-
havior expected of an officer. The course
also serves to prepare the student for an
initial assignment as an Army lieutenant.
No credit.
MUSIC
Associate Professors: Boerckel
(Chairperson), Thayer
Instructor: Janda
Part-time Instructors: Bailey, Borsheim,
Campbell, Clark, Degillio, Gallup, Grube,
Lakey, Lassiter, Leidhecker, Lipscomb,
Mitchell, Muzzo, Nacinovich, Russell,
Smolensky, Steele, and White.
1 he music major is required to take a
balanced program of music theory, history,
applied music and ensemble. A minimum of
eight courses (exclusive of all ensemble,
applied music and instrumental and vocal
methods courses) is required and must
include Music 110,111, 220, 221 , 335, and
336. Each major must participate in an
ensemble (Music 167, 168, and/or 169) and
take one hour of applied music per week for a
minimum of four semesters including the
entire period in which the individual is
registered as a music major (see Music 160-
1992-93 ACADEVDC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MUSIC
169). The major must include at least one-
half hour of piano in the ^plied program
unless a piano proficiency test is requested
and passed. Anyone declaring music as a
second major must do so by the beginning of
the junior year.
Music majors seeking certification in
music education (K-12) must also take
Psychology 110 and 338; Education 200 and
the Professional Semester; Music 261-7, 332,
333, 334, 446 and pass the piano proficiency
examination. Students who wish to obtain
certification in music education should
consult with the department as soon as
possible, preferably before scheduling classes
for the freshman year.
The Music Department recommends that
non-majors select courses from the following
list to meet distribution requirements: Music
116, 117, 128, 135-8, 224 and 234. Applied
music and ensemble courses may also be
used to meet distribution requirements.
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain
experience in public performance. Music
majors and other students qualified in
performance may present formal recitals.
110-111
MUSIC THEORY 1 AND II
A two-semester course open to all
students. An examination of the fundamental
components and theoretical concepts of
music. The student will develop musician-
ship through application of applied skills.
(Music 110 is prerequisite to Music 111).
116
INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC
A basic course in the materials and
techniques of music. Examples drawn from
various periods and styles are designed to
enhance perception and appreciation through
careful and informed listening.
117
SURVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC
A chronological survey of music in
Western civilization from Middle Ages to the
present. Composers and musical styles are
considered in the context of the broader
culture of each major era.
128
AMERICAN MUSIC
An introductory survey of all types of
American music from pre-Revolutionary
days to the present Categories to be covered
are folk music of different origins, the
development of show music into Broadway
musicals, serious concert music for large and
small ensembles, jazz and various popular
musics from "Tin Pan Alley" to Rock to New
Wave. Alternate years.
135-136
INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II
An introduction to the techniques of basic
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz,
and modem dance. Classes include improvi-
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for
Music 136: Music 135 or consent of instruc-
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open
to students who have received credit for
Theatre 135-136 or Theatre 235-236.
137
HISTORY OF THE DANCE I
A survey of classical ballet from the
Ballets de cour of 17th century France to the
present with emphasis on the contributions of
Petipa, Fokien, Cecchetti, and Balanchine.
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students
who have received credit for Theatre 137
or 138.
138
HISTORY OF THE DANCE II
A survey of the forms of dance, excluding
classical ballet, as independent works of art
and as they have reflected the history of
LYCOMING COLLEGE
<§
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MUSIC
civilization from primitive times to the
present. Prerequisite: Music 137 or consent
of instructor. One-half unit of credit. Not
open to students who have received credit for
Theatre 137 or 138.
11Q-11\
MUSIC THEORY III AND IV
A continuation of the integrated theory
course moving toward newer uses of music
materials. Prerequisite: Music 111.
224
ELECTRONIC MUSIC I
A non-technical introduction to electronic
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital
Interface) for the major and non-major alike.
The course traces the development of MIDI
from its origin to present-day digital
synthesizers in combination with sequencing
computers.
225
ELECTRONIC MUSIC II
Further consideration of recording
techniques. Use of microphones, multi-track
recording, mixing, special effects devices and
synchronization will be introduced. Students
will take part in live recording of concerts
and rehearsals of a variety of ensembles.
Student projects will include complete
recording sessions and the production of
electronic music compositions utilizing
classical studio techniques and real-time
networks. Prerequisite: Music 224 or
consent of instructor.
12>4
HISTORY OF JAZZ
A survey of jazz styles, composers, and
performers from 1890 to the present: origins,
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing,
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream,
and contemporary.
235-236
INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II
Studies of the techniques of basic move-
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and
modem dance at the intermediate level.
Classes include improvisation and choreogra-
phy. Prerequisite for Music 235 : Music 136
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for
Music 236: Music 235 or consent of instruc-
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open
to students who have received credit for
Theatre 135-136 or Theatre 235-236.
330
COMPOSITION I
Creative writing in smaller vocal and
instrumental forms. Students identify and
use the techniques employed by major
composers of the 20th century. Prerequisite:
Music 111 or consent of instructor.
332
TEACHING MUSIC IN THE SCHOOLS
Methods and materials of teaching music
in the schools with emphasis on curriculum
development and procedures for choral and
instrumental ensembles at the elementary and
secondary levels. Course work will include
observation of music classes in elementary
and secondary schools in the greater Wil-
liamsport area. Alternate years.
333
CHORAL CONDUCTING
A study of choral conducting with
frequent opportunity for practical experience.
Emphasis will be placed upon technical
development, rehearsal technique, and
stylistic integrity. Prerequisite: Music 110-
111 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.
334
INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING
A study of instrumental conducting with
an emphasis on acquiring skills for self-
analysis. Topics include the physical skills
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
MUSIC
and intellectual preparation necessary for
clear, expressive, and informed conducting.
Other areas such as the development of
rehearsal techniques and improvement of
aural skills will be addressed on a continual
basis. Prerequisite: Music 110-111 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
335
fflSTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I
The development of musical styles and
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart,
including composers from the medieval.
Renaissance, baroque and early classical,
romantic and modem eras.
336
fflSTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II
The development of musical styles and
forms from Beethoven to the present,
including composers from the late classical,
romantic and modem eras.
339
ORCHESTRATION
A study of modem orchestral instruments
and examination of their use by the great
masters with practical problems in instmmen-
tation. the College Music Organizations
serve to make performance experience
possible. Prerequisite: Music 110-111 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.
440
COMPOSITION II
Creative writing in larger vocal and
instmmental forms. Students write more
extended works in order to develop an
individual style of composition. Prerequi-
site: Music 330 or consent of instructor.
445
SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC
The intensive study of a selected area of
music literature, designed to develop research
techniques in music. The topic is announced
at the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics
LYCOMING COLLEGE ■
include: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna
1900-1914. Prerequisite: Music 116, 117 or
221 or consent of instructor.
446
RECITAL
The preparation and presentation of a full-
length public recital, normally during the
student's senior year. Music 446 may
substitute for one hour of applied music
(Music \&)-l66).Prerequisite: Approval by
the department. May be repeated for credit.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
APPLIED MUSIC
AND ENSEMBLE
1 he study of performance in piano,
harpsichord, voice, organ, strings, guitar,
brass, woodwinds, and p)ercussion is designed
to develop sound technique and a knowledge
of the appropriate literature for the instru-
ment. Student recitals offer opportunities to
gain experience in public performance.
Credit for applied music courses (private
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and
band) is eamed on a fractional basis. One
hour lesson per week earns one-half hour
credit. Ensemble credit totals one hour credit
if the student enrolls for one or two en-
sembles (for more information, see course
descriptions below). When scheduling please ,
note that an applied course or ensemble I
should not be substituted for an academic
course, but should be taken in addition to the
normal four academic courses. I
■ 1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
MUSIC
Extra fees apply for private lessons
(Music 160-166) as follows: $150 per
semester for a half-hour lesson per week.
$300 per semester for a one hour lesson per
week. Private lessons are given for 13
weeks. 160 Piano or Harpsichord, 161
Voice, 162 Strings or Guitar, 163 Organ, 164
Brass, 165 Woodwinds, 166 Percussion.
167
ORCHESTRAL ENSEMBLE
The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra
allows students with significant instrumental
experience to become members of this
regional ensemble. Participation in the
W.S.O. is contingent upon audition and the
availability of openings. Students are
allowed a maximum of one hour of Ensemble
credit per semester. A student who is
enrolled in orchestra only should register for
Music 167B (one hour credit). A student
may belong to two ensembles, choosing
either Choir or Concert Band as the second
group. Such a student will then register for
Music 167A (1/2 hour credit) or Music 169A
(1/2 hour credit). Such a student will then
register for Music 167A (1/2 hour credit) plus
either Music 168A (1/2 hour credit) or Music
169A (1/2 hour credit).
168
CHORAL ENSEMBLE (CHOIR)
Participation in the College choir is
designed to enable any student possessing at
least average talent an opportunity to study
choral technique. Emphasis is placed upon
acquaintance with choral literature, lone
production, diction, and phrasing. Students
are allowed a maximum of one hour of
Ensemble credit per semester. A student who
is enrolled in Choir only should register for
Music 168B (one hour credit). A student
may belong to two ensembles, choosing
either Orchestra or Concert Band as the
second group. Such a student will then
register for Music 168A (1/2 hour credit) plus
either Music 167A (1/2 hour credit) or Music
169A (1/2 hour credit). If a student has
auditioned and been selected for the twenty
voice Chamber Choir (no credit available),
he/she should register for Music 168C.
169
CONCERT BAND
The College Concert Band allows students
with some instrumental experience to become
acquainted with good band literature and
develop personal musicianship through
participation in group instrumental activity.
Students are allowed a maximum of one hour
of Ensemble credit per semester. A student
who is enrolled in Band only should register
for Music 169B (one hour credit). A student
may belong to two ensembles, choosing
either Orchestra or Choir as the second
group. Such a student will then register for
Music 169A (1/2 hour crediQ plus either
Music 167A ( 1/2 hour credit) or Music 168A
(1/2 hour credit).
INSTRUMENTAL AND
VOCAL METHODS
Instrumental and vocal methods classes
are designed to provide students seeking
certification in music education with a basic
understanding of all standard band and
orchestral instruments as well as a familiarity
with fundamental techniques of singing.
MUSIC 261
MUSIC 262
MUSIC 263,
Music 265 —
MUSIC 266,
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
®
— Brass Methods
(one hour credit)
— Percussion Methods
(one hour credit)
264 — String Methods I and II
(one hour credit each)
— Vocal Methods
(one hour credit)
267 — Woodwind Methods I
and II (one hour credit
each)
LYCOMING COLLEGE
NEAR EAST CULTURE AND ARCHAEOLCXjY • NURSING
NEAR EAST CULTURE
AND ARCHAEOLOGY
Professor: Guerra (Coordinator)
1 he Near East culture and archaeology
interdisciplinary major is designed to acquaint
students with the "cradle of Western civiliza-
tion," both in its ancient and modem aspects.
Majors will complete a minimum of eight to
ten courses related to the Near East.
Required courses are described in their
departmental sections and include:
1. Four courses in language and culture from:
History and Culture of the Ancient
Near East (Religion 228)
History of Art (Art 222)
Ancient History (History 210)
Old Testament Faith and History (Religiai 1 13)
Judaism and Islam (Religion 224)
Two semesters of foreign language
(Hebrew 101-102, or Greek 101-102)
2. Two courses in archaeology from:
Biblical Archaeology (Religion 226)
sj)ecial archaeology courses, such as
independent studies or May or summer
terms in the Near East.
3. Two courses in the cooperating depart-
ments (art, history, political science,
religion and sociology-anthropology) or
related departments. These two courses,
usually taken in the junior or senior years,
can be independent study. Topics should
be related either to the ancient or the
modem Near East and must be approved in
advance by the committee supervising the
interdisciplinary program. The study of
modem Arabic or Hebrew is encouraged.
Other courses may be suggested by the
supervisory committee within the limits of a
10-course major. The number of courses
taken within this program applicable toward
fulfilling the College distribution require-
ments will vary according to the selection of
courses.
NURSING
Associate Professors: Parrish (Chairperson),
Pagana
Assistant Professor: Ficca
Instmctors: Gray-Vickrey, Dill
Visiting Instmctors: Ingram, Moore
Part-time Instmctors: Bird, McKeegan,
Potter
Otudents wishing to major in nursing will
be admitted to the College under the usual
admission procedures. Freshmen should
follow the nursing curriculum plan for the
freshman year in the sequence designated.
To be considered for continuation in nursing,
a minimum GPA of 2.5 is required at
completion of the freshman year. A supple-
mentary application should be submitted to
the Department of Nursing by January 30 of
the freshman year.
LYCOMING COIXEGE
^n
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
NURSING
REGISTERED NURSES
1 he Department of Nursing offers an
alternative curriculum for registered nurses
within the existing B.S.N, program. The
goals of this alternative curriculum are to
provide registered nurses with the opportu-
nity to earn an educationally sound B.S.N,
degree while completing the degree require-
ments in as short a time period as possible,
and to meet the unique needs of registered
nurses. Nursing 300 and 3 10 are open only
to registered nurses and are required as part
of the alternative curriculum. Registered
nurses may challenge for credit the following
nursing courses: Nursing 220, the skills
component of Nursing 221, the obstetrical
component of Nursing 330, 331, 332, 333,
334, and 440. For successful challenge of
any clinical nursing course by registered
nurses, a grade of C- or better is required;
that is, 70% or 1.67 is required in both the
theoretical and clinical components of the
course.
In addition, registered nurses in this
program may challenge for credit any
required nonnursing course provided that
they obtain the permission of both the
Department of Nursing and the deparunent in
which that course is offered. These examina-
tions may not be available for every required
course.
Additional information for registered
nurses seeking the B.S.N, is available from
the Department of Nursing. Individual
advising is offered to all registered nurses.
Clinical Learning Resources
In addition to the College's modem, well-
equipped Nursing Skills Lab complete with
Critical Care Unit and interactive video
technology, opportunity for self-learning is
provided in the adjacent Learning Center
which is equipped with electronic study
carrels and audio-visual materials.
A wide variety of health-care agencies in
the surrounding area is utilized for clinical
experiences. Cooperating hospitals and
agencies include: Divine Providence
Hospital, Williamsport Hospital and Medical
Center, Evangelical Hospital, Geisinger
Medical Center, Leader Nursing Home and
Rehabilitation Center, Danville State Hospi-
tal, Pennsylvania Deparunent of Health,
Regional Home Health Services, Rose View
Manor and The Williamsport Home.
Expenses of the
Nursing Program
Otudents are responsible for their own
transportation to assigned clinical areas. The
student of nursing assumes all financial
obligations listed in the section on fees in
this bulletin including a $40 lab fee for each
of the clinical nursing courses (Nursing 221,
310, 330, 331, 332, 333, 440 and 441).
Additional expenses include uniforms,
name pin, watch with second hand, bandage
scissors, stethoscope, blood pressure cuff,
liability insurance, annual health examina-
tions, and standardized achievement tests.
Students must also maintain annual Health
Provider CPR certification as offered by the
American Heart Association or American
Red Cross.
Major in Nursing
1 he major in nursing consists of:
Nursing 220, 221, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334,
336, 435, 440, 441, 442, and nursing elective
(422, 424, 430, or 443) or N80-N89. In
addition, the following are prerequisites for
specific nursing courses: Chemistry 108,
115; Biology 113-114, 226; Psychology 1 10,
1 17; Mathematics 103, and Computer
Science elective CPTR 108, 125, or Math
214. The religion^hilosophy distribution
requirement is met by the required courses:
Philosophy 219 and Religion 120. The
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
NURSING
history /social science distribution require-
ment is met by the required courses: Psy-
chology 110 and 1 17. In addition, the
student is required to take one course from
among Sociology/ Anthropology 110, 114,
220, 222, 224, 227, 228, 229, 331, 334, and
335. The fine arts/foreign language distribu-
tion requirement can be met by two courses
in one department from among art, literature,
music, or theatre; or by two courses in
foreign language on the intermediate or
higher course level.
School Nurse Certification
1 he Department of Nursing, in collabora-
tion with the Department of Education, offers
an additional curriculum for the Registered
Nurse with a Bachelors degree (or a
Lycoming College nursing student) who
wishes to be certified as a school nurse. The
goal of this program is to provide the RN
with a bachelor's degree an opportunity
for career mobility. Courses required for
completion of the certification program
consist of: Education 200 and 239, Philoso-
phy 217, Psychology 338, and Nursing 422,
424, 430, and 431. In addition, the following
are prerequisites for specific courses:
Psychology 1 10 and 1 17, Sociology****, and
Nursing 220.
Additional information for registered
nurses seeking School Nurse Certification is
available from the Department of Nursing.
Individualized advising is offered to all
prospective School Nurse candidates.
Policies Specific to Nursing
In addition to the Lycoming College
continuance policies, the following policies
are specific to all declared majors in the
Department of Nursing:
1. A grade of C- or better is required in all
clinical nursing courses to continue in the
nursing program. These courses are Nursing
221, 310, 330, 331, 332, 333, 440 and 441.
Students who earn a grade of less than 70
percent or 1.67 in either the theoretical or
clinical component of a nursing course will
be required to repeat both components of the
course before being permitted to continue in
the nursing sequence.
2. Policies regarding absence from classes or
from the clinical portion of nursing courses
are determined by the instructor(s) respon-
sible for the course. No absence from the
cUnical portion of the course will be excused
other than for illness or family emergency.
In individual cases, student may make
arrangements with instructors to be excused
for extracurricular activities. Excessive
absence for any reason will necessitate
repeating the entire course.
Typical Plan of Study for B.S.N.
FRESHMAN YEAR Units
Fall
Chem. 108* (Inorganic Chemistry) 1
Eng. 106 (Composition) 1
Psych. 1 10*(Intro to Psych.) 1
Fine Arts/Lang 1
Physical Education
4
Spring
Chem. 115*(Brief Organic Chemistry) 1
Eng. Elective 1
Psych. 1 17*(Developmental Psych.) 1
Fine Arts/Lang 1
Physical Education
4
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Fall
Bio. 1 13 (Anatomy and Physiology) 1
Computer Science Elective** 1
Nur. 220 (Concepts of Nutrition in
Family Health) 0.75
Rel. 120 (Death and Dying) 1
3.75
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
NURSING
Spring
Bio. 1 14 (Anatomy and Physiology) 1
Math 103 (Intro, to Statistics) 1
Bio. 226 (Microbiology for Health
Sciences) 1
Nut. 221 (Foundations of Professional
Practice) 1.25
4.25
JUNIOR YEAR
Fall
Nut. 330 (Nursing Care of the
Developing Family I) 1.5
Nur. 332 (Nursing Care of the
Adult I) 1.5
Nur. 334 (Basic Concepts of
Pharmacology and
Therapeutics) 1
4
Spring
Nur. 331 (Nursing Care of the
Developing Family II) 1.5
Nur. 333 (Nursing Care of the
Adult II) 1.5
3
May Term
Nur. 336 (The Nurse in the Social
System) 1
SENIOR YEAR
Fall
Nur. 435 (Nursing Research) 1
Nur. 440 (Nursing Care of the
Emotionally Troubled
Individual & Family) 1.5
Nursing Elective*** 0.5
Guided Elective**** 1
4
Spring
Nur. 441 (Comprehensive Nursing Care). .1.5
Nur. 442 (Professional Issues) 0.5
Phil. 219 (Ethical Issues in Biology
and Medicine) 1
Elective 1
♦Prerequisite lo Sophomore year.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
**Student must select one course from CPTR 108, 125
or Math 214.
***Student must select one course from NUR 422, 424,
430. 443. or N80-89.
♦♦♦♦Student must select one course from Soc. 110, 114,
220. 222. 224. 227, 228. 229. 331. 334. or 335. Other
courses may be approved on an individual basis.
Requirement for Graduation 32 Units (128
Credits). The student may take additional
units for electives, independent study and/or
honors.
220
CONCEPTS OF NUTRITION
IN FAMILY HEALTH
Essentials of normal nutrition and their
relationship to the health of individuals and
families. These concepts serve as a basis for
the development of an understanding of
therai)eutic application of dietary principles
and the health professional's role and
responsibility in this facet of client care.
Three hours of lecture. 3/4 unit. Prerequi-
sites: Chemistry 108, 115, or consent of
instructor. Open to non-nursing majors.
Ill
FOUNDATIONS OF PROFESSIONAL
NURSING PRACTICE
Introduction of major theoretical elements
underlying professional nursing practice.
Focus on the concept of health and common
health problems recognizing the multi-
directional influence of the individual,
family, and environment. In this first clinical
course, the student will utilize the nursing
process in assisting clients to attain a maxi-
mum level of functioning. Three house of
lecture and five hours clinical laboratory.
1 114 units. Prerequisites: Chemistry 108,
115, Nursing 220, and Biology 113. Open to
nursing majors only.
300
THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS
OF PROFESSIONAL NURSING
Theoretical concepts underlying profes-
sional practice. Additional focus on health
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
NURSING
and common health problems, recognition of
multi-directional influence of the individual,
family, and environment. Two hour seminar.
1/2 unit. Prerequisites: Successful comple-
tion of Nursing 221 challenge examination;
Chem 108. 115; Psych 110, 117; Bio 113.
OPEN TO RNs ONLY.
310
PROCESSES ESSENTIAL
TO NURSING PRACTICE
Clinical course focusing on the incorpora-
tion of nursing, group, interpersonal, and
change processes; therapeutic communica-
tion, family, health promotion and commu-
nity concepts, physical assessment, collabora-
tion, and teaching/learning principles in the
community setting. 214 unit. Prerequisites:
Successful completion of Nursing 330 and
Nursing 332 challenge exams. Bio 114, and
Bio 226. OPEN TO RNs ONLY.
330-331
NURSING CARE OF THE
DEVELOPING FAMILY
Examination of health and nursing needs
of beginning and developing families. Initial
emphasis on nursing needs of mothers and
infants within the family unit as well as the
common health problems of children through
adolescence. Subsequent emphasis on
nursing needs of children and mothers with
health problems of acute and long term
nature, the influence of illness on their
development and the effect of illness on the
family. Emphasis placed on physical
assessment skills throughout the lifespan with
adequate practice time in the skills and
clinical laboratories. Three hours of lecture,
7 1/2 hours clinical laboratory, 1 hour for
330 and 2 hours for 331 health assessment
content. 1 1/2 Units. Prerequisite for
Nursing 330: Nursing 221, Biology 114, 226.
Corequisite: Nursing 334. Prerequisite for
Nursing 331 : Nursing 330 and 334.
332-333
NURSING CARE OF THE ADULT
Identification of adult health care needs
and implementation of nursing activities
based on an understanding of growth and
development, pathophysiology, communica-
tion skills, interpersonal dynamics, and
psychosocial interventions. Three hours of
lecture, 7 1/2 hours clinical laboratory, 1
hour for 332 and 2 hours for 333 health
assessment content. 1 1/2 units. Prerequisite
for Nursing 332: Nursing 221, Biology 114
and 226. Corequisite: Nursing 334. Prereq-
uisite for Nursing 333: Nursing 332 and 334.
334
BASIC CONCEPTS OF PHARMACOLOGY
AND THERAPEUTICS
Fundamentals of pharmacology and
therapeutics are presented for the various
classes of drugs. Relationships of pharmacol-
ogical mechanisms to the affected biochemi-
cal and physiological processes. Interactions
and toxicological aspects of drug therapy are
reviewed. Pour hours of lecture. 1 unit.
Corequisite: Nursing 330, 332, or consent of
instructor. Open to non-nursing majors.
336
THE NURSE IN THE SOCIAL SYSTEM
Seminar discussions and clinical labora-
tory using the hospital as a prototype.
Theories of social systems. Examination of
induction into the hospital system. Evalu-
ation of standards of care. Focus on utiliza-
tion of change theory. Twelve hours of
lecture and 96 hours of clinical laboratory.
1 unit. Prerequisites: Nursing 331, 333,
334. Required for the nursing major and
offered only in May term.
422
HEALTH EDUCATION
Examination of learning theories appro-
priate to all age groups. Discussion of the
concepts and techniques necessary for
assessment, planning, implementation and
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
NURSING
evaluation of the teaching/learning process.
Emphasis will be placed on self care. Two
hour lecture for 1/2 unit. Required for school
nurse candidates. Prerequisites: Senior
standing or consent of instructor.
423
HEALTH EDUCATION CLINICAL
Clinical practice includes teaching
experience in the public school system. This
practice results in a culmination of the
theoretical content contained in NURS 422.
Five hour clinical laboratory for 1/2 unit.
Required for School Nurse Candidates.
Prerequisites: Senior standing or consent of
instructor.
424
ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT
Identification and demonstration of
advanced assessment techniques with an
emphasis on abnormal findings. Learning
experiences are provided to develop a
systematic approach to physical assessment.
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on
the wellness component of physical assess-
ment with reference to major health devia-
tions. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit.
Prerequisites: Senior standing or consent of
instructor.
425
ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT
CLINICAL LABORATORY
A clinical laboratory that allows addi-
tional practice for the student enrolled in
Nursing 424. Five hours clinical laboratory
for 1/2 unit. Senior standing or consent of
instructor.
430
COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING
Overview of the role of the community
health nurse in a variety of settings, e.g.,
industries, state health clinics, MHMR,
school systems. Discussion of wellness
promotion, availability of community
resources, environmental health, prevention
and treatment of communicable diseases, and
group process with emphasis on communica-
tion skills. Two hour lecture for 1/2 unit.
Two hour lecture and a 5 hour clinical
laboratory for 1 unit. School Nurse candi-
dates must take the equivalent of one unit
course. Prerequisite: Senior standing or
consent of the instructor.
431
SCHOOL NURSE PRACTICUM
Essentials of school health, school nursing
and health promotion. These concepts serve
as a basis for the development of an under-
standing of the role of the school with the
opportunity to function in the role of the
school nurse. It is a course built on the
culmination of knowledge obtained in
previous nursing courses and nursing experi-
ences. 210 hours clinical and seminar.
Prerequisite: OPEN TO SCHOOL NURSE
CANDIDATES who have met all other
requirements for certification and have
obtained departmental approval.
435
RESEARCH IN NURSING
Expansion of theoretical basis of research
methodology with emphasis on analyzing,
criticizing, and interpreting nursing research.
Development of a research proposal focusing
on a nursing problem. Four hours of lecture.
1 unit. Prerequisite: Mathematics 103,
Computer Science elective, and Nursing
330 and 332 or consent of instructor. Open
to non-nursing majors.
440
NURSING CARE OF THE
EMOTIONALLY TROUBLED
INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY
Examination of disturbed human relation-
ships with focus on intrapsychic, interper-
sonal, and physiologic etiology. Emphasis on
advanced therapeutic nurse-patient relation-
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
NURSING • PHILOSOPHY
ships within the context of family, commu-
nity, and health care systems. Three hours of
lecture and 7 112 hours clinical laboratory.
1 112 units. Prerequisite: Nursing 331, 333,
336.
441
COMPREHENSIVE NURSING CARE
Culminating nursing course with focus on
leadership and management skills in a choice
of clinical settings. Seminars provide
opportunities for students to share common-
alities and unique aspects of professional
practice. Three hours of lecture and 7 1/2
hours of clinical laboratory. 1 1/2 units.
Prerequisite: Nursing 336, 440.
442
PROFESSIONAL ISSUES
An analysis of nursing issues in the
context of the historical background of the
profession, the social forces which influence
nursing, and nursing's impact upon society.
Two-hour seminar. 1/2 unit. Prerequisite:
Senior standing or consent of instructor.
443
TOPICS IN NURSING
Selected topic courses in nursing designed
to permit students to pursue subjects which,
because of their specialized nature, may not
be offered on a regular basis. 1/2 unit.
Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of
instructor.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY IN NURSING
An opportunity to develop and implement
an individual plan of study under faculty
guidance. 1/2 unit. Prerequisite: Senior
standing or consent of chairperson.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDIES FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHILOSOPHY
Professor: Whelan
Associate Professor: Griffith
Assistant Professor: Herring (Chairperson)
1 he study of philosophy develops a
critical understanding of the basic concepts
and presuppositions around which we
organize our thought in science, religion,
education, morality, the arts, and other
human enterprises.
A major in philosophy, together with
appropriate other courses, can provide an
excellent preparation for policy-making
positions of many kinds, for graduate study in
several fields, and for careers in education,
law, and the ministry. The major in philoso-
phy consists of eight courses numbered 110
or above, including 301, 302, 449 and at least
three other courses numbered 225 or above.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHILOSOPHY
Minor
A minor in Philosophy consists of any
four philosophy courses numbered 220 or
above; or any five philosophy courses
numbered 110 or above, three of which must
be numbered 300 or above. Three more
specialized minors are also available: a
minor in Philosophy and Law consists of four
courses from Philosophy 224, 225, 334, 335,
449 or Independent Studies or five courses
including any three courses from the preced-
ing list and any two courses from Philosophy
1 15, 216, 218, 219; a minor in Philosophy
and Science consists of four courses from
Philosophy 223, 225, 331, 333, 449 or
Independent Studies; a minor in the History
of Philosophy consists of four courses from
Philosophy 223, 224, 301, 302 or Indepen-
dent Studies. Since topics in Philosophy 449
and independent studies projects vary, these
courses may be used to count toward a
specialized minor only if they are approved
in advance by the department.
105
PRACTICAL REASONING
A general introduction to topics in logic
and their application to practical reasoning,
with primary emphasis on detecting fallacies,
evaluating inductive reasoning, and under-
standing the rudiments of scientific method.
Not open to students who have completed two
courses in philosophy.
110
INTRODUCTION TO
PHILOSOPHICAL PROBLEMS
An introductory course designed to show
the nature of philosophy by examination of
several examples of problems which have
received extended attention in philosophical
literature. These topics often include the
relation of the mind to the body, the possibil-
ity of human freedom, arguments about the
existence of God, the conditions of knowl-
edge, and the relation of language to thought.
Some attention is also given to the principles
of acceptable reasoning. Not open to students
who have completed two courses in philosophy.
114
PHILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE
An introductory philosophical examina-
tion of a number of contemporary moral
issues which call for personal decision.
Topics often investigated include: the
"good" life, obligation to others, sexual
ethics, abortion, suicide and death, violence
and pacifism, obedience to the law, the
relevance of personal beliefs to morality.
Discussion centers on some of the sugges-
tions philosophers have made about how to
make such decisions. Not open to students
who have completed two courses in
philosophy.
115
PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY
An introductory philosophical examina-
tion of the moral and conceptual dimensions
of various contemporary public issues, such
as the relation of ethics to politics and the
law, the enforcement of morals, the problems
of fair distribution of goods and opportuni-
ties, the legitimacy of restricting the use of
natural resources, and the application of
ethics to business practice. Discussion
centers on some of the suggestions philoso-
phers have made about how to deal with
these issues. Not open to students who have
completed two courses in philosophy.
117
PHILOSOPHY AND
SUPERNATURAL PHENOMENA
A critical examination of the philosophi-
cal issues raised by near-death and out-of-
body experiences, ESP, time travel, reports of
ghosts and spirits, astrology, prophecy,
demon possession, faith healing, miracles,
psychokinesis, and the like. Offered May and
Summer terms only.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^B^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHILOSOKIY
216
ETHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS
An introductory philosophical examina-
tion of a variety of moral problems that arise
concerning the American business system.
Included are a systematic consideration of
typical moral problems faced by individuals
and an examination of common moral
criticisms of the business system itself.
217
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN EDUCATION
An examination of the basic concepts
involved in thought about education, and a
consideration of the various methods for
justifying educational proposals. Typical of
the issues discussed are: Are education and
indoctrination different? What is a liberal
education? Are education and schooling
compatible? What do we need to learn?
Alternate years.
218
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
An introductory examination of various
philosophical issues and concepts which are
of special importance in legal contexts.
Discussion includes both general topics, such
as the justification of punishment, and more
specific topics, such as the insanity defense
and the rights of the accused. Readings
are arranged topically and include both
classical and contemporary sources.
219
PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES
IN HEALTH CARE
An investigation of some of the philo-
sophical issues which arise in therapy and in
health research and planning. Topics
typically include euthanasia, confidentiality,
informed consent, behavior control,
experimentation on humans and animals,
abortion, genetic engineering, population
control, and distribution of health care
resources.
223
HISTORY OF SCIENCE
AND METAPHYSICS
An historical survey of the attempt to
understand the physical universe. Particular
attention is paid to common origins of
philosophy and science in the works of the
ancient Greek philosophers, to the question
of how scientific and philosophical thinking
differs from mythological and technological
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism
dispute in science and metaphysics, and to
the interaction between philosophy and
science in formulating fundamental questions
about the physical universe and in developing
and criticizing concepts designed to answer
them. Alternate years.
224
HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY
An historical survey of the most important
social and political philosophers from
Socrates to Marx. Special attention is paid to
the relationship between ethics and politics as
seen by Plato and Aristotle and to the social
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and
Rousseau. Alternate years.
225
SYMBOLIC LOGIC
A study of modern symbolic logic and its
application to the analysis of arguments.
Included are truth-functional relations, the j
logic of propositional functions, and deduc-
tive systems. Attention is also given to
various topics in the philosophy of logic.
LYCOMING COIiEGE
^B^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHILOSOPHY
301
ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY
A critical examination of the ancient
Greek philosophers, with particular emphasis
on Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: Two
courses in philosophy or consent of instruc-
tor. Alternate years.
302
EARLY MODERN PHILOSOPHY
A critical examination of the Continental
Rationalists (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz),
the British Empiricists (Locke, Berkeley,
Hume) and Kant. Prerequisite: Two courses
in philosophy or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
331
PHILOSOPHY AND HUMAN NATURE
An examination of a variety of classical
and contemporary philosophical questions
about human nature. Among the questions
typically considered are these: Is there such
a thing as human nature? Are human beings
different, in any fundamental way, from other
animals? Are human beings free? Is human
consciousness just a brain process? Are
human beings inherently predisposed to evil?
Are human beings biologically determined to
be selfish or aggressive? Are the differences
in achievement between men and women
biologically based? Prerequisite: Students
without previous study in philosophy must
have instructor s permission.
332
PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A philosophical examination of religion.
Included are such topics as the nature of
religious discourse, arguments for and against
the existence of God, and the relation
between religion and science. Readings from
classical and contemporary sources. Pre-
requisite: Students without previous study in
philosophy must have instructor s permission.
Alternate years.
333
PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE
A consideration of philosophically
important conceptual problems arising from
reflection about natural science, including
such topics as the nature of scientific laws
and theories, the character of explanation, the
import of prediction, the existence of "non-
observable" theoretical entities such as
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying
induction, and various puzzles associated
with probability. Prerequisite: Students
without previous study in philosophy must
have instructor s permission. Alternate
years.
334
CONTEMPORARY
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY
A systematic philosophical investigation
of the relation between human nature and the
proper social and political order. Topics
studied include the purpose of government,
the nature of legitimate authority, the
foundation of human rights, and the limits of
human freedom. Emphasis is placed on the
logic of social and political thought and on
the analysis of basic principles and concepts.
Prerequisite: Students without previous
study in philosophy must have instructor's
permission.
335
ETHICAL THEORY
An inquiry concerning the grounds which
distinguish morally right from morally wrong
actions. Central to the course is critical
consideration of the proposals and the
rationales of relativists, egoists, utilitarians,
and other ethical theorists. Various topics in
metaethics are also included. Prerequisite:
Students without previous study in philosophy
must have instructor' s permission.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
CI
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PHILOSOPHY • PHYSICS • PHYSICAL EDUCATION
400
PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH
A course which instructs students in
philosophical research and the preparation of
papers suitable for reading at undergraduate
conferences or submission to undergraduate
philosophical journals. Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor. Offered May and Summer
terms only.
449
DEPARTMENTAL SEMINAR
An investigation carried on by discussions
and papers, into one philosophical problem,
text, philosopher, or movement. A different
topic is selected each semester. Recent
topics include artificial intelligence, the
ethics of research on human subjects, life
after death, personal identity, and human
rights. This seminar is designed to provide
junior and senior philosophy majors and
other qualified students with more than the
usual opportunity for concentrated and
cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor. This seminar may be repeated
for credit.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Recent independent studies in philosophy
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls'
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia,
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
PHYSICS
(See Astronomy/Physics)
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
Associate Professor: Burch (Chairperson)
Assistant Professor: Whitehill
Instructor: Holmes
ATHLETIC
TRAINING
INTERNSHIP
Lycoming College established an
apprenticeship program in 1979 after recog-
nizing two conditions: the importance of the
care and prevention of athletic injuries by
trained professionals, and the career's
promising growth potential.
To complete the internship students are
required to lake the four courses below as
well as Biology 1 13 & 1 14 and Nursing 220.
Students also are required to undergo
practical work under the supervision of
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Lycoming's certified athletic trainer. Stu-
dents are officially accepted into the Intern-
ship program after successful completion of
the first year of practical work and Athletic
Training 110.
Students who finish the Internship
program become eligible to participate
in the National Athletic Trainers Association
(N.A.T.A.) Certification examination to earn
the status of an N.A.T.A. certified trainer.
This Internship program also allows the
passing students to qualify for the State
examination to become Class B athletic
trainers under Pennsylvania Act 63
P.S.S 1310.1. Students interested in this
program should contact the Physical Educa-
tion Department.
Athletic training classes do not count
toward fulfilling graduation requirements
except as the physical education requirements
of two courses.
110
BASIC ATHLETIC TRAINING
Covers the basics in prevention, evalu-
ation, treatment, and rehabilitation of athletic
injuries. Two lectures, one lab per week.
Three credit hours. Prerequisite: CPR
certification and Basic First Aid certification.
215
ANALYSIS OF HUMAN MOVEMENT
Basic concepts of Kinesiology, the study
of human movement, and Biomechanics, the
study of mechanical aspects of human
movement. Three lectures per week, project.
Three credit hours. Prerequisite: Biology
113 & 114.
310
ADVANCED ATHLETIC TRAINING
A more in-depth course in injury evalu-
ation, rehabilitation, and therapeutic modali-
ties. Three lectures per week. Three credit
hours. Prerequisite: A.T. 110.
410
EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY
The study of the effects of exercise on the
human body. Two lectures and one lab per
week. Three credit hours. Prerequisite:
Instructor approval. Alternate years.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
101
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Coeducational physical education classes.
Basic instructions in fundamentals, knowl-
edge, and appreciation of sports that include
swimming, tennis, volleyball, archery,
soccer, golf, badminton, physical fitness, and
other activities. Backpacking, cross-country
and alpine skiing, jogging, modem dance,
and cycling are offered on a contract basis.
Students may select any activity offered. A
reasonable degree of proficiency is required
in the activities. Emphasis is on the potential
use of activities as recreational and leisure-
time interests. Two semesters of physical
education (two hours per week) are required.
All physical education classes are open to
men and women.
1992-93 ACADENDC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POLITICAL
SCIENCE
Professors: Giglio (Acting Chairperson),
Roskin (On Leave)
Visiting Assistant Professor: Breckinridge
Part-time Instructor: Wolf
1 he major is designed to provide a
systematic understanding of government
and politics at the international, national,
state and local levels. Majors are encouraged
to develop their faculties to make independ-
ent, objective analyses which can be applied
to the broad spectrum of the social sciences.
Although the political science major is not
designed as a vocational major, students with
such training may go directly into govern-
ment service, journalism, teaching, or private
administrative agencies. A political science
major can provide the base for the study of
law, or for graduate studies leading to
administrative work in federal, state, or local
governments, international organizations, or
college teaching. Students seeking certifica-
tion to teach secondary school social studies
may major in political science but should
consult their advisors and the education
department.
A major consists of eight political science
courses, including Political Science 116.
Prospective majors are encouraged to register
for this course during their freshman year.
An exemption will be granted only if it
strengthens the student's program. In addition
to 1 16, students must take at least one course
in each of five areas (A to E). Students are
encouraged, also, to select a minor in another
department in accordance with their aca-
demic and career interests and in consultation
with their departmental advisor.
For non-majors, the department offers
three minors: a minor in Political Science
consists of any four courses numbered 200 or
above from areas A to E; a minor in Foreign
Affairs consists of four courses selected from
Political Science 220, 225, 243, 326, 327,
438 and 439; and a minor in Legal Studies
consists of Political Science 331, 335, 436
LYCOMING COIiEGE
e
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
POLITICAL SCIENCE
and one other course numbered 200 or above.
Students are encouraged to consult with
department members on the selection of a
minor.
116
INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS
An introductory course in political science
that asks how and why people form political
communities, what holds them together, and
how political systems may either improve or
damage themselves. Includes comparison of
the U.S. with other countries and discussion
of current political and public-policy issues.
A. AMERICAN POLITICS
110
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
IN THE UNITED STATES
An introduction to American national
government which emphasizes both struc-
tural-functional analysis and policy-making
processes. In addition to the legislative,
executive, and judicial branches of govern-
ment, attention will be given to political
parties and interest groups, elections and
voting behavior, and constitutional rights.
Recommended to all social science-education
majors and to those students who have had
inadequate or insufficient preparation in
American government.
Ill
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT
An examination of the general principles,
major problems, and political processes of
the states and their subdivisions, together
with their role in a federal type of
government.
223
AMERICAN PRESIDENCY
A study of the office and powers of the
president with analysis of his major roles as
chief administrator, legislator, political
leader, foreign policy maker, and com-
mander-in-chief. Special attention is given to
those presidents who led the nation boldly.
Subject to student demand, but ojfered
at least once during a four-year cycle.
B. LEGAL STUDIES
331
CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES
What are our rights and liberties as
Americans? What should they be? A frank
discussion of the nature and scope of the
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and
equal protection of the laws. Students will
read and brief the more important Supreme
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing or consent of instructor.
335
LAW AND SOCIETY
An examination of the nature, sources,
functions, and limits of law as an instrument
of political and social control. Included for
discussion are legal problems pertaining to
the family, crime, deviant behavior, poverty,
and minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or
senior standing or consent of instructor.
436
MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION
An examination of the legal structure and
the system by which mass communication is
controlled in this society. The forces which
shape, influence, and make policy will be
considered. Cross-listed as Mass Communi-
cation 331. Prerequisite: junior or senior
standing or consent of instructor.
C. APPLIED POLITICS
244
THE POLITICAL FILM
The great and enduring political questions
presented in fiction movies, for classroom
discussion and papers. Course draws from a
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^>
LYCOMING COLLEGE
POLITICAL SCIENCE
library of cinema classics on videotape to
probe political arrangements, power relation-
ships, and the legal process. Alternate years.
333
BUREAUCRACY AND PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATION
What is bureaucracy? Why and how do
bureaucracies arise? What has been the
political impact of growth of bureaucracy in
government? These questions, among others,
will be considered in this examination of
public bureaucracies. This course is highly
recommended to students planning to take an
internship in city or county government
through the political science department.
Subject to student demand, but offered at
least once during a four-year cycle.
347
WOMEN AND POLITICS
The historical, philosophical, and
practical context and conduct of women in a
variety of political roles. This course
considers both elective and nonelective
activities, and includes analyses of women's
issues currently on legislative and court
agendas. Alternate years.
448
PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING
A course dealing with the general topic
and methodology of polling. Content
includes exploration of the processes by
which people's political opinions are formed,
the manipulation of public opinion through
the uses of propaganda, and the American
response to politics and political issues.
D. COMPARATIVE
POLITICS
220
EUROPEAN POLITICS
A study of the political systems of Europe
with emphasis on comparison and patterns of
government The course will review politics
LYCOMING COLLEGE
in Britain, France, Germany, the former
Soviet republics, and other countries and
aaempt to find underlying similarities and
differences.
326
POLITICAL CULTURES
An exploration of the "people" aspects of
political life in several countries. The way
people interact with each other and with
government, what they expect from the
system, how they acquire their political
attitudes and styles, and how these contribute
to the type of government. Alternate years.
438
POLITICS OF DEVELOPING AREAS
The causes and possible cures for socio-
political backwardness in Asia, Africa, and
Latin America. Alternate years.
E. INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS
225
WORLD POLITICS
Why is there war? An introduction to
international relations with emphasis on the
varieties of conflicts which may grow
into war.
243
THE VIETNAM WAR
The background and context of the war,
how the United States got involved, the
military lessons, and the war's impact on
U.S. society, politics, and economy. Alter-
nate years.
327
CRISIS AREAS IN WORLD POLITICS
The study of several current areas of
international tension and conflict, including
relations among the United States, the former
Soviet republics, and China, plus the Middle
East and whatever new danger spots arise
overtime. Alternate years.
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PHILOSOPHY . PSYCHOLOGY
439
AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The U.S. role in ihe world in geographic,
strategic, historical, and ideological perspec-
tives, plus an examination of the domestic
forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years.
F. SPECIAL PROGRAMS
470-479
INTERNSHIPS (See index)
Students may receive academic credit for
serving as interns in structured learning
situations with a wide variety of public and
private agencies and organizations. Students
have served as interns with the Public
Defender's Office, the Lycoming County
Court Administrator, and the Williamsport
City government.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Current studies relate to elections — local,
state, and federal — while past studies have
included Soviet and world politics.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PSYCHOLOGY
Professor: Hancock
Associate Professors: Berthold
(Chairperson), Ryan
Assistant Professor: Balleweg
Part-time Instructors: Dowell, Haddon, Kafer
1 he major provides training in both
theoretical and applied psychology. It is
designed to meet the needs of students
seeking careers in psychology or other
natural or social sciences. It also meets the
needs of students seeking a better understand-
ing of human behavior as a means of further-
ing individual and career goals in other areas.
Psychology majors and others are urged to
discuss course selections in psychology with
members of the department to help insure
appropriate course selection.
A major consists of 32 semester hours in
psychology, including Psychology 110, 336,
431, and 432. Statistics also is required.
Minor
A minor in Psychology consists of 20
semester hours in psychology including
Psychology 1 10 and four other psychology
courses (three of which must be numbered
200 or above) which must be approved by the
department.
101
TOPICS
Exploration of a specific basic or applied
topic in psychology. Different topics will be
explored different semesters. Potential topics
include the psychology of disasters, applied
behavioral psychology, and organizational
psychology. The course is open to elemen-
tary and advanced undergraduates. No
Prerequisites. One-half unit of credit. May
be repeated once for credit with departmental
permission. May not be used to satisfy
distribution or major requirements.
e
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PSYCHOLOGY
110
INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the empirical study of
human and other animal behavior. Areas
considered may include: learning, personal-
ity, social, physiological, sensory, cognition,
and developmental.
112
GROUP PROCESSES AND
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
An introduction to research and theories
on small group formation, structure, and
performance. Topics include group commu-
nication, conformity, leadership, conflict, and
decision-making. Emphasis will be placed
upon applying principles of group dynamics
to different types of groups. Prerequisite:
Psychology 110 or consent of instructor.
May term only.
116
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the patterns of deviant
behavior with emphasis on cause, function,
and treatment The various models for the
conceptualization of abnormal behavior
are critically examined. Prerequisite:
Psychology 110.
117
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
A study of the basic principles of human
growth and development throughout the life
span. Prerequisite: Psychology 110.
118
ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY
The study areas will include theories of
adolescence; current issues raised by as well
as about the "generation of youth"; research
findings bearing on theories and issues of
growth beyond childhood, and self-
exploration. Prerequisite: Psychology 110.
224
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
The scientific exploration of interpersonal
communication and behavior. Topics include
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and
communication, social perception and social
influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior
and group processes. Prerequisites:
Psychology 110.
225
INDUSTRIAL AND
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
The application of the principles and
methods of psychology to selected industrial
and organizational situations. Prerequisite:
Psychology 110 or consent of instructor.
239
BEHAVIOR MODinCATION
A detailed examination of the applied
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the
application of experimental method to the
individual clinical case. The course will
cover targeting behavior, base-rating,
intervention strategies, and outcome evalu-
ation. Learning-based modification tech-
niques such as contingency management,
counter-conditioning, extinction, discrimina-
tion training, aversive conditioning, and
negative practice will be examined. Pre-
requisite: Psychology 110 or consent of
instructor.
240
PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT
PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT
A study of psychological theories and
research on coping with normal developmen-
tal changes and common problems of adult-
hood. Focus will be upon adult transitions,
stress management, intimate relationships,
sexuality, parenting skills, and work adjust-
ment. Prerequisite: Psychology 110.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
PSYCHOLOGY
333
PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the physiological
psychologist's method of approach to the
understanding of behavior as well as the set
of principles that relate the function and
organization of the nervous system to the
phenomena of behavior. Prerequisite:
Psychology 110 or consent of instructor.
334
PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT
Psychometric methods and theory,
including scale transformation, norms,
standardization, validation procedures, and
estimation of reliability. Prerequisites:
Psychology 110 and statistics.
335
HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF
PSYCHOLOGY
The growth of scientific psychology and
the theories and systems that have accompa-
nied its development. Prerequisite: Four
courses in psychology.
336
PERSONALITY THEORY
A review of the major theories of person-
ality development and personality function-
ing. In addition to covering the details of
each theory, the implications and applications
of each theory will be considered.
Prerequisite: Psychology 110.
337
COGNITION
An investigation of human mental
processes along the two major dimensions:
directed and undirected thought. Topic areas
include recognition, attention, conceptualiza-
tion, problem-solving, fantasy, language,
dreaming, and creativity. Prerequisite:
Psychology 110.
338
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction to the empirical study of
the teaching-learning process. Areas consid-
ered may include educational objectives,
pupil and teacher characteristics, concept
learning, problem-solving and creativity,
attitudes and values, motivation, retention
and transfer, evaluation and measurement.
Prerequisite: Psychology 110 or consent of
instructor.
341
PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN
A review of contemporary theory and
research on the psychology of gender
differences. The major theories and basic
research on gender differences will be
covered. Special topics include sex differ-
ences in achievement, jx)wer, and communi-
cation; sex -role stereotypes; beliefs about
masculinity and femininity; and gender
influences on mental health. Prerequisite:
Psychology 110.
431
LEARNING EXPERIMENTAL
PSYCHOLOGY
Learning processes. The examination of
the basic methods and principles of animal
and human learning. Prerequisite: Psychol-
ogy 110 and statistics.
432
SENSORY EXPERIMENTAL
PSYCHOLOGY
The examination of psychophysical
methodology and basic neurophysiological
methods as they are applied to the under-
standing of sensor processes. Prerequisites:
Psychology 110 and statistics.
448-449
PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY
An off -campus experience in a commu-
nity setting offering psychological services.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
PSYCHOLOGY • REUGION
supplemented with classroom instruction and
discussion. Psychology 448 covers the basic
counseling skills, while Psychology 449
covers the major theoretical approaches
to counseling. Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Internships give students an opportunity to
relate on-campus academic experiences to
society in general and to their post-baccalau-
reate objectives in particular. Students have,
for example, worked in prisons, public and
private schools, county government, and for
the American Red Cross.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Independent study is an opportunity for
students to pursue special interests in areas
for which courses are not offered. In addi-
tion, students have an opportunity to study a
topic in more depth than is possible in the
regular classroom situation. Studies in the
past have included child abuse, counseling of
hospital patients, and research in the psychol-
ogy of natural disasters.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
Honors in psychology requires original
contributions to the hterature of psychology
through independent study. The most recent
honors project was a study of the effect of
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency.
RELIGION
Professors: Guerra (Chairperson), Hughes
Assistant Professor: Van Voorst
A major consists of 10 courses, includ-
ing Religion 1 13, 1 14, and 120. At least
seven courses must be taken in the depart-
ment. The following courses may be counted
toward fulfilling the major requirements:
Greek 221 and 222, Hebrew 221 and 222,
History 340 and 416, Philosophy 332, and
Sociology 333.
A minor in Religion consists of one course
from Religion 1 10, 1 13, 1 14 and four religion
courses numbered 200 or above.
An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical
Languages requires the completion of Greek
221, 222 and Hebrew 221 and 222.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
REUGION
110
INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION
Designed for the beginning student, this
course examines what it means to be reli-
gious. Some of the issues are the definition
of religion, the meaning of symbolism,
concepts of God, ecstatic phenomena.
Specific attention will be devoted to the
current problem of cults and religious liberty.
113
OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY
A critical examination of the literature
within its historical setting and in the light of
archaeological findings to show the faith and
religious life of the Hebrew- Jewish commu-
nity in the Biblical period, and an introduc-
tion to the history of interpretation with an
emphasis on contemporary Old Testament
criticism and theology.
114
NEW TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY
A critical examination of the literature
within its historical setting to show the faith
and religious life of the Christian community
in the Biblical period, and an introduction to
the history of interpretation with an emphasis
on contemporary New Testament criticism
and theology.
119
RELIGION AND POPULAR CULTURE
An examination of the interaction of
religion and culture in a historical perspec-
tive followed by a direct analysis of the
ethical and religious issues raised by contem-
porary American popular culture. Readings
include artistic and social-scientific as well
as ethical and religious approaches to popular
culture.
120
DEATH AND DYING
A study of death from personal, social and
universal standpoints with emphasis upon
what the dying may teach the living. Princi-
pal issues are the stages of dying, bereave-
ment, suicide, funeral conduct, and the
religious doctrines of death and immortality.
Course includes, as optional, practical
projects with terminal patients under profes-
sional supervision. Only one course from the
combination 120-121 may be used for
distribution.
121
AFTER DEATH AND DYING
An examination of the question of life
after death in terms of contemporary clinical
studies, the New Testament resurrection
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarna-
tion, and the classical theological beliefs of
providence and predestination. Religion 120
is recommended but not required. Only one
course from the combination 120-121 may be
used for distribution.
Ill
PROTESTANTISM IN
THE MODERN WORLD
An examination of Protestant thought and
life from Luther to the present against the
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from
the 17th century scientific revolution to
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology.
Special attention will be paid to the constant
interaction between Protestantism and the
world in which it finds itself.
223
THE BACKGROUNDS OF CHRISTIANITY
A study of the historical, cultural, and
religious background of the formation of
Christianity and the antecedents of Christian
belief and practice in post-exilic Judaism and
in Hellenism.
224
JUDAISM AND ISLAM
An examination of the rise, growth, and
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^fl
LYCOMING COLLEGE
REUGION
attention given to the theological contents of
the literatures of these religions as far as they
are normative in matters of faith, practice,
and organization. Also, a review of their
contributions to the spiritual heritage of
mankind.
225
ORIENTAL RELIGION
A phenomenological study of the basic
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese
Taoism with special attention to social and
political relations, mythical and aesthetic
forms, and the East- West dialogue.
226
BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY
A study of the role of archaeology in
reconstructing the world in which the
Biblical literature originated with special
attention given to archaeological results that
throw light on the clarification of the Biblical
text. Also, an introduction to basic archaeo-
logical method and a study in depth of
several representative excavations along with
the artifacts and material culture recovered
from different historical periods.
227
HISTORY AND THEOLOGY
OF THE EARLY CHURCH
An examination of the life and theology
of the church from the close of the New
Testament to the fifth century. Special
attention will be given to the struggles of the
church with heretical movements, the
controversies concerning the person and
nature of Christ, and the encounter of the
church with the Roman Empire.
228
HISTORY AND CULTURE
OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST
A study of the history and culture of
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture
LYCOMING COLLEGE
to Alexander the Great Careful attention
will be given to the religious views prevalent
in the ancient Near East as far as these views
interacted with the culture and faith of the
Biblical tradition.
230
PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION
A study into the broad insights of psychol-
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion
and religious behavior. The course concen-
trates on religious experience or manifesta-
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solu-
tions will be sought to questions such as:
What does it feel like to be religious or to
have a religious experience? What is the
religious function in human development?
How does one think psychologically about
theological problems?
331
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS
A study of Christian ethics as a normative
perspective for contemporary moral problems
with emphasis upon the interaction of law
and religion, decision making in the field of
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction of
society in a planetary civilization.
332
CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS
An examination of the approach of
religion and other disciplines to an issue of
current concern; current topics include the
theological significance of law, the ethics of
love, and the Holocaust. The course may be
repeated for credit if the topic is different
from one previously studied.
337
BIBLICAL TOPICS
An in-depth study of Biblical topics
related to the Old and New Testaments.
Topics include prophecy, wisdom literature,
the Dead Sea Scrolls, the teachings of Jesus,
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
REUGION • SCHOLAR PROGRAM
Pauline theology, Judaism and Christian
origins, redaction criticism - the way the
Synoptic Gospels and John give final form to
their message. Course will vary from year to
year and may be taken for credit a second
time if the topic is different form one previ-
ously studied.
341
CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS ISSUES
A study of the theological significance of
some contemporary intellectual develop-
ments in Western culture. The content of this
course will vary from year to year. Subjects
studied in recent years include the theological
significance of Freud, Marx, and Nietzsche;
Christianity and existentialism; theology and
depth psychology; the religious dimension of
contemporary literature.
342
THE NATURE AND
MISSION OF THE CHURCH
A study of the nature of the Church as
"The People of God" with reference to the
Biblical, Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman
Catholic traditions.
470-479
INTERNSHIP (See index)
Interns in religion usually work in local
churches under the supervision of the pastor
and a member of the faculty.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
Current study areas are in the Biblical
languages. Biblical history and theology.
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions,
and the ethics of technology.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
SCHOLAR PROGRAM
Associate Professor: Boerckel (Director)
1 he Lycoming college Scholar
Program is a special program designed to
meet the needs and aspirations of highly
motivated students of superior intellectual
ability. The Lycoming Scholar satisfies the
college distribution requirements, generally
on a more exacting level and with more
challenging courses than the average student.
Lycoming Scholars also participate in special
interdisciplinary seminars and in serious
independent study culminating in a senior
project.
301
LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR
Team taught interdisciplinary seminar
held each semester under the direction of the
Lycommg Scholar Council. May be repeated
for credit. Completion of five semesters is
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequi-
site: Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade
will be recorded as "A" or "F" .
450
SENIOR SEMINAR
During the senior year, Lycoming
Scholars complete independent studies or
departmental honors projects. These projects
are presented to scholars and faculty in the
senior seminar. Non-credit course. Pre-
requisite: Acceptance into the Lycoming
Scholar Program.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOaOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
SOCIOLOGY-
ANTHROPOLOGY
Professor: Wilk (Chairperson)
Associate Professor: Jo
Assistant Professors: Alexander, Strauser
1 he Sociology/Anthropology Depart-
ment offers two tracks in the major. Both
tracks introduce the students to the funda-
mental concepts of the discipline, and both
tracks prepare the student for graduate
school.
Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects
of sociology and anthropology. Track II
emphasizes the application of sociology and
anthropology to human services.
Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires
the core course sequence 1 10, 1 14, 229, 444,
and 447 and three other course within the
LYCOMING COLLEGE
department with the exception of 115, 222,
223, 225, 440, and 443. Religion 226 may
also be counted toward the major.
Track n - Human Services in a Socio-
Cultural Perspective requires: Sociology-
Anthropology 1 10, 222, 229, 443, 444, and
447. In addition, students must select two
courses from among the following: Sociol-
ogy-Anthropology 220, 221, 227, 228, 300,
334, and 335. Students are also required to
choose two units from the following courses:
Psychology 1 10, Psychology 224, Economics
224, and Political Science 333. Recom-
mended courses: Accounting 110, Account-
ing 226, Spanish 1 1 1, Spanish 1 12, History
126, and Philosophy 334.
Majors in both tracks are encouraged to
participate in the internship program.
Minor
A minor in Sociology and Anthroix>logy
consists of Sociology-Anthropology 1 10 and
four other sociology-anthropology courses
(three of which must be numbered 220 or
above) which must be approved by the
department. Sociology-Anthropology
courses 1 15, 223, 225, 339, and 440 cannot
be counted toward this minor.
110
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY
An introduction to the problems, concepts,
and methods in sociology today, including
analysis of stratification, organization of
groups and institutions, social movements,
and deviants in social structure.
114
INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
An introduction to the subfields of
anthropology; its subject matter, methodol-
ogy, and goals. Examination of biological
and cultural evolution, the fossil evidence for
human evolution, and questions raised in
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SOaOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
relation to human evolution. Other topics
include race, human nature, primate behav-
ior, and prehistoric cultural development.
115
INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN
CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM
An introduction to the role of law enforce-
ment, courts, and corrections in the admini-
stration of justice; the historical development
of police, courts, and corrections; jurisdiction
and procedures of courts; an introduction to
the studies, literature, and research in
criminal justice; careers in criminal justice.
220
MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY
The history, structure, and functions of
modem American family life, emphasizing
dating, courtship, factors in marital adjust-
ment, and the changing status of family
members. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthro-
pology 110 or consent of instructor.
Ill
JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
A multidisciplinary approach to the study
of the constellation of factors that relate to
juvenile dehnquency causation, handling the
juvenile delinquent in the criminal justice
system, treatment strategies, prevention, and
community responsibility. Prerequisite:
Sociology-Anthropology 110 or consent of
instructor. Alternate Years.
Ill
INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES
The course is designed for students
interested in learning about, or entering, the
human services profession. It will review the
history, the range, and the goals of human
services together with a survey of various
strategics and approaches to human prob-
lems. It will include practical discussions of
social behavioral differences as they relate to
stress and conflict in people's lives. Pre-
requisite: Sociology-Anthropology 110 and/
or Psychology 110 or consent of instructor.
223
INTRODUCTION TO LAW
ENFORCEMENT
Principles, theories, and doctrines of the
law of crimes, elements in crime, analysis of
criminal investigation, important case law.
Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropology 115 or
consent of instructor.
224
RURAL AND URBAN COMMUNITIES
The concept of community is treated as it
operates and affects individual and group
behavior in rural, suburban, and urban
settings. Emphasis is placed upon character-
istic institutions and problems of modem city
life. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropology
110 or consent of instructor.
225
INTRODUCTION TO
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION
This course is designed for advanced
criminal justice majors. Emphasis is placed
on an in-depth study of detection and
investigation of major crimes. Particular
attention is placed on the use of
criminalistics, legal parameters of evidence
and interrogation, and prosecutory proce-
dures; Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropology
223 or consent of instructor. Will not be
counted toward the sociology I anthropology
major.
116
SOCIAL MOVEMENTS
An analysis of the dynamics, structure,
and reactions to social movements with focus
on contemporary social movements. Pre-
requisite: Sociology Anthropology 110 or
consent of instructor.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOaOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
227
SOCIAL PROBLEMS
The course examines the causes, charac-
teristics, and consequences of social prob-
lems in America from diverse socio-cultural
perspectives. Topics discussed typically
include crime, urban crises, family disorgani-
zation, poverty, race problems, drug abuse,
and other related issues. Prerequisite:
Sociology-Anthropology 110 or consent of
instructor.
11%
AGING AND SOCIETY
Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics
of the aged as individuals and as members of
groups. Emphasis is placed upon variables:
health, housing, socio-economic status,
personal adjustment, retirement, and social
participation. Sociological, social psycho-
logical, and anthropological frames of
reference utilized in analysis and description
of aging and its relationship to society,
culture, and personality, health, housing,
socio-economic status, personal adjustment,
retirement, and social participation. Socio-
logical, social psychological, and anthropo-
logical frames of reference utilized in analysis
and description of aging and its relationship
to society, culture, and personality.
229
CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of cultural and social
anthropology designed to familiarize the
student with the analytical approaches to the
diverse cultures of the world. The relevancy
of cultural anthropology for an understanding
of the human condition will be stressed.
Topics to be covered include the nature of
primitive societies in contrast to civilizations,
the concept of culture and cultural relativism,
the individual and culture, the social pattern-
ing of behavior and social control, an
anthropological perspective on the culture of
the United States.
300
CRIMINOLOGY
Analysis of the sociology of law; condi-
tions under which criminal laws develop;
etiology of crime; epidemiology of crime,
including explanation of statistical distribu-
tion of criminal behavior in terms of time,
space, and social location. Prerequisite:
Sociology-Anthropology 110 or consent of
instructor.
331
SOCIOLOGY OF WOMEN
A sociological examination of the role of
women in American society through an
analysis of the social institutions which affect
their development. Role-analysis theory will
be applied to the past, present, and future
experience of women as it relates to the role
options of society as a whole. Students will
do an original research project on the role of
women. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropol-
ogy 110.
332
INSTITUTIONS
Introduces the student to the sociological
concept of social institution, the types of
social institutions to be found in all societies,
and the interrelationships between the social
institutions within a society. The course is
divided into two basic parts: 1 . That aspect
which deals with the systematic organization
of society in general, and 2, The concentra-
tion on a particular social institution: eco-
nomic, political, educational, or social
welfare. Prerequisite: Sociology- Anthropol-
ogy 110 or consent of instructor.
333
SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION
An examination of the major theories of
the relationship of religion to society and a
survey of sociological studies of religious
behavior. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthro-
pology 110 or consent of instructor.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SOaOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
334
RACIAL A^fD CULTURAL MINORITIES
Study of racial, cultural, and national
groups within the framework of American
cultural values. An analysis will include
historical, cultural, and social factors under-
lying ethnic and racial conflict. Field trips
and individual reports are part of the require-
ments for the course. Prerequisite: Sociol-
ogy-Anthropology 110 or consent of
instructor.
335
CULTURE AND PERSONALITY
Introduction to psychological anthropol-
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Empha-
sis will be placed on the relationship between
individual and culture, national character,
cognition and culture, culture and mental
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of
the concept of self. Prerequisite: Sociology-
Anthropology 229 or consent of instructor.
336
THE ANTHROPOLOGY
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS
The course will familiarize the student
with the wealth of anthropological data on
the religions and world views developed by
primitive peoples. The functions of primitive
religion in regard to the individual, society,
and various cultural institutions will be
examined. Subjects to be surveyed include
myth, witchcraft, vision quests, spirit
possession, the cultural use of dreams, and
revitalization movements. Particular empha-
sis will be given to shamanism, transcultural
religious experience, and the creation of
cultural realities through religions. Both a
social scientific and existential perspective
will be employed. Prerequisite: Sociology-
Anthropology 229 or consent of instructor.
337
THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF
AMERICAN INDIANS
An ethnographic survey of native North
American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such
as the Iroquois, Plains Indians, Pueblo,
Kwakiutl, and Netsilik. Changes in native
lifeways due to European contacts and United
States expansion will be considered. Recent
cultural developments among American
Indians will be placed in an anthropological
perspective.
338
LEGAL AND POLITICAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
The course is designed to familiarize the
student with the techniques of conflict
resolution and the utilization of public power
in primitive society as well as the various
theories of primitive law and government.
The rise of the state and an anthroiX)logical
perspective on modem law and government
will be included. The concepts of self-
regulation and social control, legitimacy,
coercion, and exploitation will be the
organizing focus. Prerequisite: Sociology-
Anthropology 229 or consent of instructor.
339
THE AMERICAN PRISON SYSTEM
Nature and history of punishment,
evolution of the prison and prison methods
with emphasis on prison community, prison
architecture, institutional programs, inmate
rights, and sentences. Review of punishment
versus treatment, detention facilities, jails,
reformatories, prison organization and
administration, custody, and discipline.
Prerequisite: Sociology- Anthropology 115.
440
PROBATION AND PAROLE
A course designed for the advanced
criminal justice major. While the course
concerns the study of probation and parole as
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
SOaOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
parts of the criminal justice system and their
impact on the system as a whole, the primary
emphasis is the impact on the offender.
Particular attention is given to diagnostic
report writing on offenders, pre-sentence
investigation, offender classification, and
parole planning. Prerequisite: Sociology-
Anthropology 115 and 339.
441
SOCIAL STRATinCATION
An analysis of stratification systems with
specific reference to American society. The
course will include an analysis of poverty,
wealth, and power in the United States.
Particular attention will be given to factors
which generate and maintain inequality,
along with the impact of inequality on the
lives of Americans. Prerequisite: Sociology -
Anthropology 110 or consent of instructor.
443
HUMAN SERVICES IN
HELPING INSTITUTIONS
The course examines the organizational
and conceptual context within which human
services are delivered in contemporary
society. Subject to be covered include
ethnographic study of nursing homes,
prisons, therapeutic communities, mental
hospitals, and other human service institu-
tions. The methodology of fieldwork will be
explored so as to sensitize the student to the
socio-cultural dimensions of helping environ-
ments and relationships. Prerequisite:
Sociology-Anthropology 110 or Sociology-
Anthropology 229 or consent of instructor.
Alternate years.
444
SOCIAL THEORY
The history of the development of
sociological thought from its earliest philo-
sophical beginnings is treated through
discussions and reports. Emphasis is placed
upon sociological thought since the time of
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Comte. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropol-
ogy 110 or consent of instructor.
445
ANTHROPOLOGICAL THEORY
The history of the development of
anthropological thought from the 18th
century to the present. Emphasis is placed
upon anthropological thought since 1850.
Topics include evolutionism, historical-
particularism, cultural idealism, cultural
materialism, functionalism, structuralism,
and ethnoscience. Prerequisite: Sociology-
Anthropology 229 or consent of instructor.
447
RESEARCH METHODS IN
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY
Study of the research process in sociol-
ogy-anthropology. Attention is given to the
process of designing and administering
research and the application of research.
Different methodological skills are consid-
ered, including field work, questionnaire
construction, and other methods of data
gathering and the analysis of data. Prerequi-
site: Sociology-Anthropology 110 and
Mathematics 103 or consent of instructor.
448-449
PRACTICUM IN SOCIOLOGY
Introduces the student to a practical work
exj)erience involving community agencies in
order to effect a synthesis of the student's
academic course work and its practical
applications in a community agency. Specif-
ics of the course to be worked out in conjunc-
tion with department, student and agency.
Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropology 110 i
and consent of instructor. *
470-479 J
INTERNSHIP (see index) '
Interns in sociology-anihroix)logy
typically work off campus with social service
agencies under the supervision of administra-
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
SOaOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY •THEATRE
tors. However, other internship experiences,
such as with the Lycoming County Historical
Museum, are available. Interns in criminal
justice work off-campus in criminal justice
agencies, such as penal institutions and
probation and parole departments, under the
supervision of administrative personnel.
N80-N89
INfDEPENDENT STUDY (See index)
An opportunity to pursue specific interests
and topics not usually covered in regular
courses. Through a program of readings and
tutorials, the student will have the opportu-
nity to pursue these interest and topics in
greater depth than is usually possible in a
regular course.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index)
THEATRE
Professor: R. Falk (Chairperson)
Associate Professor: Allen
Part-time Instructors: Clark, Denton
Theatre Technician: Downing
1 he major consists of eight courses:
Theatre 100 and seven others; a concentra-
tion in acting, directing, or design is possible.
In addition to the course requirements,
majors are expected to participate actively in
Arena Theatre productions. Majors are urged
to include courses in art, music, psychology,
and English, or other areas of special interst.
Minor
Three minors are available in the Theatre
department. A minor in Theatre History and
Literature consists of Theatre 100, 332, 333,
335, and 400. The following courses are
required to complete a minor in Performance:
Theatre 100, 140, 226, 334, 336, and either
332 or 333. To obtain a minor in Technical
Theatre, a student must complete Theatre
100, 148, 228, 338, and 420 or 430.
The fine arts distribution requirement may
be satisfied by selecting any two of the
following recommended courses: Theatre
100, 1 10, 140, 148, 332, 333 or other courses
with the consent of the instructor.
100
INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE
Designed as a comprehensive introduction
to the aesthetics of theatre. From the
spectator's point of view, the nature of
theatre will be explored, including dramatic
literature and the integral functioning of
acting, directing and all production aspects.
110
INTRODUCTION TO FILM
A basic course in understanding the film
medium. The class will investigate film
technique through lectures and by viewing
regular weekly films chosen from classic,
contemporary, and experimental short films.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^ B>
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
135-136
INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II
An introduction to the techniques of basic
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz,
and modem dance. Classes include improvi-
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for
Theatre 136: Theatre 135 or consent of
instructor. One-half unit of credit each. Not
open to students who have received credit for
Music 135-136 or Music 235-236.
137
HISTORY OF THE DANCE I
A survey of classical ballet from the
Ballets de cour of 17th-century France to the
present with emphasis on the contributions of
Petipa, Fokien, Cecchetti, and Balanchine.
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students
who have received credit for Music 137
or 138.
138
HISTORY OF THE DANCE II
A survey of the forms of dance, excluding
classical ballet, as independent works of art
and as they have reflected the history of
civilization from primitive times to the
present. Prerequisite: Theatre 137 or
consent of instructor. One-half unit of credit.
Not open to students who have received
credit for Music 137 or 138.
140
INTRODUCTION TO ACTING
An introductory study of the actor's
preparation with emphasis on developing the
actor's creative imagination through improvi-
sations and scene study. Prerequisite:
Theatre 100.
148
INTRODUCTION TO PLAY PRODUCTION
Stagecraft and the various other aspects of
play production are introduced. Through
material presented in the course and labora-
LYCOMING COLLEGE
tory work on the Arena Theatre stage, the
student will acquire experience to produce
theatrical scenery, lighting and costumes.
226
INTRODUCTION TO DIRECTING
An introductory study of the function of
the director in preparation, rehearsal, and
performance. Emphasis is placed on devel-
oping the student's ability to analyze scripts,
and on the development of the student's
imagination. Prerequisite: Theatre 140.
228
INTRODUCTION TO SCENE
DESIGN AND STAGECRAFT
An introduction to the theatre with an
emphasis on stagecraft. Productions each
semester serve as the laboratory to provide
the practical experience necessarv to under-
stand the material presented in ti.o classroom.
Prerequisite: Theatre 148 or consent of
instructor.
231
ADVANCED TECHNIQUES
OF PLAY PRODUCTION
A detailed consideration of the interre-
lated problems and techniques of play
analysis, production styles, and design.
Offered summer only.
FUNDAMENTALS OF MAKEUP
Essentials of stage makeup; straight,
character, special types. Effects of light on
makeup are included. Prerequisite: Theatre
148. One-half unit. Alternate years.
233
ADVANCED MAKEUP
Advanced techniques in makeup design, j
Three dimensional and prosthetic makeups
are included, with emphasis on nonrealistic
and nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: Theatre
232. One-half unit. Alternate years.
I 1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THEATRE
235-236
INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II
Studies of the techniques of basic
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz
and modern dance at the intermediate level.
Classes include improvisation and choreogra-
phy. Prerequisite for Theatre 235: Theatre
136 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for
Theatre 236: Theatre 235 or consent of
instructor. One-half unit of credit each. Not
open to students who have received credit for
Music 135-136 or Music 235-236.
332
HISTORY OF THEATRE I
A detailed study of the development of
theatre from the Greeks to the Restoration.
Alternate years.
333
HISTORY OF THEATRE II
The history of the theatre from 1660.
Alternate years.
334
INTERMEDIATE STUDIO: ACTING
Instruction and practice in character
analysis and projection with emphasis on
vocal and body techniques. Prerequisite:
Theatre 140.
335
THEORIES OF THE MODERN THEATRE
An advanced course exploring the
philosophical roots of the modern theatre
from the birth of realism to the present and
the influences on modem theatre practice.
Selected readings from Nietzsche, Marx,
Jung, Freud, Whitehead, Kierkegaard, Sartre,
Camus, Antoine, Copeau, Stanislavski, Shaw,
Meyerhold, Artaud, Brecht, Brook, Grotow-
ski. Alternate years.
336
INTERMEDIATE STUDIO: DIRECTING
Emphasis is placed on the student's
ability to function in preparation and re-
hearsal. Practical experience involves the
directing of two one-act plays from the
contemporary theatre. Prerequisite: Theatre
226.
337
PLAYWRITING AND
DRAMATIC CRITICISM
An investigation of the techniques of
playwriting with an emphasis on creative
writing, culminating in a written one-act
play, plus an historical survey of dramatic
criticism from Aristotle to the present with
emphasis upon developing the student's
ability to write reviews and criticism of
theatrical productions and films. Alternate
years.
338
INTERMEDIATE STUDIO:
LIGHTING DESIGN
The theory of stage and lighting design
with emphasis on their practical application
to the theatre. Prerequisite: Theatre 148 or
consent of instructor.
400
MASTERS OF WORLD DRAMA
An intensive and detailed analysis of the
plays and related works, including criticism
of great authors, that have shaped world
theatre. Authors to be selected on the basis
of interest of students and faculty. At times,
more than one author will be treated in a
term. Ibsen, Brecht, Moliere, Williams,
Albee. Alternate years. May be accepted
toward English major with consent of English
Department.
420
ADVANCED STUDIO:
COSTUME DESIGN
The theory of costuming for the stage,
elements of design, planning, production, and
construction of costumes for the theatre.
Students will participate in the design of a
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THEATRE
production. Prerequisite: Theatre 148 or
consent of instructor.
430
ADVANCED STUDIO:
PROPERTIES DESIGN
The theory of properties design for the
stage, including the production of specific
properties for staging use. Elements of
design, fabrication, and the construction of
properties employing a variety of materials
and the application of new theatrical technol-
ogy. Prerequisite: Theatre 148 or consent of
instructor.
440
ADVANCED STUDIO: ACTING
Preparation of monologues and two-
character scenes, contemporary and classical.
The student will appear in major campus
productions. Prerequisite: Theatre 334.
446
ADVANCED STUDIO: DIRECTING
Emphasis will be placed on the student's
ability to produce a major three-act play from
the script to the stage for public performance.
Prerequisite: Theatre 336.
448
ADVANCED STUDIO: DESIGN
Independent work in conceptual and
practical design. The student will design one
full production as his major project. Pre-
requisites: Theatre 228 or 338 and consent
of instructor.
470-409
INTERNSHIP (see index)
Interns in theatre work off campus in
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minnea-
polis, and the New Jersey Shakespeare
Festival.
N80-N89
INDEPENDENT STUDY (see index)
Some recent independent studies have
been the roles of women as characters in
drama, scene design, and lighting design for
an Arena production.
490-491
INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (see index)
A typical study could be the writing and
production of an original play.
THEATRE PRACTICUM
Students may receive academic credit for
supervised participation in the various
aspects of technical production, rehearsal,
and performance of the Theatre Department's
major presentations in the Arena Theatre.
Credit for Theatre Practicum is earned on a
fractional basis. Students may register for
one-half semester hour course credit for
active participation in a major production in
the designated areas of technology and
performance, limited to one semester hour
credit per semester and eight semester hours
over four years. Theatre Practicum credit
may not be used to satisfy distribution
requirements in Fine Arts. Students may not
register for Theatre Practicum while taking
Theatre 100 (Introduction to Theatre) or
Theatre 148 (Play Production) without
permission of the instructor. When schedul-
ing, students should register for Theater
Practicum in addition to the normal four
academic courses. Because students may not
be cast or assigned duties in time to meet the
drop/add deadline, late registration for
Theatre 160 (Technical Theatre) and 161
(Rehearsal and Performance) will be permit-
ted without penalty.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^ffi
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THEATRE • WOMEN'S STUDIES
160
TECHMCAL THEATRE PRACTICUM
Participation in a major production of the
Arena Theatre in one of more of the follow-
ing technical areas: scene construction,
scene painting, lighting, sound, properties,
costume, make-up. A minimum of 50 hours
is required. May be repeated for credit.
One- half credit hour. Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor.
161
REHEARSAL AND
PERFORMANCE PRACTICUM
Participation in a major production of the
Arena Theatre in one or more of the follow-
ing rehearsal and j)erformance areas: acting
in a major or minor role, stage manager,
director, assistant director, choreographer. A
minimum of 50 hours is required. May be
repeated for credit. One-half hour credit.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
WOMEN'S STUDIES
Professor: Jensen (Coordinator)
Although a major in Women's Studies is
available only under the policies regarding
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors (see
p.32), an established minor in women's
studies is provided. Courses required for the
minor are:
History 310: Women in History
English 334: Women and Literature
Psychology 341: Psychology of Women
Art 339: Women in Art
With the approval of the coordinator, one
of the four courses may be satisfied with
Political Science 347: Women in Politics,
with an appropriate special course, or with an
independent studies project. To receive
credit for a minor in women's studies, a
student must maintain at least a 2.0 average
in courses taken for that minor.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^ff
LYCOMING COLLEGE
THE DIRECTORY
DIRECTORY
Board of TVustees
Officers
Robert L. Shangraw '58
Chairman
Robert E. Hancox '65
Vice Chairman
John C. Shultz
Secretary
Ann S. Pepperman
Assistant Secretary
Emeriti TVustees
Samuel H. Evert, '34, LL.D.
Paul G. Gilmore, Litt.D.
Kenneth E. Himes
W. Gibbs McKenney, LL.D., L.H.D.
Chairman Emeritus
Fred A. Pennington, LL.D.
Chairman Emeritus
William Pickelner
Marguerite G. Rich
Harold H. Shreckengast, Jr. '50
Chairman Emeritus
George L. Stearns, II
The Rev. Wallace F. Stettler, H.H.D.
Nathan W. Stuart '36
LYCX)MING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
THE DIRECTORY
TRUSTEES
Term expires 1993
Elected
1987 Leo Calistri '59
(Alumni Representative)
1987 Robert E. Hancox '65
1978 Harold D. Hershberger, Jr. '51
1987 K. Alan Himes '59
1989 Kenrick R. Khan '57
1991 Rosanna R. Lowry '72
1984 D. Stephen Martz '64
1985 Robert L. Shangraw '58
1972 Harold H. Shreckengast, Jr., '50
1990 Michael A. Warehime '64
1990 Phyllis L. Yasui
Term expires 1994
Elected
1979 David Y. Brouse '47
1988 David B. Lee '61
1982 Margaret D. L'Heureux
1973 Robert G. Little, '63
1991 George A. Nichols '59
(Alumni Representa)
1988 Ann S. Pepperman
1988 Theodore H. Reich
1988 John C. Schultz
1988 J. Richard Stamm '76
1988 Jeanne K. Twigg '74
1992-93 ACADENOC CATALOG I
^ff
Term expires 1995
Elected
1986 Harold D. Chapman
1980 Richard W. DeWald '61
1992 James E. Douthat
1987 Donald E. Failor '68
(Alumni Representative)
1989 Paul R. John
1 99 1 The Rev. Bishop Felton E. May
1989 V. Jud Rogers
1972 Donald E. Shearer, '59
1983 Hon. Clinton W. Smith '55
1992 Alvin M. Younger '71
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Administrative Staff
James E. Douthat (1989)
President
A£., The College of William and Mary
M.Div., Duke University
EdD., Duke University
Daniel G. Fultz (1989)
Treasurer
A£., Lycoming College
M.BA., Bucknell University
M. Ben Hogan (1992)
Dean of Student Services
BA., St. Francis College
M.S., University of Southern Maine
Ed J)., Vanderbilt University
Anne Harris Katz (1991)
Dean of the College
B.S., Ur sinus College
M.S., PhD., University of Massachusetts
LYCOMING COLLEGE
J. Barton Meyer (1984)
Vice President for Development
BA., Ohio Northern University
M.S., University of Dayton
James D. Spencer (1989)
Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid
BA., Concordia College
Diane Michalik-Bonner (1990)
College Counselor
BA., Rutgers University
M.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University
Dale V. Bower (1968)
Director of Planned Giving
B.S., Lycoming College
BD., United Theological Seminary
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Molly Costello (1991)
Director of College Relations
AB., Mount Holyoke College
M.B.A., Southeastern Massachusetts
University
Robert L. Curry (1969)
Associate Director of Athletics
A3., Lycoming College
Melissa E. Evans (1991)
Admissions Counselor
B A., Randolph-Macon College
Jerry S. Falco (1990)
Director of Student Activities
B.S., Westminister College
M.A., Bowling Green State University
Robert F. Falk (1970)
Theatre
Associate Dean of the College
A£., Drew University
BD., Drew Theological School
M.A., Wayne State University
Ph.D., Wayne State University
Frank L. Girardi (1984)
Director of Athletics
B.S., West Chester State College
Murray J. Hanford (1991)
Publications Manager
Daniel J. Hartsock (1981)
Director of Academic Resource Center and
Coordinator of Advising
BA., The Pennsylvania State University
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Alice N. Heaps (1986)
Associate Director of Admissions
B.S., Shippensburg University
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Mary Beth Heim (1990)
Admissions Counselor
BA.. Earlham College
Thomas J. Henninger (1966)
Director of Computer Services
B.S., Wake Forest College
M.A., University of Kansas
J. Marco Hunsberger (1989)
Campus Minister
BA., Mercer University
M.Div., United Theological Seminary
Kelly M. Keiser (1990)
Admissions Counselor
AM., Lycoming College
John J. Killian (1990)
Admissions Counselor
A£., Lycoming College
Wayne E. Kinley (1990)
Controller
A£., Lycoming College
James S. Lakis (1990)
Director of Financial Aid
BA., Temple University
Therese A. Logue (1991)
Admissions Counselor
BA., Dickinson College
John D. Ludway (1991)
Catholic Campus Minister
B.S., Kent State University
Christina E. MacGill (1985)
Director of Career Management Services
A£., Lycoming College
M.S., Bucknell University
David J. Martin (1990)
Superintendent of Buildings & Grounds
B.S., Huntington College
^M
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
H. Karen Ransdorf (1990)
Campus Store Manager
Nancy A. Robinson (1990)
Accountant
AA.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology
William C. Sherwood (1990)
Business Manager
B.S., Lycoming College
M.BA., Michigan State University
Phyllis J. Sieber (1989)
Director of Residence Life
BA., University of Delaware
MA., Trenton State College
Carolyn M. Slezak (1991)
Admissions Counselor
BA., Clarion University
Randall T. Suffolk (1991)
Coordinator of Residence Life
BA., Connecticut College
M.A., Columbia University
Catherine E. Troelstra (1991)
Assistant Director of the Annual Fund
B.S., The Johns Hopkins University
Robin E. Tuttle (1991)
Assistant Instructional Services Librarian
Adjunct Assistant Professor, Library
BA. Hamilton College
M.S.S., The University of Albany
Jeanne A. Wagner (1990)
Registrar
B.S., Syracuse University
Laurence C. Wilcox (1987)
Director of Safety and Security
Penn State Police Academy
Institute of Applied Science, Syracuse, NY
Mary B. Wolf (1985)
Political Science
Assistant Dean of Freshmen
BA., St. Mary's College
M.PA., University of Michigan
Ralph E. Zeigler, Jr. (1980)
Director of development for Annual Support
A£., Lycoming College
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Gail M. Zimmerman (1984)
Director of Research and Records
B.S., SUNY at Cortland
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
FACULTY
Professors
Robert B. Angstadt (1967)
Biology
B.S., Ur sinus College
M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University
Jon R. Bogle (1976)
Art
B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art;
Temple University
Jack D. Diehl, Jr. (1971)**
Biology
B.S., MA., Sam Houston State University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
Robert F. Falk (1970)
Theatre
Marshal of the College
BA., B.D., Drew University
MA., Ph.D., Wayne State University
David A. Franz (1970)
Chemistry
Marshall of the College
AB., Princeton University
M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University
PhD., University of Virginia
Ernest D. Giglio (1972)
Political Science
BA., Queens College
M.A..SUNY at Albany
PhD., Syracuse University
Eduardo Guerra (1960)
Religion
BD., Southern Methodist University
S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary
John G. Hancock (1967)
Psychology
B.S., M.S., Bucknell University
PhD., The Pennsylvania State University
Richard A. Hughes (1970)**
M.B. Rich Chair in Religion
BA., University of Indianapolis
S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University
Emily R. Jensen (1969)
English
BA., Jamestown College
M.A., University of Denver
PhD., The Pennsylvania State University
Robert H. Larson (1969)
History
BA.,The Citadel
M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia
Roger W. Opdahl (1963)
Economics
AM., Hofstra University
M.A., Columbia University
D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
John F. Piper, Jr. (1969)
History
AB., Lafayette College
BD., Yale University
PhD., Duke University
David Rife (1970)
English
BA., University of Florida
M.A., PhD., Southern Illinois University
Michael G. Roskin (1972)****
Political Science
AM., University of California at Berkeley
M.A., University of California at Los Angeles
PhD., The American University
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Roger D. Shipley (1967)
Art
BA., Otter be in College
M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art
John M. Whelan, Jr. (1971)**
Philosophy
BA., University of Notre Dame
PhD., University of Texas at Austin
Stanley T. Wilk (1973)
Anthropology
BA., Hunter College
PhD., University of Pittsburgh
Associate Professors
Jerry D. Allen (1984)
Theatre
B.F.A.. M.F.A., Utah State University
Susan K. Beidler (1975)
Collection Management Services Librarian
BA., University of Delaware
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
Howard C. Berthold, Jr. (1976)
Psychology
BA., Franklin and Marshall College
M.A., University of Iowa
PhD., University of Massachusetts
Gary M. Boerckel (1979)
Music
Director of Lycoming Scholars
BA.,B.M., Oberlin College
M.M., Ohio University
D.M.A., University of Iowa
Clarence W. Burch (1962)
Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Richard R. Erickson (1973)
Astronomy and Physics
BA., University of Minnesota
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago
LYCOMING COLLEGE ■
Edward G. Gabriel (1977)
Biology
BA., M.A., Alfred University
M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Stephen R. Griffith (1970)
Philosophy
A3., Cornell University
M.A., PhD., University of Pittsburgh
David K. Haley (1980)
Mathematics
BA., Acadia University
M.S., Ph.D., Queens University
Habil., Universitat Mannheim
Bruce M. Hurlbert (1982)
Director of Library Services
BA.,The Citadel
M.S.L.S., Florida State University
Moon H. Jo (1975)
Sociology
BA., Valparaiso University
M.A., Howard University
PhD., New York University
Eldon F. Kuhns, II (1979)
Accounting
AS., Lycoming College
M. Accounting. University of Oklahoma
C.PA. (Pennsylvania)
Paul A. Mackenzie (1970)
German
AS., A.M.. Ph.D.. Boston University
Robert J.B. Maples (1969)
French
AB., University of Rochester
PhD., Yale University
Chriss McDonald (1987)
Chemistry
B.S., Manchester College
PhD., Miami University of Ohio
^^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
Richard J. Morris (1976)**
History
BA.. Boston State College
M.A., Ohio University
PhD., New York University
Carole Moses (1982)
English
BA., Adelphi University
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
PhD., SUNY at Binghamton
Kathleen D. Pagana (1982)
Nursing
B.S.N., University of Maryland
M.S.N.. Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Doris P. Parrish (1983)*
Nursing
B.S.,SUNYatPlattsburgh
M.S., Russell Sage College
PhD., University of Texas at Austin
Kathryn M. Ryan (1981)
Psychology
B.S., University of Illinois
M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
GeneD. Sprechini (1981)
Mathematics
B.S., Wilkes College
M.A., PhD., SUNY at Binghamton
Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976)
Music
A£., Syracuse University
B.M., Ithaca College
M.M., SUNY at Binghamton
D.M.A., Cornell University
H. Bruce Weaver (1974)
Business Administration
BB.A., Stetson University
JD., Vanderbilt University
M.BA., University of Central Florida
Robert A. Zaccaria (1973)
Biology
BA., Bridgewater College
PhD., University of Virginia
Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979)
Biology
B.S., SUNY at Cortland
M.S., Ph.D., Miami University
Assistant Professors
Susan Alexander (1991)
Sociology
BA., MA., PhD., The American University
Penelope Austin (1988)
English
A£., University of Michigan
MA., University of Missouri-Columbia
PhD., University of Utah
Bernard J. Balleweg (1985)
Psychology
B.S., Colorado State University
M.A., PhD., University of Montana
Henry E. Berkheimer (1988)
Chemistry
AM., Dickinson College
M.S., Bucknell University
PhD., The Pennsylvania State University
Steven Bidlake (1988)
English
BA.. Western Washington University
M.A., University of Oregon
PhD., University of Washington
Barbara F. Buedel (1989)
Spanish
BA., University of Kentucky
M.A., M. Phil, Ph.D., Yale University
John H. Conrad (1959)
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
®
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Education
B.S.. Mansfield State College
M.A., New York University
Santusht S. DeSilva (1983)
Mathematics
B.Sc, University of Sri Lanka
M.A.. PhD., University of Pittsburgh
Michelle S. Ficca (1985)**
Nursing
B.S., Stroudsburg State University
M.S., The Pennsylvania State University
David Fisher (1984)
Physics
B.S., The Pennsylvania University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
Amy Golahny (1985)*
Art
BA., Brandeis University
M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute
M. Phil., and PhD., Columbia University
Bahrain Golshan (1989)
Mathematical Science
B.S., Jundi Shapour University, Iran
M.S., Kent State University
PhD., The Pennsylvania State University
Gary Hafer
English
BA., MA., Kutztown University of Pennsylvania
PhD., Purdue University
G. W. Hawkes (1989)
English
BA., University of Washington-Seattle
M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton
Thomas J. Henninger (1966)
Director of Computer Services; Mathematics
B.S., Wake Forest College
M.A., University of Kansas
Owen F. Herring (1965)
Philosophy
BA., Wake Forest College
Rachael Hungerford (1989)
Education
AA., Cayuga County Community College
B.S., SUNY at Pittsburgh
EdD., University of Massachusetts! Amherst
Janet Hurlbert (1985)
Instructional Services Librarian
BA., M.A., University of Denver
Mehrdad Madresehee (1986)
Economics
B.S., University of Tehran
M.S., National University of Iran
M.S., University of Idaho
PhD., Washington State University
Bradley Nason (1983)
Mass Communication
A£., Lycoming College
M.A., The American University
Michael R. Smith (1989)
Mass Communication
BA., University of Maryland
M.S., Shippensburg University
Arthur Sterngold (1988)
Business Administration
BA., Princeton University
M.B.A., Northwestern University
PhD. The Pennsylvania State University
Larry R. Strauser (1973)
Sociology
A£., Lycoming College
M.P.A., University of Arizona
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^h
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
FACULTY
Robert E. Van Voorst (1989)
Religion
BA., Hope College
M.Div., Western Theological Seminary
S.T.M., Ph.D.. Union Theological Seminary
Richard Weida (1987)
Mathematics
B.S., Muhlenberg College
M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
Budd F. Whitehill (1957)
Physical Education
B.S., Lock Haven University
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Richard E. Wienecke (1982)
Accounting
A£., Lycoming College
M.S., Bucknell University
M.B.A., Long Island University
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania and New York)
Fredric M. Wild, Jr. (1978)
Mass Communication
BA., Emory University
M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
M.Div., Yale Divinity School
David H. Wolfe (1989)
Physics
B.S., Lock Haven State College
M.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Ph.D., Kent State University
Troy A. Wolfskin (1989)
Chemistry
B.S., Albright College
PhD., University of Virginia
Peiyuan Van (1989)
Mathematical Science
B.S., E. China Inst, of Tech.
M.S., PhD., The Pennsylvania State University
*On Sabbatical Fall Semester 1992
**On Sabbatical Spring Semester 1993
***0n Sabbaucal Spring & Fall 1992-1993
****On Leave
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Instructors
Pamela Z. DUI (1990)
Nursing
B.SJ^., M.SJ^., University of Pennsylvania
Margaret Gray-Vickrey (1986)
Nursing
B.SM., SUNY at Plattsburgh
M.S., Northern Illinois University
Edward Henninger (1988)
Business Administration
B.S., Shippensburg University
M.B.A., Shippensburg University
Deborah J. Holmes (1976)
Physical Education
B.S., M.S., The Pennsylvania State University
Diane C. Janda (1988)
Music
B.M., University of Texas at Austin
M.M., University of Cincinnati,
College-Conservatory of Music
Magda T. Vergara
Spanish
B.S., Yale University
MA., New York University
Part Time Faculty &
Special Appointments
Rhonda L. Bird, R.D. (1986)
Nursing
BA., Indiana University
Joan Moyer Clark (1987)
Music and Theatre
Richard S. Coulter (1990)
Music
B.F.A., M.F.A., Carnegie Mellon University
Roger Davis (1984)
Mathematics
B.S.Ed., Clarion State College
M.S.Ed., Bucknell University
TO^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Amy C. Falk (1991)
Foreign Languages
A£., Lycoming College
Sherril D. Ingram (1991)
Nursing
B.S.N., University of Pittsburgh;
M.S.N., University of Virginia
Don M. Larrabee H (1972)
Buisness Law
AJB., Franklin and Marshall College
LLS., Fordham University
James Logue (1976)
English
A£., M.S., Bucknell University
Gerald M. McKeegan
Nursing
B.S., Philadelphia College of
Pharmacy and Science
Linda Potter (1990)
Nursing
B.SJN., Lycoming College
Thomas M. Shivetts (1986)
Education
B.S., Lycoming College;
M.S. Ed., Bucknell University
Gary Steele (1988)
Music
B.M., Juilliard School;
M.M., Eastman School of Music
Steve Uzupis (1989)
Accounting
B.S., Pennsylvania State University;
M.S., University of Houston;
C.PA., Texas
Elliott Weiss (1989)
Accounting
BA., City College of New York;
JD, University of Syracuse;
Masters in Taxation, New York University
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Applied Music Teachers
Diana L. Bailey (1986)
Saxophone
B.S., Susquehanna University
David J. Borsheim (1991)
French Horn
BA., M.A., St. Thomas College
M.M., University of Cincinnati, College-
Conservatory of Music
Richard W. Campbell (1991)
Bassoon
B.M., Eastman School of Music
William G. Degillio (1991)
Guitar
BA., University ofScranton
B.M., Marywood College
M.M., University of Southern California
Judith D. Gallup (1991)
Clarinet
B.S., Mansfield University
Jean Grube (1990)
Voice
B.M., Susquehanna University
Richard J. Lakey (1979)
Organ and Piano
A£., Westminster Choir College;
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
David G. Lassiter (1991)
Violin
B.M., Chapman College
M.M.E., Florida State University
Robert Leidhecker (1989)
Percussion
B.M., Mansfield University
Yvonne Mitchell (1991)
Piano
BA., Lycoming College
e
1992-93 ACADENDC CATALOG
FACULTY
Grace K.Muzzo (1991)
Piano
B.M.E., Gordon College
M.M.E., Westminster Choir College
Albert Nacinovich (1972)
Brass
BA., in Music Education, Mansfield University;
M.S., in Music Education, Ithaca College
Mary Russell (1936)
Music
B.S., Susquehanna University
Conservatory of Music;
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Marcus Smolensky (1990)
Viola
B.M., Eastman School of Music;
M.M.. Cleveland Institute of Music
Judith A. White
Voice
B.Mus., Susquehanna University
Adjunct Faculty & Staff
Galal Amed, M.D.
Medical Director, School of
Medical Technology
Divine Providence Hospital
Williamsport.PA 17701
Vivian Anagnoste, M.D.
Medical Director, Clinical Laboratory
Science Program
Rolling Hill Hospital
Elldns Park, PA 19117
Brook Barrie (1984)
Sculpture
Johnson Atelier Technical
Institute of Sculpture
Paul J. Cherney, M.D.
Medical Director, School of
Medical Technology
Abington Memorial Hospital
Abington.PA 19001
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■
Gerald R. Fahs, M.D.
Medical Director, School of
Medical Technology
The Lancaster General Hospital
Lancaster. PA 17603
Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, School of
Medical Technology
The Lancaster General Hospital
Lancaster. PA 17603
Phyllis Gotkin, Ph.D., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, Clinical Laboratory
Science Program
Rolling Hill Hospital
Elldns Park. PA 19117
Barbara Kravitz, B.S., MT (ASCP)
Education Coordinator, Clinical
Laboratory Science Program
Rolling Hill Hospital
Elldns Park, PA 19117
Jon Lash (1984)
Sculpture
Johnson Atelier Technical
Institute of Sculpture
Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, School
of Medical Technology
Divine Providence Hospital
Williamsport,PA 17701
Andrzej Pitynski (1984)
Sculpture
Johnson Atelier Technical
Institute of Sculpture
Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP)
Program Director, School
of Medical Technology
Abington Memorial Hospital
Abington.PA 19001
^h
LYCOMING COLLEGE
FACULTY
Herk Van Tongeren (1984)
Sculpture
Johnson Atelier Technical
Institute of Sculpture
Medical Staff
Robert S. Yasui, M.D.
College Surgeon
MD., Temple University
Emeriti
John P. Graham
Professor Emeritus of English
BA., Dickinson College
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Harold W. Hayden
Librarian Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of
Library Services
AB., Nebraska State Teachers College
B.S., University of Illinois
MA. in L.S., University of Pennsylvania
John G. Hollenback
Professor Emeritus of Business
Administration
B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania
James K. Hummer
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
BJ^.S., Tufts University
M.S., Middlebury College
PhD., University of North Carolina
M. Raymond Jamison
Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics
B.S., Ur sinus College
M.S., Buc knell University
Walter G. Mclver
F*rofessor Emeritus of Music
MusB., Westminster Choir College
AB., Buc knell University
M.A., New York University
Robert W. Rabold
Professor Emeritus of Economics
BA., The Pennsylvania State University
MA., PhD., University of Pittsburgh
John A. Radspinner
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.S., University of Richmond
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
D.S., Carnegie Mellon Institute
Logan A. Richmond
Professor Emeritus of Accounting
B.S., Lycoming College
M.B.A., New York University
C.PA. (Pennsylvania)
Mary Landon Russell
Associate Professor Emeritus of Music
Mus. B.. Susquehanna University
Conservatory of Music
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
Louise R. Schaeffer
Associate Professor Emeritus of Education
AB., Lycoming College
M.A., Buc knell University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
James W. SheafTer
Associate Professor Emeritus of Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
M.S., University of Pennsylvania
Frances K. Skeath
Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
AB., M.A., Bucknell University
D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
John A. Stuart
Professor Emeritus of English
BA., William Jewell College
M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University
Helen B. Weidman
FYofessor Emeritus of Political Science
A.B., M.A., Bucknell University
Ph.D., Syracuse University
LYCOMING COLLEGE
^h
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ATHLETIC STAFF
Athletic Staff
James Bodner
Assistant Men's Basketball Coach
Michelle Bosch
Assistant Men's & Women's Track Coach
Dave Bower
Assistant Football Coach
Clarence Burch
Chairperson, Physical Education
Head Men's Basketball Coach
Robert Curry
Associate Athletic Director
Rees Daneker
Assistant Men's Basketball Coach
Robert Eaton
Head Soccer/Golf Coach
Mike Fiamingo
Assistant Wrestling Coach
Robert George
Assistant Football Coach
Frank Girardi, Jr.
Assistant Football Coach
Frank Girardi, Sr.
Athletic Director, Head Football Coach
Gene Haupt
Assistant Football Coach
Brett Hoffman
Athletic Trainer
Men's & Women's Track Coach
Deborah J. Holmes
Head Women's Tennis Coach/Intramural
Program Director
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
James Kramer
Head Men's/Women's Swimming Coach
Head Men's/Women's Cross Country Coach
Joseph Lumbis
Equipment Manager
Terry Mantle
Assistant Football Coach
Joseph Mark
Men's Tennis Coach
Karen Markey
Field Hockey Coach
Dan Muthler
Assistant Wrestling Coach
James Orr
Head Women's Basketball Coach
Deb Phillips
Secretary & Cheerleading Coach
Mike Weber
Assistant Football Coach
Budd Whitehill
Head Wrestling Coach
Steve Wiser
Assistant Football Coach
®
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS
Administrative
Assistants
Victoria G. Anderton
Campus Store Assistant
Patricia R. Barclay
Communications Officer
Trudy L. Beachem
Gift Records Specialist
Michael J. Beatty
Patrol Supervisor
Theresa M. Beatty
Faculty Secretary, Science Department
Nathalie R. Beck
Executive Secretary to President & Vice
President for Development
Karen N. Bloom
Financial Aid Associate
Elizabeth G. Boyd
Assistant to President
Brigitte C. Brahms
Telecommunications Coordinator
Sandra L. Burrows
Secretary, College Relations
Barbara J. Carlin
Executive Secretary, Admissions & Financial
Deborah A. Caulkins
Slide Curator & Gallery Coordinator
George P. Cave
Mailroom Assistant
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Diana L. Cleveland
Coordinator of Academic Services
for Mathematical Sciences
Richard L. Cowher II
Printing Services Coordinator
Elizabeth G. Cowles
Secretary, Career Development
June V. Creveling
Secretary, Buildings & Grounds
and Safety & Security
Mary E. Dahlgren
Admissions Data Coordinator
Richard C. Dingle
Sub Desk Aide
Julia E. Dougherty
Library Technician, Circulation
David F. Downing
Theatre Technician
Gladys M. Engel
Faculty Secretary, Theatre
June L. Evans
Faculty Secretary, Nursing
Robert W. Faus
Mailroom Assistant &
Assistant Press Operator
Paula M. Fisher
Assistant Admissions Data Coordinator/
Secretary
^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS
Raymond J. Hartman II
Security Officer
Diane J. Hassinger
Executive Secretary to Dean of College
Esther L. Henninger
Secretary, Athletics
Robert L. Hill
Library Evening Proctor
Barbara E. Horn
Faculty Secretary, Education
David M. Kelchner
Records and Data Manager
Gladys E. Knauss
Sub Desk Aide
Shelly A. LaForme
Accounts Payable Clerk
Richard D. Lane
Library Evening Proctor
Gale D. Laubacher
Cashier & Bookkeeper
Donna M. Laughrey
Campus Store Assistant
Peggie A. LeFever
Personnel Coordinator
Shirley D. Lloyd
Campus Store Assistant/Clerk
Carol A. Long
Assistant, Alumni & Parent Relations
Nanci A. Long
Communications Officer
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
John J. Maness
Security Officer
Dorothy E. Maples
Box Office Manager
D. Maxine McCormick
Recorder
Nielin L. Meredith
Assistant Admissions Data Coordinator
Rebecca R. Miller
Secretary, Financial Aid
Yvonne L. Miller
Computer Programmer/Operator
Roberta M. Mitteer
Sub Desk Aide
Marianne Moser
Security Officer
Marilyn Mailings
Faculty Secretary
Marlene L. Neece
Library Technician, AVALL
Judith E. Noble
Library Technician, Acquisitions
Marion R. Nyman
Bursar/Executive Secretary
to the Treasurer & Controller
Martha W. O'Brien
Assistant to the Registrar
Carl H. Pederson
Security Officer
Rosalie S. Pfaff
Switchboard Operator/Receptionist
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS
Deborah E. Phillips
Secretary, Athletics
Melissa S. Pinkerton
Assistant, Freshman Dean & Annual Support
Karen M. Preamble
Nursing Skills Lab Instructor
Elizabeth L. Ruesskamp
Sub Desk Aide
Julie Rupert
Secretary^ Business Manager
Sherry L. Schaefer
Secretary, Residence Life
Fern L. Schon
Payroll Clerk & Student Loan Coordinator
Anna L. Seidel
Alumni Records Clerk
Richard D. Sheddy
Communications Officer
Penny S. Stem
Microcomputer Lab Monitor
Patricia L. Strauss-CundifT
Systems Analyst
Sheran L. Swank
Faculty Secretary
Diane M. Thomas
Programmer Analyst
Alan N. Thompson
Security Officer
Carole A. Thompson
Faculty Secretary
LYCOMING COLLEGE
Patricia J. Triaca
Library Technician, Cataloging
Donna A. Weaver
Assistant, Student Activities
Deborah E. Weaver
Manager, Residence Halls Operations
Geraldine H. Wescott
Library Technician, Periodicals
Roberta A. Wheeler
Gift Records Specialist
Joetta D. Witiak
Nursing Skills Lab Manager
Patricia S. Wittig
Secretary, Campus Ministries
Melissa C. Wolfe
Library Technician, ILL
Pamela E. Wolfskin
Secretary, Health Services & Counseling
Jean C. Wool
Executive Secretary to
Dean of Student Services
Richard J. Wright
Mailroom Coordinator
Scott A. Wright
Security Officer
Joseph J. Wynne
Multimedia Assistant
Cheryl A. Yearick
Library Technician, Govt. Pub/ILL
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD
1992 -93 Alumni
Association
Executive Board
1 he Alumni Association of Lycoming
College has a membership of nearly 12,000
men and women. It is governed by an
executive board consisting of 24 members-at-
large, elected through mail ballot by the
membership of the association. The board
includes members representing specific
geographic areas, the senior class president,
the current student body president, and past
presidents of the last graduating class and the
Student Association of Lycoming College.
The association annually designates one
alumni representative as a nominee for a
three-year term on the College Board of
Trustees. The Director of Alumni and Parent
Relations directs the activities of the alumni
office. The Alumni Association has the
following purpose as stated in its constitu-
tion: "As an off-campus constituency, the
association's purpose is to seek ways of
maintaining an active and mutually beneficial
relationship between the College and its
alumni, utilizing their talents, resources and
counsel to further the objectives and pro-
grams of Lycoming College."
All former students of Williamsport
Dickinson Seminary and all former students
who have successfully completed one year of
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior
College or Lycoming College are considered
members of the association.
Acting as the representative of alumni on
the campus and working also with under-
graduates, the alumni office is resfX)nsiblc for
keeping alumni informed and interested in
the programs, growth, and activities of the
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■
College through regular publications mailed
to all alumni on record. Arrangements for
Homecoming, class reunions, club meetings,
and similar activities are coordinated through
this office. Through the Lycoming College
Annual Fund, the alumni office is closely
associated with the development program of
the College. Communications to the alumni
association should be addressed to the Office
of Alumni and Parent Relations.
LYCOMING COLLEGE
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD
1992-93 ALUMNI
ASSOCIATION
EXECUTIVE BOARD
Term Expires October 1992
Brenda P. Alston-Mills '67
Melvin H. Campbell, Jr. '70
Elizabeth (Betty) J. Paris (Mrs.) '70
Barbara N. Price (Dr.) '60
C. Edward Receski '60
Larry A. Robbins '81
Barbara L. Sylk '73
Ned W. Weller (Rev.) '54
Term Expires October 1993
Patricia S. Courtwright (Mrs.) '74
David T. Franklin 74
Ronald A. Frick '83
William S. Kieser '65
Everett W. Rubendall '70
Richard A. Russell '37
Jennifer E. Jeffries '84
Robin N. Straka (Mrs.) '79
Term Expires October 1994
Mark A. GaNung '85
Mark A. Gibbon '83
John G. Hollenback '47
Deborah O'Burg Kmiuci '87
LYCOMING COLLEGE ■
Eleanor Layton Loomis (Mrs.) '60
Carole-Kay Miller Lundy '63
Otto L. Sonder, Jr. (Dr.) '46
Jean R. Alpert Staiman (Mrs.) '47
Members of the Board
Serving a One-Year Term
Student Association of
Lycoming College (SALC),
President - Julie Makalche
SALC Past President -
Eric Cireff
'92 Senior Class President -
Kelly McLaughlin
'91 Senior Class President -
Diane E. DeNisco
d^
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
INDEX
Index
Academic Advising 33
Academic Calendar 2
Academic Honesty/Standing 50
Academic Honors 50
Academic Program 27
Accounting Curriculum 57
Accounting-Mathematics (EIM) 60
Admission to Lycoming 13
Advanced Placement 46
Advanced Standing by Transfer 45
Advisory Committees 33
Health Professions 37
Legal Professions 38
Theological Professions 38
Allopathic Medicine, Preparation 37
American Studies (EIM) 60
Anthropology Curriculum 154
Application Fee and Deposits 17
Applied Music Requirements 130
Art Curriculum 62
Astronomy and Physics Curriculum 69
Athletics Training 142
Athletic Staff 177
Audit 47
Awards 51
B.F.A. Degree 27
Biology Curriculum 75
Board of Trustees 165
B.S.N. Degree 28
Business Administration Curriculum 80
Campus Facilities 7
Capitol Semester 44
Career Development Services 10
Chemistry Curriculum 84
Christian Ministry, Advising for 38
Class Attendance 47
College and the Church 6
College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) 46
Computer Science Curriculum 119
Conduct, Standards of 12
Contingency Deposits 18
Cooperative Programs 34
Engineering 34
Environmental Studies 34
Forestry 34
Medical Technology 35
Military Science 37
Optometry 35
Podiatric Medicine 36
Sculpture 36
Counseling, Personal 10
Course Credit by Examination 46
Criminal Justice (EIM) 88
Degree Programs/Requirements 27
Departmental Honors 41
Deposits/Deposit Refunds 18
Distribution Requirements 29
English 29
Fine Arts 30
Foreign Language 29
History and Social Science 30
Mathematics 29
Natural Science 30
Philosophy 29
Religion 29
Economics Curriculum 89
Education Curriculum 92
Education Financing Plans 19
Educational Opportunity Grants 21
Engineering, Cooperative Program 34
English Curriculum 96
English Requirement 29
Entrance Examination (CEEB) 46
Environmental Studies 34
Established Interdisciplinary Major (EIM). 32
Federal Grants and Loans 21-22
Fees 17
Financial Aid/Assistance 19
Fine Arts Requirements 30
Foreign Language Requirement 29
Foreign Languages and
Literatures Curriculum 101
Forestry, Cooperative Program 34
French Curriculum 102
German Curriculum 103
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
^^
LYCOMING COLLEGE
INDEX
Grading System 47
Graduation Requirements 27
Greek Curriculum 105
Health Professions Careers 37
Health Services 12
Hebrew Curriculum 105
History Curriculum 107
History Requirements 30
Honor Societies 50
Independent Study 42
Interdisciplinary Majors 32
Established Majors (EIM) 32
Individual Majors (IIM) 32
International Studies 112
Internship Programs 43
Johnson Atelier 64
Legal Professions, Preparation 38
Literature (EIM) 114
Loans 22
London Semester 44
Major 31
Admission to 31
Departmental 31
Interdisciplinary (EIM, IIM) 32
Mass Communications (EIM) 114
Mathematical Sciences 1 19
Mathematical Requirements 29
May Term 42
Medical School, Preparation 37
Medical Technology 35
Military Science 126
Minor 32
Music Curriculum 127
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL). . . 22
Natural Science Requirement 30
Near East Culture and
Archaeology (EIM) 132
Non-degree Students 47
Nursing 132
Optometry 35
Optometry School, Preparation 37
Osteopathy School, Preparation 37
Payment of Fees 18
Philadelphia Semester 44
Philosophy Curriculum 138
Philosophy Requirement 29
Physical Education Curriculum 142
Physics Curriculum 69
Placement Services 10
Podiatric Medicine,
Cooperative Program 36
Political Science Curriculum 144
Psychology Curriculum 147
Refunds 18
Registration 46
Religion Curriculum 150
Religion Requirement 29
Repeated Courses 49
Reserve Officer Training
Corps Program (ROTC) 37
Residence and Residence Halls 11
Scholarships/Grants 20
Scholarships (ROTC) 23
Scholar Program 38
Scholar Seminar 153
Sculpture 64
Social Science Requirement 30
Sociology- Anthropology Curriculum 154
Spanish Curriculum 105
Special Facilities & Programs 41
Independent Study 42
Internship Program 43
May Term 42
Overseas Studies Opportunities 44
State Grants and Loans 21
Student Records 55
Study Abroad 44
Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 21
Theatre Curriculum 159
Theological Professions, Advising 38
Unit Course System 45
United Nations Semester 44
Veterinary School, Preparation 37
Washington Semester 44
Withdrawal from College 47
Withdrawal of Admissions Application 16
Women's Studies 163
Work-Study Grants 22
Writing Across The Curriculum Program. . . 30
LYCOMING COLLEGE
e
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
Communicating With
Lycoming College
Please address specific
inquiries as follows:
Director of Admissions:
Admissions; requests for publications
Treasurer:
Payment of bills; expenses
Director of Financial Aid:
Scholarships and loan fund;
financial assistance
Dean of College:
Academic programs; faculty;
faculty activities
Assistant Dean for Freshmen:
Freshman Seminar; freshman
academic concerns
Dean of Student Services:
Some activities; residence halls;
religious life; health services;
academic support services
Registrar:
Student records; transcript requests;
academic policies
Career Development Center:
Career counseling; employment
opportunities
Vice President for Development:
Institutional relations; annual fund;
gift programs
Director of Alumni and
Parent Relations:
Alumni information; parent support
Director of College Relations:
Public information; publications;
sports information; media relations
All correspondence
should be addressed to:
Lycoming College
WiUiamsport, PA 17701
The College telephone number
is (717) 321-4000
Visitors
Lycoming welcomes visitors to the
campus. If you would like a guided tour,
call the Office of Admissions
(717) 321-4126 before your visit to
arrange a mutually convenient time.
Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920
Lycoming College welcomes applications
from prospective students regardless of age,
sex, race, religion, handicap, finances,
national or ethnic origin, or color. Lycoming
does not discriminate on the basis of age, sex,
race, religion, handicap, finances, national
or ethnic origin, or color in the administra-
tion of any of its policies and programs.
1992-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG
LYCOMING COLLEGE
q Z r
?J C/5 ^^
>? CD
o o
a>
o
3
■TS
^
5'
3
C/3
^
>
^l
Z
p
ex
00
o
^^
p.
a
Org
tage
>
TVNews
OpenLibrary